3GPP Work Item mapping to Change Requests
3GPP Work Item = 60132 (GPRS)
This page lists the approved Change Requests to 3GPP Technical Specifications and Reports associated with the above work item. Click on the CR find it in the CR table associated with the spec to which it pertains. Click on the spec to open its web page.
Spec | CR number and Revision | CR Title |
---|---|---|
01.33 | A001 rev 1 | Lawful interception and GPRS |
01.61 | 0000 | GPRS ciphering algorithm requirements |
02.01 | A010 | Addition of Supplementary Code for GPRS. |
02.01 | A012 | Addition of Supplementary Code for GPRS. |
02.01 | A013 | Addition of Supplementary Code for GPRS. |
02.02 | A005 | Addition of Supplementary Code for GPRS |
02.02 | A006 | Addition of Supplementary Code for GPRS |
02.02 | A007 | Addition of Supplementary Code for GPRS |
02.04 | A021 | Addition of Supplementary Code for GPRS. |
02.04 | A024 | Addition of Supplementary Code for GPRS. |
02.04 | A025 | Addition of Supplementary Code for GPRS. |
02.11 | A009 | Requirement for possibility of roaming between PLMNs without GPRS service interruption is added.Location update text occurrences changed to the already used ................... |
02.11 | A012 | to 02.11 on Roaming restrictions for GPRS (Release '97) |
02.11 | A013 | to 02.11 on Roaming restrictions for GPRS (Release '98) |
02.30 | A022 | Addition of Supplementary Service Code for GPRS |
02.30 | A026 | Addition of Supplementary Service Code for GPRS |
02.30 | A027 | Addition of Supplementary Service Code for GPRS |
02.33 | A001 rev 2 | Lawful Interception and GPRS |
02.33 | A005 | Addition of intercept events for lawful interception for GPRS. Correction to target identities and intercept related data are also included |
02.60 | A001 | MT operation in GPRS |
02.60 | A002 | Clarification of GPRS release 1997 content and minor editorial improvements |
02.60 | A003 | Clarification/Improvement of definition of Quality of Services aspects |
02.60 | A006 | Clarification of the GPRS Attach characteristics. A GPRS-Attach shall be succesfully performed only if the subscriber has a valid GPRS subscription. |
02.60 | A020 | GPRS Stage 1 rel 99 Clean-up: Stage 1 contain requirements on, e.g. supplementary services that has not been included at release '99. |
02.60 | A021 | Class B mode of operation |
02.60 | A022 | Class B mode of operation |
02.60 | A023 | GPRS Stage 1 removal of example |
02.60 | A024 | GPRS Stage 1 removal of example |
02.60 | A004 | Allowing re-negotiation of the QoS parameters for throughput during a session improves the flexibility of network operation and increases the quality of service perceived by the user. |
02.60 | A005 | Requirement for the MS to inform the network of its GPRS class is not appropriate for the stage 1 and should be left for the stage 2 to determine. The three MS classes A, B, C remain unchanged. |
02.60 | A019 | GPRS Stage 1 rel 98 Clean-up: Stage 1 contains requirements that have not been included in release '98 such as PTM and supplementary services that have been removed from R98. |
03.01 | A004 | Introduction of GPRS |
03.02 | A005 rev 4 | Changes needed for GPRS regarding Network Architecture |
03.02 | A008 | Mandatory assignment of MSISDN |
03.03 | A003 rev 6 | Numbering, addressing, and identification |
03.03 | A006 | Mandatory assignment of MSISDN to an MS for GPRS; removal of Ipv6 address for GPRS MSs. |
03.03 | A007 | Clarification of TLLI used for anonymous access |
03.03 | A008 rev 2 | Definition of Access Point Name (APN) |
03.03 | A010 rev 3 | Definition of national SSNs for GPRS |
03.03 | A014 rev 1 | Alignment of GSM 03.03 with GSM 09.02 |
03.03 | A015 | Introduction of IPv6 addresses for GPRS MSs (C99-117) |
03.03 | A016 rev 1 | Correction of the APN wildcard coding |
03.03 | A032 rev 1 | ASCII coding of |
03.03 | A033 rev 1 | ASCII coding of |
03.07 | A001 | Restauration procedures GPRS |
03.07 | A002 | Modification of Restoration Procedures for GPRS |
03.07 | A006 rev 1 | GPRS restoration procedures |
03.08 | A008 | Organization of subscriber data GPRS |
03.08 | A009 rev 1 | Organization of subscriber data |
03.08 | A011 | Deletion of A008 Organization of subscriber data GPRS |
03.08 | A012 rev 1 | Network access mode and GPRS data |
03.08 | A016 rev 1 | Signalling and SMS radio priority level |
03.08 | A031 rev 1 | Addition of PDP Context Identifier |
03.08 | A032 rev 1 | Addition of PDP Context Identifier |
03.15 | A007 rev 1 | Corrections to text to introduce barring of SMS calls for GPRS |
03.16 | A009 | Organization of subscriber data GPRS |
03.16 | A010 rev 1 | Handling of GPRS data |
03.16 | A018 | Correction on ODB applicability for GPRS ph1 |
03.18 | A013 rev 7 | Changes to Non-GPRS paging procedures for GPRS |
03.18 | A024 | Provide Subscriber Info for GPRS subscribers |
03.20 | A006 rev 1 | GPRS interaction with existing security mechanisms |
03.20 | A007 rev 1 | GPRS security |
03.20 | A011 rev 4 | Correction of the handling of the Ciphering Key Sequence Number (CKSN) |
03.20 | A016 rev 4 | Correction of the handling of the Ciphering Key Sequence Number (CKSN) |
03.22 | A016 rev 9 | Extension of the scope of idle mode procedures for GPRS |
03.22 | A022 rev 1 | PLMN User Reselection after registration failure |
03.22 | A026 rev 1 | Delayed PLMN Selection for GPRS mobiles |
03.22 | A031 rev 1 | Correction to delayed PLMN selection |
03.22 | A033 rev 1 | Correction to delayed PLMN selection |
03.22 | A035 rev 2 | PLMN Selection for GPRS mobiles |
03.22 | A051 | Removal of Anonymous Access |
03.22 | A052 | Roaming restrictions for GPRS service |
03.22 | A053 rev 2 | Roaming restrictions for GPRS service |
03.33 | A001 rev 1 | Addition of lawful interception for GPRS |
03.40 | A063 | SMS transfer over GPRS |
03.60 | 0000 | GSM 03.60 GPRS Stage 2 |
03.60 | A001 | Clarifications to 03.60 |
03.60 | A002 rev 1 | Maximum network layer PDU length |
03.60 | A003 | Reliable MM signalling over the radio interface |
03.60 | A004 rev 1 | Selection of the external network reference point by the user |
03.60 | A005 rev 1 | Allocation of NSAPI in the PDP Context Activation procedure |
03.60 | A006 | Anonymous Access PDP Context Deactivation |
03.60 | A007 rev 1 | Various improvements to GSM 03.60 |
03.60 | A008 rev 3 | SMS over GPRS |
03.60 | A009 | Clarifications to network-requested PDP context activation |
03.60 | A010 | Clarification on the update of the SGSN-VLR association |
03.60 | A011 rev 1 | Idle mode and connected mode |
03.60 | A012 rev 1 | SMS delivery path |
03.60 | A013 rev 3 | Editorial changes on 03.60 |
03.60 | A014 rev 5 | Editorial changes and clarifications on GSM 03.60 |
03.60 | A015 rev 4 | MS purge for GPRS |
03.60 | A016 rev 3 | Maximum N-PDU size |
03.60 | A017 rev 4 | To align the anonymous PDP context activation with the non-anonymous PDP context activation |
03.60 | A018 rev 5 | Routing area update procedure |
03.60 | A019 rev 3 | Clarification of the routing area update procedure and cell identifier |
03.60 | A021 rev 2 | TLLI reallocation |
03.60 | A022 rev 3 | Additional PDP configuration options |
03.60 | A023 rev 3 | GSN number and address |
03.60 | A024 rev 4 | Access point name |
03.60 | A025 rev 2 | More robust network-requested PDP context activation procedure |
03.60 | A026 rev 1 | Addition of a reset indication message from the SGSN to the VLR |
03.60 | A027 rev 6 | Addition of the Gs interface MS identification and MM information procedures to 03.60 |
03.60 | A028 rev 5 | Handling of CS paging requests by the SGSN after a failure |
03.60 | A030 rev 5 | QoS definitions |
03.60 | A031 rev 2 | Alert and monitoring procedures at the MSC/VLR for class A and B |
03.60 | A032 rev 1 | Further description of the network-requested context activation procedure |
03.60 | A033 | Detach indication from the SGSN to the VLR |
03.60 | A035 rev 2 | No more combined (GPRS+non-GPRS) Ready for SM notification to HLR |
03.60 | A036 rev 9 | GPRS paging co-ordination |
03.60 | A037 rev 1 | Selection and subscription options of external packet data network |
03.60 | A038 rev 3 | Packet TMSI |
03.60 | A040 rev 3 | More robust Inter SGSN Routeing Area Update |
03.60 | A042 rev 2 | Applicability of DRX during MM signalling procedures |
03.60 | A043 rev 1 | Screening functionality for GPRS phase 1 |
03.60 | A044 rev 2 | Modification of the suspend/resume operation and suppression of MS class indication |
03.60 | A044 rev 3 | Modification of the suspend/resume operation and suppression of MS class indication |
03.60 | A045 rev 5 | Description of the send routing |
03.60 | A046 rev 6 | Subscription withdrawn |
03.60 | A047 rev 4 | Triggering of the location updating |
03.60 | A048 rev 4 | Usage of the reliability class |
03.60 | A050 rev 5 | Addition of the GSM implicit detach |
03.60 | A051 rev 4 | Suspend and Resume |
03.60 | A052 rev 1 | Various improvements |
03.60 | A053 rev 1 | Attach and RA update alignment |
03.60 | A054 rev 3 | Align 03.60 and 09.60 with regard to QoS negotiation on the backbone |
03.60 | A055 rev 2 | Data forwarding in inter-SGSN |
03.60 | A057 rev 3 | Terminology of GPRS MS class |
03.60 | A058 rev 4 | GGSN selection by SGSN and use of the APN |
03.60 | A059 | Clarification of TLLI and TID used for anonymous access |
03.60 | A060 rev 1 | Recovery procedures after HLR and VLR restart |
03.60 | A061 rev 1 | Clarification of network operation mode III |
03.60 | A062 rev 1 | Mapping of QoS profile to GPRS radio priority level |
03.60 | A065 rev 1 | Deletion of the Standby timer function |
03.60 | A066 rev 1 | Clarification for the usage of combined procedures |
03.60 | A068 rev 1 | Improvement for the SGSN change procedure |
03.60 | A069 | BSSGP flow control |
03.60 | A070 rev 2 | Alignment of 03.60 on 08.18 RAC added to cell identity IE |
03.60 | A071 | Restoration procedures |
03.60 | A072 rev 2 | Incremental Insert and Delete Subscriber Data procedures |
03.60 | A073 | PDP Context Modification for one NSAPI only |
03.60 | A074 | PDP context deactivation after GGSN failure |
03.60 | A075 | Generation and distribution of Charging Id |
03.60 | A076 rev 2 | Signalling and SMS radio priority levels |
03.60 | A077 rev 1 | Handling of GPRS Classmark |
03.60 | A078 rev 2 | Alignment of references to NSAPI and addition of TI to context tables |
03.60 | A079 rev 1 | Removing GPRS’s degradation of CAMEL’s Any Time Interrogation procedure |
03.60 | A080 rev 1 | Inconsistency in MS unreachable specification between 09.18 and 03.60. |
03.60 | A082 rev 1 | Various improvements |
03.60 | A087 rev 2 | Introduction of the PDP-type PPP |
03.60 | A088 | GPRS information in the SIM and the ME |
03.60 | A090 | A interface suspend and resume |
03.60 | A092 rev 1 | Clarification for the MM Context Information Element |
03.60 | A093 | Unsuccessful Update PDP Context |
03.60 | A095 rev 1 | Correction to the HLR restart for combined attached mobile stations |
03.60 | A096 rev 2 | Correction to APN selection tree |
03.60 | A097 | Force to Standby procedure |
03.60 | A098 | Protocol Configuration Options at PDP context activation reject |
03.60 | A100 | Roaming restriction corrections and alignments with 03.15 and 09.02 |
03.60 | A101 | Alignments with GSM 04.64 and 04.65 |
03.60 | A102 | STANDBY state clarifications |
03.60 | A104 rev 1 | Octet Stream Protocol and Internet-Hosted Octet Stream Service |
03.60 | A105 | No more Combined Periodic RA / LA Updates |
03.60 | A107 rev 2 | Improving the user data loss less inter SGSN RA update |
03.60 | A108 | SGSN Failure |
03.60 | A112 rev 2 | correction of the handling of cksn in the attach procedure |
03.60 | A114 | Selection Mode consistency between 09.60 and 03.60 |
03.60 | A115 rev 1 | Clarification to the PDP-type PPP |
03.60 | A117 | SGSN Failure |
03.60 | A118 rev 1 | Information storage |
03.60 | A119 rev 1 | Clarification of the null routeing area |
03.60 | A120 rev 2 | Circuit Switched and Packet Switched priority handling |
03.60 | A130 | MSISDN in GGSN |
03.60 | A132 | Mean throughput classes |
03.60 | A150 rev 2 | Improving the user data loss less inter SGSN RA update |
03.60 | A151 rev 2 | correction of the handling of cksn in the attach procedure |
03.60 | A152 | Selection Mode consistency between 09.60 and 03.60 |
03.60 | A153 | SGSN Failure |
03.60 | A154 rev 1 | Information storage |
03.60 | A155 rev 1 | Clarification of the null routeing area |
03.60 | A156 rev 2 | Circuit Switched and Packet Switched priority handling |
03.60 | A157 | MSISDN in GGSN |
03.60 | A158 | Mean throughput classes |
03.60 | A161 rev 1 | PDP Context Deactivation during activation |
03.60 | A163 rev 1 | PDP Context deactivation during an activation |
03.60 | A165 | Modification info is not piggybacked |
03.60 | A166 rev 1 | APN and GGSN selection SDL diagrams (modified from N1-99785) |
03.60 | A167 | APN and GGSN selection SDL diagrams |
03.60 | A168 rev 2 | Ga interface to the GPRS Logical Architecture diagram etc |
03.60 | A169 | Modif information is not piggybacked |
03.60 | A170 rev 2 | Clarification on multiplexing of several NSAPIS onto one LLC SAP |
03.60 | A171 rev 2 | Clarification on multiplexing of several NSAPIS onto one LLC SAPI |
03.60 | A205 rev 1 | Using RAU procedure for MS RAC IE update |
03.60 | A206 rev 1 | Using RAU procedure for MS RAC IE update |
03.60 | A211 | Losing PDP context during Inter SGSN RA Update |
03.60 | A211 rev 1 | Losing PDP context during Inter SGSN RA Update |
03.60 | A212 | Losing PDP context during Inter SGSN RA Update |
03.60 | A212 rev 1 | Losing PDP context during Inter SGSN RA Update |
03.64 | 0000 | GSM 03.64 GPRS Stage 2 Radio |
03.64 | A022 rev 1 | Unacknowledged mode of RLC/MAC operation |
03.64 | A023 rev 1 | Improved RLC Service Primitives |
03.64 | A024 rev 1 | Enhancements to dynamic allocation |
03.64 | A025 rev 1 | Clarifications to DRX |
03.64 | A026 rev 1 | Optimisation for network control cell reselection |
03.64 | A027 rev 2 | Abnormal Cases in GPRS MS Ready State: Leaky Bucket Procedure |
03.64 | A029 | Multiframe structure (details) (revision of SMG2 GPRS 301/97) |
03.64 | A030 rev 1 | Abnormal Cases in GPRS MS Ready State |
03.64 | A031 rev 1 | Cell Re-Selection in GPRS |
03.64 | A031 rev 2 | Clarification on the use of hysteresis for cell re-selection |
03.64 | A032 | Definition of PACCH |
03.64 | A033 rev 1 | Clarifications on Timing advance procedure |
03.64 | A035 | Bit order for USF coding in GPRS |
03.64 | A036 | PTM-M |
03.64 | A037 | Contention resolution |
03.64 | A039 | Deleting parameter XHYST |
03.64 | A043 | Clarification of the use of TAI |
03.64 | A044 | Clarification on PACCH allocation for fixed assignment |
03.64 | A049 | USF granularity for dynamic allocation |
03.64 | A050 | Changes on all chapters to align the spec. with other GPRS specifications. |
03.64 | A051 | Interference measurements on network control |
03.64 | A052 | PBCCH scheduling and editorial corrections |
03.64 | A053 | 51-multiframe PBCCH |
03.64 | A055 | Miscellaneous corrections |
03.64 | A056 | Clarification of polling response |
03.64 | A057 rev 1 | Correction to 1 phase access contention resolution |
03.64 | A064 rev 2 | MT packet transfer |
03.64 | A065 rev 2 | MT packet transfer |
03.64 | A066 rev 2 | MT packet transfer |
03.64 | A069 rev 3 | GPRS & SMS-CB interworking |
03.64 | A072 rev 2 | DTM: stage 2 description |
03.64 | A073 | 03.64-A073 DTM (R99) |
03.64 | A073 rev 1 | 03.64-A073 rev 1 DTM (R99) |
03.64 | A075 | 03.64-A075 DTM: alignments (R99) |
03.64 | A075 rev 1 | 03.64-A075 rev 1 DTM: alignments (R99) |
03.64 | A077 | Removal of Anonymous Access |
04.03 | A005 rev 2 | Introduction of GPRS |
04.04 | A001 rev 2 | Introduction of GPRS |
04.07 | A008 rev 5 | Inclusion of GPRS |
04.07 | A011 | Addition of standard L3 message protocol discriminators for GPRS. |
04.07 | A015 rev 1 | Page response parameter introduction between GMM-LLC-GRR |
04.07 | A017 | Introduction of Service primitives for the GMMSMS-SAP |
04.07 | A019 | SNSM Primitives |
04.07 | A020 | LCS Synchronisation Requirements |
04.07 | A021 rev 1 | Inter-SGSN RA update |
04.07 | A024 | Inter SGSN RA Update |
04.07 | A030 | Inter SGSN RA Update |
04.07 | A031 | Addition of LL-STATUS_IND |
04.07 | A032 | Addition of LL-STATUS_IND |
04.08 | A0250 rev 6 | GPRS, RR sub-layer |
04.08 | A0265 rev 5 | Inclusion of GPRS session and mobility management procedures into GSM 04.08 |
04.08 | A0273 rev 3 | Network controlled allocation of GPRS resource |
04.08 | A0281 rev 2 | RR support for GPRS suspension |
04.08 | A0283 rev 1 | GPRS coincident packet uplink/downlink assignments |
04.08 | A0284 | Coding of parameter GCH. |
04.08 | A0288 | Provision of requested bandwidth for uplink transfer |
04.08 | A0290 rev 5 | Addition of the GSM implicit detach timer functionality in the SGSN |
04.08 | A0291 rev 4 | Addition of transaction identifiers to prevent confusion in GPRS Session Management signalling exchanges |
04.08 | A0292 rev 1 | Various editorial corrections of GSM 04.08 related to GPRS MM. |
04.08 | A0293 rev 3 | Various corrections of GSM 04.08 related to the GPRS MM part |
04.08 | A0294 rev 2 | Radio resource address management by GMM |
04.08 | A0295 rev 2 | Alignment of the description of the suspend/resume operation with GSM 03.60 |
04.08 | A0296 rev 3 | Alignment of the SM part of GSM 04.08 to GSM 09.60 |
04.08 | A0297 rev 3 | Modification of the timer value IE coding |
04.08 | A0298 rev 3 | SAPI negotiation at PDP context activation and modification |
04.08 | A0302 rev 2 | Correction of the GMM state diagram figures |
04.08 | A0308 rev 1 | Corrections in GSM 04.08 |
04.08 | A0309 rev 1 | RR Initialisation Request message |
04.08 | A0310 rev 3 | GPRS radio Classmark as Radio Access Capability. |
04.08 | A0312 rev 1 | Addition of information to SI 9 |
04.08 | A0313 rev 1 | Corrections to the RR Packet Uplink Assignment field |
04.08 | A0329 rev 1 | Deletion of the STANDBY timer |
04.08 | A0330 rev 1 | Addition of downlink single block assignment for GPRS |
04.08 | A0332 | Correction of packet downlink assignment procedure |
04.08 | A0333 | Radio priority level signalling for MO SMS |
04.08 | A0334 rev 2 | Correction of uplink packet access procedure |
04.08 | A0335 rev 3 | Classmark split |
04.08 | A0336 rev 1 | Scheduling of SI-13 |
04.08 | A0337 rev 1 | MS initiated detach procedure collision handling |
04.08 | A0339 rev 1 | Definition of IEI values for optional information elements |
04.08 | A0341 rev 2 | Clarification of paging procedure with IMSI |
04.08 | A0343 rev 1 | Various corrections to GSM 04.08 |
04.08 | A0345 rev 1 | SAPI negotiation at AA PDP context activation |
04.08 | A0346 | Addition of Network Operation mode in SI 13 |
04.08 | A0347 rev 1 | Clarification of the GMM cause code handling |
04.08 | A0348 | Deletion of Mac Mode in SI 13 |
04.08 | A0349 rev 1 | Modification of PDP address IE coding |
04.08 | A0350 rev 1 | Allows Fixed or Dynamic Access mode in one phase packet access mode for Uplink TBF |
04.08 | A0351 | Clarifications in the negotiation of the READY Timer value |
04.08 | A0352 | Pb parameter defined in SI 13 used only on PCCH misplaced |
04.08 | A0357 | Editorials |
04.08 | A0360 | RLC/MAC timers |
04.08 | A0363 rev 1 | QoS correction |
04.08 | A0364 | The length of downlink TFI |
04.08 | A0368 rev 1 | Support of split pg cycle on CCCH |
04.08 | A0372 | Validity of timing advance value in packet downlink assignment |
04.08 | A0374 rev 3 | Polling mechanism on CCCH |
04.08 | A0375 rev 1 | Various corrections |
04.08 | A0377 rev 1 | Network initiated detach procedure handling |
04.08 | A0378 | Extended Dynamic Allocation (related to 0460A144) |
04.08 | A0379 rev 1 | Clarification of the relation between P-TMSI and P-TMSI signature P-TMSI reallocation procedure |
04.08 | A0380 | Indication of type of encoding of Starting Times in Immediate Assignment |
04.08 | A0383 rev 1 | Impact of failed GMM authentication and ciphering on SIM data and Update status. |
04.08 | A0385 rev 1 | Corrections to Session Management PDU contents |
04.08 | A0387 rev 1 | Primary GMM substate selection |
04.08 | A0388 | Homogeneity between downlink TFI and uplink TFI coding |
04.08 | A0389 rev 1 | Usage of combined procedures |
04.08 | A0390 | Enhancement of one-phase access on CCCH |
04.08 | A0391 | GMM Substate selection when returning to GMM DEREGISTERED |
04.08 | A0393 rev 2 | GMM Idle state after abnormal routing area update failure in same RA |
04.08 | A0395 rev 2 | Reset of attempt counters in GPRS |
04.08 | A0397 rev 3 | GPRS GMM Idle Substate behaviour |
04.08 | A0399 rev 3 | Coding of LAC in RAI information element |
04.08 | A0401 rev 2 | Force to standby procedure |
04.08 | A0403 rev 2 | Usage of implicit detach |
04.08 | A0404 | Addition of Suspension cause to GPRS Suspension Request message |
04.08 | A0408 | 51-multiframe PBCCH |
04.08 | A0410 rev 1 | GPRS Cell Reselection |
04.08 | A0413 rev 1 | Protocol Configuration Options at PDP context activation failure |
04.08 | A0415 rev 1 | Routing area identification IE |
04.08 | A0417 | Radio access capability IE |
04.08 | A0425 rev 1 | Length of Activate PDP Context Request Message |
04.08 | A0429 | READY timer clarifications |
04.08 | A0431 rev 2 | correction of GPRS ciphering IE |
04.08 | A0435 rev 1 | Handling of authentication error cases in SGSN |
04.08 | A0441 rev 1 | State Selection in abnormal cases for the GPRS Attache procedure |
04.08 | A0443 | NSAPI usage cleanup |
04.08 | A0447 | PDP Context Modification anytime |
04.08 | A0448 | Alignment of GSM 04.08 with GSM 05.02 for handling of Access Bursts |
04.08 | A0449 rev 1 | READY timer values |
04.08 | A0450 | Radio link failure in dedicated mode |
04.08 | A0451 | CS connected IE |
04.08 | A0452 | RR-Network command cell change order procedure |
04.08 | A0456 | Correction of message type of PDCH ASSIGNMENT COMMAND |
04.08 | A0458 | Cell Channel Description IE incorrectly repeated in the PDCH ASSI GNMENT message |
04.08 | A0459 | Addition of cause Invalid transaction identifier value into SM cause IE |
04.08 | A0460 | Cell Channel Description IE incorrectly repeated in the PDCH ASSI GNMENT message |
04.08 | A0461 rev 3 | Usage of the combined routing area update procedure |
04.08 | A0462 | Removal of REL_OR_ABS_FN for TBF Starting Time. |
04.08 | A0464 | Channel description IE |
04.08 | A0466 | Radio link failure in dedicated mode |
04.08 | A0467 rev 2 | Multiple ATTACH REQUEST attempts and GMM-common procedures: abnormal cases on the network side |
04.08 | A0468 | RR-Network command cell change order procedure |
04.08 | A0469 rev 2 | Network Initiated Detach with ReAttach |
04.08 | A0470 | Removal of SI15 |
04.08 | A0472 rev 1 | Increase of SMS_VALUE and SM_VALUE |
04.08 | A0473 | IE GPRS CKSN in the Authentication procedure |
04.08 | A0476 rev 2 | Introduction of P-TMSI in the Paging request messages and in the Mobile Identity IE |
04.08 | A0477 | Reset of attempt counters at expiry of the timer T3302 |
04.08 | A0478 | Clarification on the RR initialisation request. |
04.08 | A0479 | Reset of periodic RAU timer at initiation of Routing Area Update procedure |
04.08 | A0481 rev 1 | Improving the user data loss less inter SGSN RA update |
04.08 | A0484 | Clarification on the RR initialisation request |
04.08 | A0485 rev 2 | Periodic routing area update |
04.08 | A0486 | Correction of message type of PDCH ASSIGNMENT COMMAND |
04.08 | A0487 | GMM |
04.08 | A0488 | Removal of REL_OR_ABS_FN field for Starting Time encoding by a mobile station. |
04.08 | A0490 | P-TMSI is introduced in the Paging request messages and in the Mobile identity IE. |
04.08 | A0492 | The Pb parameter is needed in SI13/PSI13 |
04.08 | A0494 | The Pb parameter is needed in SI13/PSI13 (R98) |
04.08 | A0496 | Removal of SI15 |
04.08 | A0498 | Increase of SMS_VALUE and SM_VALUE |
04.08 | A0499 | MS reaction on cause code # 10 (implicit detach) |
04.08 | A0500 | Read of system information after CELL CHANGE ORDER message |
04.08 | A0501 rev 1 | DRX Parameters in routin area update message |
04.08 | A0505 | 'GPRS services not allowed' cause in the ATTACH REJECT (combined case). |
04.08 | A0506 | Read of system information after CELL CHANGE ORDER message |
04.08 | A0509 rev 1 | SM-STATUS msg. Response to unknown msg type |
04.08 | A0511 rev 2 | Cleaning up on text in general, and especially on attempt counters, PDP access IE length, MS network capability IE and MS identity IE length |
04.08 | A0515 rev 4 | Correction to the handling of subscribed QoS values |
04.08 | A0517 rev 2 | Correction of the handling of the Ciphering Key Sequence Number (CKSN) |
04.08 | A0519 rev 3 | Correction of the SM message collision with equal TI to an active PDP context |
04.08 | A0523 rev 2 | Ready Timer handling in suspend state |
04.08 | A0525 | Deactivation of READY timer |
04.08 | A0527 rev 1 | Description of cause codes in network initiated detach |
04.08 | A0538 rev 1 | Clarification of Packet Page Indication |
04.08 | A0540 | P-TMSI is introduced in the Paging request messages and in the Mobile identity IE |
04.08 | A0542 | Clarification of Packet Page Indication |
04.08 | A0550 rev 2 | Correction of BTS power output |
04.08 | A0552 rev 1 | Correction of BTS power output |
04.08 | A0553 rev 1 | Clarification of release procedure upon PDP context deactivation |
04.08 | A0555 rev 2 | New DEREGISTERED 'suspended' state |
04.08 | A0560 rev 1 | RR Packet Uplink Assignment align with 04.60 |
04.08 | A0568 rev 2 | Clarification on supervision of BCCH_CHANGE_MARK in dedicated connection for TBF establishment |
04.08 | A0570 | Role of T3132 and T3190 timers during a TBF release procedure |
04.08 | A0573 rev 1 | Completion of error handling for session management |
04.08 | A0574 | (was A448) Channel description IE |
04.08 | A0576 | Correction to T3142 Timeout value |
04.08 | A0577 rev 2 | Subsequent GMM substate and attach attempt counter |
04.08 | A0581 | Usage of GMM cause codes |
04.08 | A0582 rev 5 | MS radio access capability IE |
04.08 | A0583 rev 4 | Old P-TMSI/TLLI handling |
04.08 | A0584 rev 3 | MS radio access capability IE |
04.08 | A0585 rev 5 | GMM-MM co-ordination in the case of combined GMM specific procedures |
04.08 | A0587 rev 2 | Gs interface failure |
04.08 | A0594 | Role of T3132 and T3190 timers during a TBF release procedure |
04.08 | A0596 | Alignment 04.60 on 04.08 about single block allocation for a two phase access establishment. |
04.08 | A0598 | Alignment 04.60 on 04.08 about single block allocation for a two phase access establishment. |
04.08 | A0600 | Clarification on supervision of BCCH_CHANGE_MARK in dedicated connection for TBF establishment, Alcatel. |
04.08 | A0602 | Introduction of P-TMSI in Paging request messages in the MS |
04.08 | A0604 | Correction of T3142 timeout value |
04.08 | A0606 | RR Packet Uplink Assignment align with 04.60 |
04.08 | A0610 rev 3 | Immediate assignment |
04.08 | A0612 rev 3 | Immediate assignment |
04.08 | A0624 rev 1 | Alignment on 04.60 of information elements RR Packet Uplink and Downlink Assignment |
04.08 | A0626 rev 1 | Alignment on 04.60 of information elements RR Packet Uplink and Downlink Assignment |
04.08 | A0628 | (was A450) Radio link failure in dedicated mode |
04.08 | A0629 rev 1 | 'GPRS services and non-GPRS services not allowed': the behaviour of the MS. |
04.08 | A0631 rev 1 | Maximum length of Access point name and Protocol configuration options IEs |
04.08 | A0633 rev 1 | Clash between READY time deactivation and Force to Standby Procedure |
04.08 | A0634 | Clarification of DRX |
04.08 | A0635 | GMM Mobile station identity |
04.08 | A0636 | Clarification of DRX |
04.08 | A0637 rev 3 | Initial synchronisation after READY timer negotiation |
04.08 | A0638 rev 1 | Alignment of RLC_OCTET_COUNT in 04.08 with 04.60 |
04.08 | A0639 rev 2 | Usage of GMM update status U2 |
04.08 | A0640 rev 1 | Alignment of RLC_OCTET_COUNT in 04.08 with 04.60 |
04.08 | A0642 | System information type 14 and 15 |
04.08 | A0644 | System information type 14 and 15 |
04.08 | A0645 | Conditional IE GPRS CKSN in Authentication and ciphering procedure |
04.08 | A0647 | Correction of the SM message collision cases through PDP address |
04.08 | A0651 rev 4 | Paging with IMSI |
04.08 | A0653 rev 2 | Reactivation of PDP contexts |
04.08 | A0655 | Correcting mistakes introduced via CR's 385, 415, 425,441 in v6.3.0 editing update. |
04.08 | A0656 | Correction to handling of GPRS suspension cause |
04.08 | A0657 rev 1 | Editorials, and correcting the A&C REQUEST plus INFORMATION messages |
04.08 | A0658 | Correction to handling of GPRS suspension cause |
04.08 | A0659 | MS reachable timer |
04.08 | A0660 rev 2 | Alignment between 04.08 and 04.60 on the packet access procedure attempt following T3142 or T3172 attempt |
04.08 | A0662 rev 2 | Alignment between 04.08 and 04.60 on the packet access procedure attempt following T3142 or T3172 attempt |
04.08 | A0665 | Correction of PDP type |
04.08 | A0668 rev 1 | Addition of PR mode in ASSIGNMENT message in 04.08 |
04.08 | A0669 | Conditional IE Errors |
04.08 | A0670 rev 1 | Addition of PR mode in ASSIGNMENT message in 04.08 |
04.08 | A0672 rev 5 | PR_MODE field in assignment message |
04.08 | A0673 rev 4 | Change of network operation mode |
04.08 | A0674 rev 5 | PR_MODE field in assignment message |
04.08 | A0675 | Abnormal case in the MS when changing cell while trying to attach |
04.08 | A0677 | Definition of the PDP address IE |
04.08 | A0679 | Deactivation of PDP contexts in case of GPRS detach |
04.08 | A0681 rev 1 | Improved SM messages error handling for non-semantically mandatory IE errors |
04.08 | A0682 | Editorial (misleading reference) (R97) |
04.08 | A0683 | Usage of cause code #10 implicitly detached |
04.08 | A0684 | Editorial (misleading reference) (R98) |
04.08 | A0685 rev 1 | TMSI requested by the MSC trough the Gs interface |
04.08 | A0686 rev 2 | Channel Request Description IE length and Packet Channel Description IE coding |
04.08 | A0688 rev 2 | Channel Request Description IE length and Packet Channel Description IE coding |
04.08 | A0692 | Correction to Packet Access Reject procedure |
04.08 | A0694 | Correction to Packet Access Reject procedure |
04.08 | A0704 | Clarification of starting timer T3134 |
04.08 | A0706 | Clarification of starting timer T3134 |
04.08 | A0712 | Suspension Cause IE |
04.08 | A0714 | Suspension Cause IE |
04.08 | A0724 rev 1 | Maximum size of fixed ALLOCATION_BITMAP |
04.08 | A0726 rev 1 | Maximum size of fixed ALLOCATION_BITMAP |
04.08 | A0736 | Handling of Power-Control-Parameter alpha |
04.08 | A0738 | Handling of Power-Control-Parameter alpha |
04.08 | A0740 | Correct definition of APDU IEs |
04.08 | A0744 | Support of Early Classmark Sending by an PBCCH capable cell (R97) |
04.08 | A0746 | MAC Mode parameter in MAC Mode and Channel Coding Request IE |
04.08 | A0748 | MAC Mode parameter in MAC Mode and Channel Coding Request IE |
04.08 | A0750 | MEASUREMENT_STARTING_TIME field in RR Packet Downlink Assignment IE |
04.08 | A0751 rev 3 | Usage of the combined routing area update procedure |
04.08 | A0752 | MEASUREMENT_STARTING_TIME field in RR Packet Downlink Assignment IE |
04.08 | A0753 rev 2 | Multiple ATTACH REQUEST attempts and GMM-common procedures: abnormal cases on the network side |
04.08 | A0755 rev 2 | Network Initiated Detach with ReAttach |
04.08 | A0757 rev 2 | P-TMSI is introduced in the Paging request messages and in the Mobile identity IE. |
04.08 | A0759 rev 1 | Improving the user data loss less inter SGSN RA update |
04.08 | A0761 | 'GPRS services not allowed' cause in the ATTACH REJECT (combined case). |
04.08 | A0765 rev 1 | SM-STATUS msg. Response to unknown msg type |
04.08 | A0767 rev 2 | Cleaning up on text in general, and especially on attempt counters, PDP access IE length, MS network capability IE and MS identity IE length |
04.08 | A0768 | Support of Early Classmark Sending by an PBCCH capable cell (R97) |
04.08 | A0769 rev 4 | Correction to the handling of subscribed QoS values |
04.08 | A0770 | Support of Early Classmark Sending by an PBCCH capable cell (R98) |
04.08 | A0771 rev 2 | Correction of the handling of the Ciphering Key Sequence Number (CKSN) |
04.08 | A0772 | Restoration of the SI 3 Rest Octets IE description (R97) |
04.08 | A0773 rev 3 | Correction of the SM message collision with equal TI to an active PDP context |
04.08 | A0774 | Restoration of the SI 3 Rest Octets IE description (R98) |
04.08 | A0775 rev 2 | Ready Timer handling in suspend state |
04.08 | A0776 | Removal of inter cell handover on dedicated resources for TBF |
04.08 | A0777 | Deactivation of READY timer |
04.08 | A0778 | Removal of inter cell handover on dedicated resources for TBF |
04.08 | A0779 rev 1 | Description of cause codes in network initiated detach |
04.08 | A0780 | PDCH assignment failure on dedicated channels |
04.08 | A0781 rev 1 | Clarification of release procedure upon PDP context deactivation |
04.08 | A0782 | PDCH assignment failure on dedicated channels |
04.08 | A0783 rev 2 | New DEREGISTERED 'suspended' state |
04.08 | A0784 | Correction of dedicated resources establishment for TBF |
04.08 | A0786 | Correction of dedicated resources establishment for TBF |
04.08 | A0787 rev 1 | Completion of error handling for session management |
04.08 | A0788 | Correction of T3134 value |
04.08 | A0789 rev 2 | Subsequent GMM substate and attach attempt counter |
04.08 | A0790 | Correction of T3134 value |
04.08 | A0791 | Usage of GMM cause codes |
04.08 | A0792 | Corrections to one and two phase packet access via dedicated channel |
04.08 | A0793 rev 4 | Old P-TMSI/TLLI handling |
04.08 | A0794 | Corrections to one and two phase packet access via dedicated channel |
04.08 | A0795 rev 5 | GMM-MM co-ordination in the case of combined GMM specific procedures |
04.08 | A0796 | Clarification on Bearer capability IE |
04.08 | A0797 rev 2 | Gs interface failure |
04.08 | A0799 rev 1 | 'GPRS services and non-GPRS services not allowed': the behaviour of the MS. |
04.08 | A0801 rev 1 | Maximum length of Access point name and Protocol configuration options IEs |
04.08 | A0803 rev 1 | Clash between READY time deactivation and Force to Standby Procedure |
04.08 | A0805 | GMM Mobile station identity |
04.08 | A0807 rev 3 | Initial synchronisation after READY timer negotiation |
04.08 | A0809 rev 2 | Usage of GMM update status U2 |
04.08 | A0811 | Conditional IE GPRS CKSN in Authentication and ciphering procedure |
04.08 | A0813 | Correction of the SM message collision cases through PDP address |
04.08 | A0815 rev 4 | Paging with IMSI |
04.08 | A0817 rev 2 | Reactivation of PDP contexts |
04.08 | A0819 | Correcting mistakes introduced via CR's 385, 415, 425,441 in v6.3.0 editing update. |
04.08 | A0821 rev 1 | Editorials, and correcting the A&C REQUEST plus INFORMATION messages |
04.08 | A0823 | MS reachable timer |
04.08 | A0825 | Correction of PDP type |
04.08 | A0827 | Conditional IE Errors |
04.08 | A0829 rev 4 | Change of network operation mode |
04.08 | A0831 | Abnormal case in the MS when changing cell while trying to attach |
04.08 | A0833 | Definition of the PDP address IE |
04.08 | A0835 | Deactivation of PDP contexts in case of GPRS detach |
04.08 | A0837 rev 1 | Improved SM messages error handling for non-semantically mandatory IE errors |
04.08 | A0839 | Usage of cause code #10 implicitly detached |
04.08 | A0841 rev 1 | TMSI requested by the MSC trough the Gs interface |
04.08 | A0845 | GMM attempt counters |
04.08 | A0847 | GMM attempt counters |
04.08 | A0849 | Cell change during GPRS Detach procedure |
04.08 | A0851 | Cell change during GPRS Detach procedure |
04.08 | A0853 | RA change in GMM-ROUTING_AREA_UPDATE_INITIATED |
04.08 | A0855 | RA change in GMM-ROUTING_AREA_UPDATE_INITIATED |
04.08 | A0857 | non power down cause detach during attach |
04.08 | A0859 rev 1 | CM request and combined GMM procedures |
04.08 | A0860 rev 1 | CM request and combined GMM procedures |
04.08 | A0861 | Receive N-PDU Number list IE padding bits |
04.08 | A0863 | Receive N-PDU Number list IE padding bits |
04.08 | A0865 rev 1 | TMSI status indication |
04.08 | A0867 rev 1 | TMSI status indication |
04.08 | A0869 rev 1 | T3212 restart after GPRS detach |
04.08 | A0871 rev 1 | T3212 restart after GPRS detach |
04.08 | A0873 | PDP context deactiviation caused by LLC failur |
04.08 | A0875 | PDP context deactiviation caused by LLC failure |
04.08 | A0883 | Clarification of the Detach Type re-attach required or re-attach not required in the network initiated Detach procedure |
04.08 | A0887 | RAU Complete not returned for TMSI deallocation. Some alignments and editorials |
04.08 | A0889 | RAU Complete not returned for TMSI deallocation. Some alignments and editorials. |
04.08 | A0894 | Clarification of the Detach Type re-attach required or re-attach not required in the network initiated Detach procedure |
04.08 | A0895 rev 1 | Addition of Access Point Name in Request PDP Context Activation message |
04.08 | A0897 rev 1 | Addition of Access Point Name in Request PDP Context Activation message |
04.08 | A0899 | clash in sec. 4.7.3.2.6 |
04.08 | A0901 rev 1 | clash in sec. 4.7.3.2.6 |
04.08 | A0903 | clash in sec. 4.7.3.2.3.2 and 4.7.5.2.3.2 |
04.08 | A0905 | clash in sec. 4.7.3.2.3.2 and 4.7.5.2.3.2 |
04.08 | A0907 rev 1 | T3212 restart after RAU reject |
04.08 | A0909 rev 1 | T3212 restart after RAU reject |
04.08 | A0911 | New State GMM-REGISTERED.IMSI-DETACH-INITIATED |
04.08 | A0913 | New State GMM-REGISTERED.IMSI-DETACH-INITIATED |
04.08 | A0915 | Deactivate AA PDP context request message |
04.08 | A0917 | Deactivate AA PDP context request message |
04.08 | A0919 rev 2 | Coding Scheme in Network Name IE |
04.08 | A0921 rev 2 | Coding Scheme in Network Name IE |
04.08 | A0935 | Coding Scheme in Network Name IE |
04.08 | A0937 | (was A859) non power down cause detach during attach |
04.08 | A0939 rev 1 | Addition of APN in Request PDP context activation reject message |
04.08 | A0941 rev 1 | Addition of APN in Request PDP context activation reject message |
04.08 | A0953 | Removal of APN from REQUEST PDP CONTEXT ACTIVATION REJECT message |
04.08 | A0955 | Removal of APN from REQUEST PDP CONTEXT ACTIVATION REJECT message |
04.08 | A0957 rev 2 | Correction of N-PDU IE Length in GMM messages Routing Area Update Accept and Routing Area Update Complete. |
04.08 | A0959 rev 1 | Correction of N-PDU IE Length in GMM messages Routing Area Update Accept and Routing Area Update Complete. |
04.08 | A0961 rev 2 | Usage of Combined Procedures during CM service reject |
04.08 | A0963 rev 1 | Usage of Combined Procedures during CM service reject |
04.08 | A0973 rev 1 | Clarification to the MS handling when receiving detach type 'IMSI detach' |
04.08 | A0975 rev 1 | Clarification to the MS handling when receiving detach type 'IMSI detach' |
04.08 | A0993 rev 1 | Usage of cause code IE in network initiated detach |
04.08 | A0995 rev 1 | Usage of cause code IE in network initiated detach |
04.08 | A1003 | GPRS detach type corrections |
04.08 | A1007 | GPRS detach type corrections |
04.08 | A1027 rev 1 | Clarification on local and foreign TLLI management |
04.08 | A1029 rev 1 | Clarification on local and foreign TLLI management |
04.08 | A1041 | Missing P-TMSI reallocation after Attach or RAU |
04.08 | A1043 | Missing P-TMSI reallocation after Attach or RAU |
04.08 | A1045 rev 1 | Optional support of GEA/2 Encryption Algorithm in the MS |
04.08 | A1047 rev 1 | Optional support of GEA/2 Encryption Algorithm in the MS |
04.08 | A1051 | Correction of update status on Authentication Reject |
04.08 | A1053 | Correction of update status on Authentication Reject |
04.08 | A1077 | Using RAU procedure for MS RAC IE update |
04.08 | A1079 | Using RAU procedure for MS RAC IE update |
04.08 | A1081 rev 3 | Roaming restrictions for GPRS service |
04.08 | A1083 rev 2 | Roaming restrictions for GPRS service |
04.08 | A1085 rev 1 | SM reaction on reception of a TI value 111 |
04.08 | A1087 rev 1 | SM reaction on reception of a TI value 111 |
04.08 | A1089 | Alignment of MS identity IE length in ATTACH ACCEPT and RAU ACCEPT Messages |
04.08 | A1091 | Alignment of MS identity IE length in ATTACH ACCEPT and RAU ACCEPT Messages |
04.08 | A1093 | Missing SM cause 40 in table 10.6.6 |
04.08 | A1095 | Missing SM cause 40 in table 10.6.6 |
04.08 | A1099 rev 2 | Clarification of Network Initiated GPRS Detach Procedure |
04.08 | A1101 rev 2 | Clarification of Network Initiated GPRS Detach Procedure |
04.08 | A1117 | Handling of new/old TLLI in the network |
04.08 | A1119 | Handling of new/old TLLI in the network |
04.08 | A1125 | No MT calls after resumption of GPRS in Network Operation Mode I |
04.08 | A1127 | No MT calls after resumption of GPRS in Network Operation Mode I |
04.11 | A081 rev 2 | PTP SMS over GPRS for Radio Interface |
04.14 | A003 | GPRS test mode |
04.14 | A004 | GPRS test mode |
04.14 | A005 rev 1 | Test mode |
04.14 | A009 | Test mode |
04.14 | A010 | Test mode |
04.18 | A001 rev 3 | Immediate assignment |
04.18 | A009 rev 1 | Alignment on 04.60 of information elements RR Packet Uplink and Downlink Assignment |
04.18 | A013 rev 1 | Alignment of RLC_OCTET_COUNT in 04.08 with 04.60 |
04.18 | A014 | System information type 14 and 15 |
04.18 | A019 | Correction to handling of GPRS suspension cause |
04.18 | A022 rev 2 | Alignment between 04.08 and 04.60 on the packet access procedure attempt following T3142 or T3172 attempt |
04.18 | A025 | Addition of PR mode in ASSIGNMENT message in 04.08 |
04.18 | A037 | Editorial (misleading reference) (R99) |
04.18 | A039 rev 5 | PR_MODE field in assignment message |
04.18 | A040 rev 2 | Channel Request Description IE length and Packet Channel Description IE coding |
04.18 | A053 | Correction to Packet Access Reject procedure |
04.18 | A054 rev 2 | Clarification of the RLC/MAC segmentation in single block allocation |
04.18 | A067 | Clarification of starting timer T3134 |
04.18 | A073 | Suspension cause IE |
04.18 | A084 | Inconsistent Rest Octet length indication |
04.18 | A085 rev 2 | Incomplete Rest Octet information |
04.18 | A086 rev 2 | Clarification of power control requirements during TBF establishment |
04.18 | A098 rev 2 | DTM: definition of new procedures while in dedicated mode |
04.18 | A099 rev 2 | DTM: definition of new messages |
04.18 | A105 rev 2 | DTM: Replacement of Channel Request Description 2 IE |
04.18 | A106 | DTM: Removal of DTM Reject Information |
04.18 | A107 | DTM: Editorial Corrections |
04.18 | A108 rev 1 | Maximum size of fixed ALLOCATION_BITMAP |
04.18 | A110 rev 2 | DTM: Alignment of normal release procedure |
04.18 | A113 | DTM: Alignment of the assignment procedure |
04.18 | A125 | Handling of Power-Control-Parameter alpha |
04.18 | A127 | DTM: Removal of polling from DTM assignment |
04.18 | A128 | DTM: Correction of timers T3148 and T3107 |
04.18 | A128 rev 1 | DTM: Correction of timers T3148 and T3107 |
04.18 | A129 | DTM: tunnelling of GPRS signalling on the main DCCH |
04.18 | A130 | DTM: provision of GPRS information for correct DTM behaviour |
04.18 | A130 rev 1 | DTM: provision of GPRS information for correct DTM behaviour |
04.18 | A131 | DTM: reuse of the GPRS Suspension procedure in cells with no DTM capabilities |
04.18 | A131 rev 1 | DTM: reuse of the GPRS Suspension procedure in cells with no DTM capabilities |
04.18 | A132 | DTM: alignment of the handover procedure |
04.18 | A133 | DTM: clarification of Radio Link Failure and RR connection abortion while in DTM |
04.18 | A134 | DTM: removal of the Main DCCH Assignment message |
04.18 | A134 rev 1 | DTM: removal of the Main DCCH Assignment message |
04.18 | A135 | DTM: definition |
04.18 | A137 | DTM: GPRS information for DTM operation - TBF re-establishment |
04.18 | A138 | Correction of Table 10.5.60/GSM 04.18 |
04.18 | A150 | Editorial correction on RR Packet Uplink/Downlink Assigment |
04.18 | A150 rev 1 | Editorial correction on RR Packet Uplink/Downlink Assigment |
04.18 | A153 | Clarification of downlink bit |
04.18 | A155 | Second Part Packet Assignment in IA Rest octet |
04.18 | A156 | DTM: Packet Notification |
04.18 | A157 | DTM: RR interaction with the datalink layer |
04.18 | A158 | DTM: DTM Reject with wait indication |
04.18 | A159 | DTM: Corrections to the abnormal cases |
04.18 | A159 rev 1 | DTM: Corrections to the abnormal cases |
04.18 | A159 rev 2 | DTM: Corrections to the abnormal cases |
04.18 | A160 | DTM: RR reallocation during packet access |
04.18 | A160 rev 1 | DTM: RR reallocation during packet access |
04.18 | A160 rev 2 | DTM: RR reallocation during packet access |
04.18 | A168 | Handover to UMTS procedure, abnormal cases. MS Behaviour |
04.18 | A168 rev 1 | Handover to UMTS procedure, abnormal cases. MS Behaviour |
04.18 | A175 | DTM: Alignment of the intersystem handover procedure |
04.18 | A176 | Delivering UMTS frequency infomration to MSs not supporting CS services |
04.18 | A182 | Correction of SI19 Rest Octets |
04.18 | A183 | Removal of Anonymous Access |
04.18 | A184 | Correct definition of APDU IEs |
04.18 | A185 | DTM: Replacement of 'padding bits' in RR messages |
04.18 | A190 | MEASUREMENT_STARTING_TIME field in RR Packet DownlinkAssignment IE |
04.18 | A190 rev 1 | MEASUREMENT_STARTING_TIME field in RR Packet Downlink Assignment IE |
04.18 | A191 | Introduction of a presence bit indicator for SI2quater |
04.18 | A191 rev 1 | Introduction of a presence bit indicator for SI2quater |
04.18 | A196 | Editorial alignments and clarifications |
04.18 | A196 rev 1 | Editorial alignments and clarifications |
04.18 | A197 | MAC Mode parameter in MAC Mode and Channel Coding Request IE |
04.18 | A198 | Clarification on SI 2 quater content |
04.18 | A203 | CSN.1 Coding changes to RTD struct |
04.18 | A205 | Correction to polling in single block downlink assignment on CCCH |
04.18 | A205 rev 1 | Correction to polling in single block downlink assignment on CCCH |
04.18 | A225 | Introduction of the band indicator field in SI6 (R99) |
04.18 | A236 | Support of Early Classmark Sending by an PBCCH capable cell (R99) |
04.18 | A236 rev 1 | Support of Early Classmark Sending by an PBCCH capable cell (R99) |
04.18 | A237 | Restoration of the SI 3 Rest Octets IE description (R99) |
04.18 | A245 | Backwards compatibility of R99 extensions in IA Rest octets |
04.18 | A245 rev 1 | Backwards compatibility of R99 extensions in IA Rest octets |
04.18 | A246 | Backwards compatibility of R99 extensions in RR Packet Downlink Assignment IE |
04.18 | A246 rev 1 | Backwards compatibility of R99 extensions in RR Packet Downlink Assignment IE |
04.18 | A247 | Backwards compatibility of R99 extensions in RR Packet Uplink Assignment IE |
04.18 | A247 rev 1 | Backwards compatibility of R99 extensions in RR Packet Uplink Assignment IE |
04.18 | A247 rev 2 | Backwards compatibility of R99 extensions in RR Packet Uplink Assignment IE |
04.18 | A250 | Starting Time in DTM Assignment |
04.18 | A262 | Removal of inter cell handover on dedicated resources for TBF |
04.18 | A263 | PDCH assignment failure on dedicated channels |
04.18 | A264 | Correction of dedicated resources establishment for TBF |
04.18 | A265 | Correction of T3134 value |
04.18 | A271 | Two-message packet downlink assignment on CCCH |
04.31 | A021 | Segmentation of Long Location Assistance Messages |
04.31 | A022 | Segmentation of Long Location Assistance Messages |
04.60 | 0000 | MS-BSS RLC/MAC Protocol |
04.60 | A001 rev 1 | Provision of requested bandwidth for uplink transfer |
04.60 | A002 rev 2 | Clarification of Cell Change Order Procedure |
04.60 | A003 | Update Classmark to Mobile Radio Capabilities |
04.60 | A004 rev 2 | Corrections to Fixed Allocation procedures |
04.60 | A005 | Polling and PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT |
04.60 | A006 rev 2 | Corrections to downlink TBF procedures |
04.60 | A007 | New Informative Annex containing Fixed Allocation timeslot configuration examples |
04.60 | A009 | Coding of parameter GCH. |
04.60 | A010 | Duplicate use of ‘GAMMA_TNn’ |
04.60 | A011 rev 2 | Resource reallocation for uplink |
04.60 | A012 | Abnormal case for packet reservation |
04.60 | A014 rev 2 | GSM 04.60 Message definition problems |
04.60 | A015 rev 1 | Corrections to GSM 04.60 |
04.60 | A016 rev 1 | 2 message assigment procedure |
04.60 | A017 rev 1 | Corrections to RLC procedures (Chapter 9) |
04.60 | A018 | Default Medium Access Mode |
04.60 | A019 rev 1 | Correction to RLC_OCTET_COUNT procedures |
04.60 | A020 rev 1 | Packet Timeslot Reconfigure message |
04.60 | A021 rev 2 | Packet Resource Request message |
04.60 | A022 rev 1 | Corrections to RLC/MAC Suspend Procedure |
04.60 | A024 rev 3 | Repeat procedures for fixed allocation |
04.60 | A026 rev 1 | Mobile Station polling |
04.60 | A027 rev 2 | Multiple polls for the same uplink radio block |
04.60 | A028 | Reject of uplink TBF during downlink TBF |
04.60 | A029 rev 2 | GSM 04.60 corrections |
04.60 | A031 rev 1 | Clarification of terminology for release of TBF |
04.60 | A032 | Clarification of terminology for LLC PDU (frames) |
04.60 | A033 | Radio Priority |
04.60 | A034 rev 2 | Updates to 3.1 Vocabulary |
04.60 | A035 rev 1 | Correction of various minor errors in clause 5 |
04.60 | A036 rev 2 | Clarification of the relation between Medium Access mode and MS Multislot class |
04.60 | A037 rev 1 | Identifying a TBF |
04.60 | A038 rev 2 | Editorial corrections |
04.60 | A039 | Packet Polling Request corrections |
04.60 | A040 rev 1 | Setting of Retry (R) bit |
04.60 | A041 | Improvement of timer handling |
04.60 | A042 | Corrections of name of PACKET POWER CONTROL/TIMING ADVANCE |
04.60 | A043 | Use of logical channel in response to PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST |
04.60 | A044 | Editorial corrections |
04.60 | A045 | Fixed length TBF |
04.60 | A047 rev 1 | Network prioritisation and transmission of Packet Dummy Control Blocks |
04.60 | A048 rev 1 | Packet Timeslot Reconfigure |
04.60 | A049 rev 1 | Improvement of the DRX mode procedure |
04.60 | A050 rev 1 | Operation of downlink TBFs |
04.60 | A051 rev 2 | Corrections and improvements to clause 9 |
04.60 | A052 rev 1 | Development of the segmentation description |
04.60 | A053 rev 2 | Corrections and improvements to clause 10 |
04.60 | A054 rev 1 | Description of M and E bits |
04.60 | A055 rev 1 | Clarification of text in message |
04.60 | A056 | Alignment of message type to logical channel |
04.60 | A058 | Correction of reference for coding of parameter GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH |
04.60 | A059 | Introduction of RLC data unit |
04.60 | A060 | NC and Extended Measurement reporting and Cell Change Order procedures |
04.60 | A063 rev 1 | Restructuring of Packet Uplink Assignment message and Packet Timeslot Reconfigure |
04.60 | A064 rev 1 | Procedures on expiry of timer T3164 |
04.60 | A065 | Fixed Allocation |
04.60 | A066 rev 1 | Packet Access Reject |
04.60 | A067 | Uplink PDCH Allocation for Extended Dynamic Allocation |
04.60 | A068 rev 2 | GAMMA/I_LEVEL measurements and suspending the downlink TBF |
04.60 | A069 rev 1 | Procedures on expiry of timer T3168 |
04.60 | A070 rev 2 | Concurrent TBF procedures for half duplex operation |
04.60 | A071 rev 1 | Broadcast of Packet PDCH Release on PACCH |
04.60 | A072 | Abnormal cases for Resource Reallocation for Uplink |
04.60 | A073 rev 2 | Removal of throughput class from decisions on resource reallocation |
04.60 | A074 rev 1 | Packet Access Reject |
04.60 | A075 | Use of the USF_GRANULARITY parameter |
04.60 | A076 | Dynamic allocation uplink RLC data block transfer |
04.60 | A077 rev 2 | TBF Starting Time |
04.60 | A078 | Extended Dynamic Allocation Multislot Classes |
04.60 | A079 | Ending a downlink TBF and activating an uplink TBF |
04.60 | A080 | Handling of the countdown procedure at short access |
04.60 | A081 rev 2 | Restructure of release procedures |
04.60 | A082 rev 1 | Packet Resource Request |
04.60 | A083 | LLC frame type in Channel Request Description |
04.60 | A084 | Field mapping in the Channel Request Description information element |
04.60 | A085 rev 1 | Throughput indication in Channel Request Description IE |
04.60 | A086 rev 1 | Mandatory DRX parameters |
04.60 | A087 | Paging procedures |
04.60 | A088 | Use of the packet paging channel and correction of the paging message |
04.60 | A089 rev 4 | Segmentation of RLC/MAC control messages |
04.60 | A090 rev 2 | Use of PAGE MODE parameter |
04.60 | A091 rev 1 | Structure of TBF establishment description |
04.60 | A092 rev 2 | Cell change procedure corrections |
04.60 | A093 | Modifications to the access type values |
04.60 | A094 | Persistence control procedure modifications |
04.60 | A096 rev 1 | Addition of Network Operation mode in PSI1 |
04.60 | A097 | Deletion of Mac Mode in PSI 1 |
04.60 | A098 rev 3 | Possibility to define starting times as relative to the current frame number |
04.60 | A105 rev 2 | Corrections for the PACCH receiving during the fixed uplink assignment |
04.60 | A106 rev 1 | Correction of Polling for Packet Downlink Ack/Nack |
04.60 | A107 rev 2 | PR-field introduction to MAC header |
04.60 | A110 | Corrections to MAC abnormal cases |
04.60 | A111 rev 1 | Corrections to downlink procedures |
04.60 | A112 | Corrections to Fixed Allocation procedures |
04.60 | A114 rev 1 | Corrections to MAC procedures |
04.60 | A115 | Resolution of text merge problems in 04.60 v6.1.0 |
04.60 | A116 | Corrections to PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE procedures |
04.60 | A117 rev 1 | Corrections to RLC procedures |
04.60 | A118 rev 2 | Undefined concurrent TBF conditions |
04.60 | A119 rev 1 | RLC/MAC timers |
04.60 | A120 rev 1 | Simplification of and corrections to Fixed Allocation reallocation |
04.60 | A121 | MS mode of operation |
04.60 | A122 | Clarification of PSI6 |
04.60 | A123 rev 1 | Change of name of the RR_PRIORITY parameter tp CALL_PRIORITY |
04.60 | A125 | Alignment of TFI description |
04.60 | A126 | Neighbour cell power measurements |
04.60 | A128 | Removal of duplicated IE in the Packet Release Request message |
04.60 | A129 | Support of split pg cycle on PCCCH |
04.60 | A131 | Downlink TBF release & Packet Uplink Assignment |
04.60 | A133 | Timing advance for 2 phase access |
04.60 | A135 rev 1 | Radio Priority used for signalling |
04.60 | A137 | Handling of PACKET PAGING REQUEST when T3172 is running |
04.60 | A138 | Clarification on the usage of timer T3198 |
04.60 | A139 | Definition of USF=FREE |
04.60 | A140 | Parameter C32_QUAL missing |
04.60 | A141 | Criterion on selecting a new cell with the Abnormal release with cell reselection procedure |
04.60 | A142 rev 1 | NC Measurement reporting |
04.60 | A144 | Extended Dynamic Allocation (related to 0408A378) |
04.60 | A146 rev 1 | Mobile identity coding in Packet Paging Request |
04.60 | A147 | Clarification on Extended Dynamic Allocation |
04.60 | A148 rev 1 | Unsolicited uplink resource reallocation by network in fixed allocation mode |
04.60 | A149 | Clarification on MAC modes for downlink transfer |
04.60 | A150 | Correction of text referring to Allocation Reference |
04.60 | A151 rev 4 | Handling of erroneous data in RLC/MAC control messages |
04.60 | A152 | EXT Measurement reporting |
04.60 | A154 rev 1 | Timing of MS polling response |
04.60 | A155 | 04.60 A155 Correction of downlink TFI |
04.60 | A156 | 04.60 A156 Correction to Global TFI definition |
04.60 | A157 rev 2 | Corrections to frequency parameter and mobile allocation encoding and procedures |
04.60 | A159 | Timing advance abnormal release |
04.60 | A160 | Corrections to RLC variables |
04.60 | A161 rev 1 | Corrections to RLC/MAC messages |
04.60 | A163 | Corrections to annex D |
04.60 | A170 rev 1 | A170 Claification of the downlink TBF |
04.60 | A171 | Correction on timing of MS polling response |
04.60 | A172 | HCS parameters in the PSI3 message |
04.60 | A174 | Contention resolution at two phase access |
04.60 | A175 | Removal of TBF suspension |
04.60 | A176 rev 1 | MS behaviour on receipt of a valid RRBP |
04.60 | A177 | Packet Uplink Assignment message description |
04.60 | A178 rev 1 | CSN.1 coding of Packet Uplink Ack/Nack |
04.60 | A181 | Coding of the multislot class |
04.60 | A182 | Coding of the uplink TFI |
04.60 | A183 rev 4 | Error handling |
04.60 | A184 | Uplink & downlink assignment reaction times |
04.60 | A185 | MS reaction time to change in channel coding scheme |
04.60 | A186 | Correction to I_LEVEL reporting |
04.60 | A188 | Clarification of paging response on CCCH |
04.60 | A189 rev 1 | Clarification of RLC_OCTET_COUNT value for open and close-ended TBFs |
04.60 | A194 | Change of cause name invalid priority |
04.60 | A200 | Correction of range of Length Indicator |
04.60 | A201 | Removal of UPLINK_RLC_MODE from PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE |
04.60 | A202 rev 2 | Call reestablishment procedure for abnormal release with cell reselection in ready state |
04.60 | A204 rev 2 | Establishment of downlink TBF |
04.60 | A205 rev 1 | Extended dynamic allocation neighbour cell power measurements |
04.60 | A205 rev 4 | Enhanced measurement reporting capability |
04.60 | A206 rev 1 | Reallocation in fixed MAC-mode |
04.60 | A207 rev 1 | Validity of MA and frequency parameters |
04.60 | A208 rev 1 | Corrections on contention resolution and Ack/Nack description |
04.60 | A210 | Clarification of T3188 and T3190 use |
04.60 | A213 rev 2 | GPRS Cell Reselection |
04.60 | A214 rev 1 | Additional corrections relative to 04.60 A157 |
04.60 | A215 rev 1 | GPRS Measurement reporting |
04.60 | A216 | 51-multiframe PBCCH |
04.60 | A217 | Corrections of typographical error |
04.60 | A219 | Clarification of timeslot reconfigure message |
04.60 | A220 rev 1 | PSI 3bis contents |
04.60 | A221 rev 1 | Correction to Countdown Value procedure |
04.60 | A222 | Clarification about countdown procedure when nw initiates release of uplink TBF |
04.60 | A223 | Corrections to Ack/Nack description IE |
04.60 | A223 rev 4 | TBF failure actions within an RR-network commanded cell change order procedure |
04.60 | A224 | Clarification on countdown procedure |
04.60 | A225 | Correction of timing advance procedure |
04.60 | A227 rev 1 | Correction to Packet Uplink Ack/nack message description |
04.60 | A228 rev 1 | Packet TBF Release for DL TBF |
04.60 | A230 | Removal of REL_OR_ABS_FN for TBF Starting Time |
04.60 | A231 rev 2 | Clarification on Packet Control Acknowledgement on 4 access bursts |
04.60 | A232 rev 1 | Downlink PACCH Timeslot after sending Packet PDCH Release. |
04.60 | A235 rev 1 | Clarification of DL TBF acknowledgement |
04.60 | A236 rev 2 | PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message |
04.60 | A238 | PACKET UPLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK message on PCCCH |
04.60 | A239 | PSI3/PSI3bis: Element length of PSI3_BIS_INDEX and PSI3_BIS_COUNT |
04.60 | A240 | MA_CHANGE_MARK in PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message |
04.60 | A241 | N_AVG_I parameter |
04.60 | A242 | PAN_DEC/INC/MAX parameters |
04.60 | A243 rev 2 | RLC data block encoding |
04.60 | A244 | Timing advance abnormal release |
04.60 | A245 | Subclause 12.7 |
04.60 | A246 rev 1 | The requirement on MS to listen to both PBCCH and PAGCH during the random access phase should be relaxed |
04.60 | A247 | PSI scheduling information to be added toPSI1 |
04.60 | A248 rev 1 | Encoding of Mobile Identity in PACKET PAGING REQUEST message |
04.60 | A250 | USF response delay |
04.60 | A251 rev 1 | Improved Cell reselection by introduction of the PACKET PSI STATUS message |
04.60 | A252 | Clarification to the Final Block Indicator |
04.60 | A253 rev 1 | Editorial corrections |
04.60 | A254 | Correction to assignment procedure |
04.60 | A255 rev 1 | Clarification to polling response |
04.60 | A256 | Corrections to definition of V(R) in RLC-Unacknowledged mode |
04.60 | A257 | Removal of MS initiated Downlink TBF release procedure |
04.60 | A258 rev 3 | Polling and Priorization mechanism |
04.60 | A259 rev 1 | Alignment of 04.60 with GSM 05.02 concerning BS_PRACH_BLKS parameter |
04.60 | A260 rev 2 | Addition of CS calls parameter in Non GPRS Cell Options IE |
04.60 | A261 rev 1 | Handling of NON_DRX_TIMER during circuit switched |
04.60 | A264 rev 1 | Clarification on paging procedures for a class B mobile station in packet transfer mode |
04.60 | A266 | BCCH-CHANGE-MARK and RACH Control Parameters |
04.60 | A267 rev 1 | Miscellaneous coding corrections |
04.60 | A268 | T3166_T3168 in GPRS Cell Option Information element |
04.60 | A269 rev 1 | NC and EXT Measurement reporting |
04.60 | A272 | Stopping of timer T3172 |
04.60 | A273 | MAC mode in Channel Request Description |
04.60 | A274 | Corrections to EXT Measurement Parameters structure |
04.60 | A275 | Burst format for PTCCH/U |
04.60 | A277 rev 2 | Establishment of new downlink TBF |
04.60 | A278 rev 4 | Improving the detection of the 'end of UL TBF' when in unack mode |
04.60 | A281 rev 2 | PSI3bis contents |
04.60 | A282 | CSN.1 correction in Packet access reject. |
04.60 | A284 | Correction regarding repeat_allocation during fixed allocation TBF |
04.60 | A285 | Correction to RTI field range |
04.60 | A289 | The Pb parameter is needed in SI13/PSI13 |
04.60 | A291 | Correction to Temporary Flow Identity Direction |
04.60 | A292 | Removal of SI15 |
04.60 | A294 rev 1 | Clarification to the class B mode of operation |
04.60 | A295 rev 2 | RLC correction |
04.60 | A296 | One phase access contention resolution |
04.60 | A297 | UL TFI on 5 bits |
04.60 | A299 | Cell selection parameters in Packet Measurement Order |
04.60 | A302 rev 1 | Corrections to uplink resource reassignment procedure |
04.60 | A303 rev 2 | Corrections to fixed allocation bitmap |
04.60 | A306 rev 1 | Addition of NCC_PERMITTED field for extended measurement |
04.60 | A308 | PAN_MAX parameter |
04.60 | A309 | RXQUAL in PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message |
04.60 | A310 | Clarification of polling response |
04.60 | A311 | Parameters in PACKET MEASUREMENT ORDER message |
04.60 | A313 rev 1 | Addition of a new cause in abnormal cases |
04.60 | A314 rev 1 | Clarification on MS behaviour after a receipt of an erroneous P Upl Ass mess. while T3172 is running |
04.60 | A316 | Suppression of CONTENTION_RESOLUTION_TLLI in fixed allocation struct |
04.60 | A317 | Correction to Abnormal cases |
04.60 | A319 | Correction to Packet Timeslot Reconfigure |
04.60 | A321 | Correction to the Wait Indication units in Packet Access Reject |
04.60 | A334 | Correction of Repeat Allocation |
04.60 | A336 | Correction to the reception of extended paging |
04.60 | A338 rev 2 | Round trip delay independent of RRBP value |
04.60 | A339 rev 2 | Clarification for starting time for PTCCH/U |
04.60 | A340 | Spare padding bits in RLC/MAC control blocks |
04.60 | A341 rev 4 | (was A223) TBF failure actions within an RR-network commanded cell change order procedure |
04.60 | A342 | (was A225) Correction to 1 phase access contention resolution |
04.60 | A344 | Correction to uplink resource reallocation |
04.60 | A345 | Correction to state variable V(Q) |
04.60 | A346 | Correction to receive state variable |
04.60 | A348 | Correction to release of uplink TBF |
04.60 | A350 | EXT Frequency List struct in the PSI5 |
04.60 | A354 rev 2 | Correction of BTS power output |
04.60 | A355 | Clarification on SI/PSI Re-acquisition |
04.60 | A357 | Clarification on Length Indicator field |
04.60 | A359 | Clarification on use of Short Access |
04.60 | A360 | TFI assignment in PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE |
04.60 | A361 | Final Block Indicator (FBI) in unacknowledged mode |
04.60 | A362 rev 1 | Clarification on coding of GAMMA_TN parameter |
04.60 | A363 rev 1 | Correction on T3194 reference |
04.60 | A364 | Reaction time after contention resolution during one phase access |
04.60 | A365 | Handling of Downlink Ack/Nack messages containing Channel Request Description IE or Final Ack Indicator |
04.60 | A370 rev 2 | RXQUAL field and SIGN_VAR field optional in some MAC messages |
04.60 | A372 rev 1 | Alignment 04.60 on 04.08 about single block allocation for a two phase access establishment |
04.60 | A373 | Miscellaneous corrections |
04.60 | A374 rev 1 | Management of T3190 and T3180 timers during a TBF release procedure |
04.60 | A375 rev 1 | Addition of timer T3181, Wait for USF during PRACH access |
04.60 | A376 | Multislot configuration in fixed allocation |
04.60 | A380 | Correction to Annex E |
04.60 | A381 | MA_CHANGE_MARK in the PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST message |
04.60 | A382 rev 1 | Answer to the PACKET POLLING REQUEST message |
04.60 | A383 rev 1 | Correction to countdown procedure |
04.60 | A384 rev 1 | RLC segmentation coding clarification |
04.60 | A385 rev 1 | Smooth or immediate Packet TBF release in case of network controlled reselection |
04.60 | A386 rev 1 | Missing causes in the Packet Cell Change failure |
04.60 | A387 rev 1 | T3170 definition |
04.60 | A388 rev 1 | Change cell failure and resumption of an uplink transfer |
04.60 | A389 rev 3 | Packet Timing Advance assignment in PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE, Nokia |
04.60 | A390 | Non-DRX on CCCH and PCCCH |
04.60 | A392 | Handling of protocol data in RLC/MAC control message |
04.60 | A393 rev 1 | Maximum length of MS Radio Access Capability |
04.60 | A394 rev 1 | New use of PR field |
04.60 | A396 rev 2 | Definition of 'spare padding' bit sequence |
04.60 | A400 rev 2 | Consistency of TFI definition |
04.60 | A401 rev 2 | Consistency of TFI definition |
04.60 | A402 rev 2 | Consistency of TFI definition |
04.60 | A405 | Miscellaneous correction. |
04.60 | A406 | Clarification of use of of PR field. |
04.60 | A407 | Correction to polling for downlink ack/nack. |
04.60 | A408 | MS handling of repeated RLC data blocks. |
04.60 | A409 | CV coding during retransmission of RLC data blocks. |
04.60 | A411 | Corrections to PSI status message. |
04.60 | A412 | Change order of PSI4_COUNT and PSI4_INDEX |
04.60 | A414 | Align EXC_ACC field in CELL CHANGE ORDER & MEASUREMENT ORDER with PSI3. |
04.60 | A415 rev 3 | Downlink assignment initiation |
04.60 | A416 rev 3 | Downlink assignment initiation |
04.60 | A417 rev 3 | Downlink assignment initiation |
04.60 | A418 | Handling of BS_CV_MAX value if set to zero |
04.60 | A419 | Handling of BS_CV_MAX value if set to zero |
04.60 | A420 | Handling of BS_CV_MAX value if set to zero |
04.60 | A421 | Handling of segmented control messages |
04.60 | A422 | Handling of segmented control messages |
04.60 | A423 | Handling of segmented control messages |
04.60 | A427 | Reaction time clarifications |
04.60 | A428 | Reaction time clarifications |
04.60 | A429 | Reaction time clarifications |
04.60 | A430 rev 1 | Correction to power control signaling information |
04.60 | A431 rev 1 | Correction to power control signaling information |
04.60 | A432 rev 1 | Correction to power control signaling information |
04.60 | A434 rev 2 | Correction to definition of power control parameters |
04.60 | A436 rev 1 | Missing definition of NR_OF_FREQUENCIES |
04.60 | A447 | Deletion of section 8.1.2.4a |
04.60 | A448 | Deletion of section 8.1.2.4a |
04.60 | A449 | Deletion of section 8.1.2.4a |
04.60 | A456 | EXT Measurement reporting, Coding corrections |
04.60 | A457 | EXT Measurement reporting, Coding corrections |
04.60 | A458 | EXT Measurement reporting, Coding corrections |
04.60 | A459 | NC and EXT Measurement reporting- Clarifications |
04.60 | A460 | NC and EXT Measurement reporting- Clarifications |
04.60 | A461 | NC and EXT Measurement reporting- Clarifications |
04.60 | A462 | HCS Parameters |
04.60 | A463 | HCS Parameters |
04.60 | A464 | HCS Parameters |
04.60 | A465 | Number of PSI3bis messages |
04.60 | A466 | Number of PSI3bis messages |
04.60 | A467 | Number of PSI3bis messages |
04.60 | A468 rev 1 | CELL_BAR_ACCESS_2 in PSI3bis |
04.60 | A469 rev 1 | CELL_BAR_ACCESS_2 in PSI3bis |
04.60 | A470 rev 1 | CELL_BAR_ACCESS_2 in PSI3bis |
04.60 | A471 rev 1 | Multiband Reporting |
04.60 | A472 rev 1 | Multiband Reporting |
04.60 | A473 rev 1 | Multiband Reporting |
04.60 | A474 rev 1 | Clarification of DRX |
04.60 | A475 rev 1 | Clarification of DRX |
04.60 | A476 rev 1 | Clarification of DRX |
04.60 | A477 | Correction to RRBP field |
04.60 | A478 | Correction to RRBP field |
04.60 | A479 | Correction to RRBP field |
04.60 | A479 rev 5 | Establishment of new uplink TBF |
04.60 | A480 | Editorial corrections |
04.60 | A481 | Editorial corrections |
04.60 | A482 | Editorial corrections |
04.60 | A483 rev 2 | Clarification to network initiated TBF release |
04.60 | A484 rev 2 | Clarification to network initiated TBF release |
04.60 | A485 rev 2 | Clarification to network initiated TBF release |
04.60 | A486 | Removal of reference to MS initiated Downlink TBF release procedure |
04.60 | A487 | Removal of reference to MS initiated Downlink TBF release procedure |
04.60 | A488 | Removal of reference to MS initiated Downlink TBF release procedure |
04.60 | A489 | Correction to invalid frequency parameter behaviour by mobile |
04.60 | A490 | Correction to invalid frequency parameter behaviour by mobile |
04.60 | A491 | Correction to invalid frequency parameter behaviour by mobile |
04.60 | A492 | PCCCH Organization Parameters IE |
04.60 | A493 | PCCCH Organization Parameters IE |
04.60 | A494 | PCCCH Organization Parameters IE |
04.60 | A496 rev 1 | Message coding corrections |
04.60 | A497 rev 1 | Message coding corrections |
04.60 | A498 rev 1 | Message coding corrections |
04.60 | A502 | Removal of unnecessary Filler octets in clause 9 |
04.60 | A503 | Removal of unnecessary Filler octets in clause 9 |
04.60 | A504 | Removal of unnecessary Filler octets in clause 9 |
04.60 | A505 rev 1 | Clarification of TFI usage |
04.60 | A506 rev 1 | Clarification of TFI usage |
04.60 | A507 rev 1 | Clarification of TFI usage |
04.60 | A514 rev 2 | PSI3 and PSI 3bis coding |
04.60 | A515 rev 2 | PSI3 and PSI 3bis coding |
04.60 | A516 rev 2 | PSI3 and PSI 3bis coding |
04.60 | A517 | Editorial corrections to the cell reselection procedure |
04.60 | A518 | Editorial corrections to the cell reselection procedure |
04.60 | A519 | Editorial corrections to the cell reselection procedure |
04.60 | A520 | Correction to N3104_MAX |
04.60 | A521 | Correction to N3104_MAX |
04.60 | A522 | Correction to N3104_MAX |
04.60 | A523 | Impossibility for MS to check inequality 'x+12 < RTI < x+20 (modulo 32)' when DPC is on |
04.60 | A524 | Impossibility for MS to check inequality 'x+12 < RTI < x+20 (modulo 32)' when DPC is on |
04.60 | A525 | Impossibility for MS to check inequality 'x+12 < RTI < x+20 (modulo 32)' when DPC is on |
04.60 | A541 rev 1 | Addition of PR field in RLC/MAC control block |
04.60 | A542 rev 1 | Addition of PR field in RLC/MAC control block |
04.60 | A543 rev 1 | Addition of PR field in RLC/MAC control block |
04.60 | A545 | Align EXC_ACC field in CELL CHANGE ORDER & MEASUREMENT ORDER with PSI3 |
04.60 | A546 | Align EXC_ACC field in CELL CHANGE ORDER & MEASUREMENT ORDER with PSI3 |
04.60 | A547 | Corrections to PSI status message |
04.60 | A548 | Corrections to PSI status message |
04.60 | A549 | Change order of PSI4_COUNT and PSI4_INDEX |
04.60 | A550 | Change order of PSI4_COUNT and PSI4_INDEX |
04.60 | A551 | Missing definition of NR_OF_FREQUENCIES |
04.60 | A552 | Missing definition of NR_OF_FREQUENCIES |
04.60 | A553 | Clarification of use of PR field |
04.60 | A554 | Clarification of use of PR field |
04.60 | A555 rev 1 | Correction to definition of power control parameters |
04.60 | A556 rev 1 | Correction to definition of power control parameters |
04.60 | A563 rev 1 | Starting time alignment and gap between resource changes, |
04.60 | A564 rev 1 | Starting time alignment and gap between resource changes, |
04.60 | A565 rev 1 | Starting time alignment and gap between resource changes, |
04.60 | A568 | Alignment of uplink access procedure between 04.08 and 04.60 |
04.60 | A569 | Alignment of uplink access procedure between 04.08 and 04.60 |
04.60 | A570 | Alignment of uplink access procedure between 04.08 and 04.60 |
04.60 | A571 | Miscellaneous corrections |
04.60 | A572 | Miscellaneous corrections |
04.60 | A573 | Correction to polling for downlink ack/nack |
04.60 | A574 | Correction to polling for downlink ack/nack |
04.60 | A575 | MS handling of repeated RLC data blocks |
04.60 | A576 | MS handling of repeated RLC data blocks |
04.60 | A577 | CV coding during retransmission of RLC data blocks |
04.60 | A578 | CV coding during retransmission of RLC data blocks |
04.60 | A579 rev 1 | New coding of PR field |
04.60 | A580 rev 1 | New coding of PR field |
04.60 | A581 rev 1 | New coding of PR field |
04.60 | A582 | Defining the maximum number of carriers for the interference measurements |
04.60 | A583 | Defining the maximum number of carriers for the interference measurements |
04.60 | A584 | Defining the maximum number of carriers for the interference measurements |
04.60 | A587 rev 1 | Clarification of RACE condition |
04.60 | A588 | Addition of PR mode in ASSIGNMENT message in 04.08 |
04.60 | A589 | Addition of PR mode in ASSIGNMENT message in 04.08 |
04.60 | A590 | Addition of PR mode in ASSIGNMENT message in 04.08 |
04.60 | A591 | Clarifiaction of RACE condition |
04.60 | A592 | Clarification of RACE condition |
04.60 | A597 rev 1 | Maximum length for LLC PDU in RLC acknowledged mode. |
04.60 | A598 rev 1 | Maximum length for LLC PDU in RLC acknowledged mode. |
04.60 | A599 rev 1 | Maximum length for LLC PDU in RLC acknowledged mode. |
04.60 | A600 rev 2 | Correction to MS behaviour upon cell change failure. |
04.60 | A601 rev 2 | Correction to MS behaviour upon cell change failure. |
04.60 | A602 rev 2 | Correction to MS behaviour upon cell change failure. |
04.60 | A603 rev 1 | Abnormal cases missing for downlink RLC data block transfer. |
04.60 | A604 rev 1 | Abnormal cases missing for downlink RLC data block transfer. |
04.60 | A605 rev 1 | Abnormal cases missing for downlink RLC data block transfer. |
04.60 | A606 rev 1 | Clarification of T3182 restarting during re-transmission in unacknowledged mode. |
04.60 | A607 rev 1 | Clarification of T3182 restarting during re-transmission in unacknowledged mode. |
04.60 | A608 rev 1 | Clarification of T3182 restarting during re-transmission in unacknowledged mode. |
04.60 | A609 rev 1 | Align packet access procedure on PCCCH with CCCH. |
04.60 | A610 rev 1 | Align packet access procedure on PCCCH with CCCH. |
04.60 | A611 rev 1 | Align packet access procedure on PCCCH with CCCH. |
04.60 | A612 rev 1 | Correction to MS reaction upon assignment of invalid frequency |
04.60 | A613 rev 1 | Correction to MS reaction upon assignment of invalid frequency |
04.60 | A614 rev 1 | Correction to MS reaction upon assignment of invalid frequency |
04.60 | A618 rev 1 | Define default values for EXT_REPORTING_TYPE and EXT_REPORTING_PERIOD. |
04.60 | A619 rev 1 | Define default values for EXT_REPORTING_TYPE and EXT_REPORTING_PERIOD. |
04.60 | A620 rev 1 | Define default values for EXT_REPORTING_TYPE and EXT_REPORTING_PERIOD. |
04.60 | A621 | Remove duplicate definitiuons of ALPHA and other miscellaneous corrections. |
04.60 | A622 | Remove duplicate definitiuons of ALPHA and other miscellaneous corrections. |
04.60 | A623 | Remove duplicate definitiuons of ALPHA and other miscellaneous corrections. |
04.60 | A625 rev 1 | Revision of Timer attributes |
04.60 | A626 rev 1 | Revision of Timer attributes |
04.60 | A627 rev 1 | Revision of Timer attributes |
04.60 | A628 rev 1 | Review of timers T3162, T3170 and T3186 used at TBF establishment |
04.60 | A629 rev 1 | Review of timers T3162, T3170 and T3186 used at TBF establishment |
04.60 | A630 rev 1 | Review of timers T3162, T3170 and T3186 used at TBF establishment |
04.60 | A631 rev 1 | Interference measurments - Alignment 04.60 to 05.08 |
04.60 | A632 rev 1 | Interference measurments - Alignment 04.60 to 05.08 |
04.60 | A633 rev 1 | Interference measurments - Alignment 04.60 to 05.08 |
04.60 | A634 rev 1 | Length of BA-GPRS list |
04.60 | A635 rev 1 | Length of BA-GPRS list |
04.60 | A636 rev 1 | Length of BA-GPRS list |
04.60 | A637 rev 2 | Editorial corrections |
04.60 | A638 rev 2 | Editorial corrections |
04.60 | A639 rev 2 | Editorial corrections |
04.60 | A641 | Correction to Packet Assignment procedure |
04.60 | A642 | Correction to Packet Assignment procedure |
04.60 | A643 | Correction to Packet Assignment procedure |
04.60 | A644 rev 1 | Correction to Packet Access Reject procedure |
04.60 | A645 rev 1 | Correction to Packet Access Reject procedure |
04.60 | A646 rev 1 | Correction to Packet Access Reject procedure |
04.60 | A647 | Clarification on cell reselection procedure |
04.60 | A648 | Clarification on cell reselection procedure |
04.60 | A649 | Clarification on cell reselection procedure |
04.60 | A655 rev 1 | Editorial corrections (R97) |
04.60 | A656 rev 1 | Editorial corrections (R98) |
04.60 | A657 rev 1 | Editorial corrections (R99) |
04.60 | A661 rev 2 | Handling of segmented control messages (R97) |
04.60 | A662 rev 2 | Handling of segmented control messages (R98) |
04.60 | A663 rev 2 | Handling of segmented control messages (R99) |
04.60 | A664 | Abnormal cases for uplink resource reallocation (R97) |
04.60 | A665 | Abnormal cases for uplink resource reallocation (R98) |
04.60 | A666 | Abnormal cases for uplink resource reallocation (R99) |
04.60 | A672 rev 3 | Clarification on access procedures (R99) |
04.60 | A675 rev 3 | Corrections in the introduction paragraphs of PSI5 and PSI13 (R99) |
04.60 | A679 | Handling of timers related to measurement reporting during network controlled cell re-selection (R97) |
04.60 | A680 | Handling of timers related to measurement reporting during network controlled cell re-selection (R98) |
04.60 | A681 | Handling of timers related to measurement reporting during network controlled cell re-selection (R99) |
04.60 | A682 | Precision on mobile behaviour at the time of TLLI change |
04.60 | A683 | Precision on mobile behaviour at the time of TLLI change |
04.60 | A684 | Precision on mobile behaviour at the time of TLLI change |
04.60 | A689 | Close-ended TBF in dynamic mode (R97) |
04.60 | A690 | Close-ended TBF in dynamic mode (R98) |
04.60 | A691 | Close-ended TBF in dynamic mode (R99) |
04.60 | A698 rev 2 | Measurement Reporting when PBCCH is not allocated |
04.60 | A699 rev 2 | Measurement Reporting when PBCCH is not allocated |
04.60 | A700 rev 2 | Measurement Reporting when PBCCH is not allocated |
04.60 | A701 | precision on DOWNLINK_CONTROL_TIMESLOT |
04.60 | A702 | precision on DOWNLINK_CONTROL_TIMESLOT |
04.60 | A703 | precision on DOWNLINK_CONTROL_TIMESLOT |
04.60 | A707 rev 1 | Correction timer T3192 values |
04.60 | A708 rev 1 | Correction timer T3192 values |
04.60 | A709 rev 1 | Correction timer T3192 values |
04.60 | A713 rev 1 | Alignment of GSM 04.60 to 05.08 on interference measurements |
04.60 | A714 rev 1 | Alignment of GSM 04.60 to 05.08 on interference measurements |
04.60 | A715 rev 1 | Alignment of GSM 04.60 to 05.08 on interference measurements |
04.60 | A716 rev 2 | Alignment of GSM 04.60 to 05.08 on interference measurements |
04.60 | A717 rev 2 | Alignment of GSM 04.60 to 05.08 on interference measurements |
04.60 | A718 rev 2 | Alignment of GSM 04.60 to 05.08 on interference measurements |
04.60 | A731 rev 1 | Page Mode in every (unknown) downlink RLC/MAC message |
04.60 | A732 rev 1 | Page Mode in every (unknown) downlink RLC/MAC message |
04.60 | A733 rev 1 | Page Mode in every (unknown) downlink RLC/MAC message |
04.60 | A745 | Alignment with 04.08 of MS behaviour upon Packet Cell Change Order reception |
04.60 | A746 rev 1 | Channel Group structs in PSI4 |
04.60 | A747 rev 1 | Channel Group structs in PSI4 |
04.60 | A748 rev 1 | Channel Group structs in PSI4 |
04.60 | A752 rev 1 | Correction to RLC_OCTET_COUNT definition |
04.60 | A753 rev 1 | Correction to RLC_OCTET_COUNT definition |
04.60 | A754 rev 1 | Correction to RLC_OCTET_COUNT definition |
04.60 | A765 rev 1 | Conflicting usage of function val(). |
04.60 | A766 rev 1 | Conflicting usage of function val(). |
04.60 | A767 rev 1 | Conflicting usage of function val(). |
04.60 | A768 | MM non-DRX mode R97 |
04.60 | A769 | MM non-DRX mode R98 |
04.60 | A770 | CTRL_ACK parameter in the PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message R97 |
04.60 | A771 | CTRL_ACK parameter in the PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message R98 |
04.60 | A772 | CTRL_ACK parameter in the PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message R99 |
04.60 | A773 | TIMESLOTS_AVAILABLE in Packet PDCH Release R97 |
04.60 | A774 | TIMESLOTS_AVAILABLE in Packet PDCH Release R98 |
04.60 | A775 | TIMESLOTS_AVAILABLE in Packet PDCH Release R99 |
04.60 | A776 | Clarification on PACKET PSI STATUS message (R97) |
04.60 | A777 | Clarification on PACKET PSI STATUS message (R98) |
04.60 | A778 | Clarification on PACKET PSI STATUS message (R99) |
04.60 | A779 | Correction to subclause 12.28, (R98) |
04.60 | A780 | Correction to subclause 12.28, (R99) |
04.60 | A781 | Clarification on handling of unknown TFI in control message segments (R97) |
04.60 | A782 | Clarification on handling of unknown TFI in control message segments (R98) |
04.60 | A783 | Clarification on handling of unknown TFI in control message segments (R99) |
04.60 | A784 | Correction to polling mechanism during downlink assignment.(R97) |
04.60 | A785 | Correction to polling mechanism during downlink assignment.(R98) |
04.60 | A786 | Correction to polling mechanism during downlink assignment.(R99) |
04.60 | A788 | MM non-DRX mode R98 |
04.60 | A789 | Clarification on handling of repeated reject structures |
04.60 | A790 | Clarification on handling of repeated reject structures |
04.60 | A796 | Clarification of Establishment Cause for Cell Reselection |
04.60 | A797 | Clarification on handling of repeated reject structures |
04.60 | A802 | CBCH configuration in PBCCH |
04.60 | A803 | Correction to mapping of interference levels |
04.60 | A804 | Correction to mapping of interference levels |
04.60 | A805 | Correction to mapping of interference levels |
04.60 | A807 | Clarification of power control requirements during TBF establishment |
04.60 | A808 | Clarification on PSI2 and PSI3 for accessing a GPRS cell |
04.60 | A816 | Correction to MS behaviour upon T3168 expiry |
04.60 | A818 | Um Interface: Support for BSS Packet Flow Context Procedures |
04.60 | A823 | Correction to MS behaviour at two phase packet access |
04.60 | A824 | Clarification of reason for CHANNEL REQUEST |
04.60 | A825 | Clarification of reason for CHANNEL REQUEST |
04.60 | A826 | Clarification of reason for CHANNEL REQUEST |
04.60 | A827 | Classification of Packet Measurement Order message |
04.60 | A829 | Addition of RESET value in NCO parameter for Packet Measurement Order |
04.60 | A830 | Addition of RESET value in NCO parameter for Packet Measurement Order |
04.60 | A831 | Addition of RESET value in NCO parameter for Packet Measurement Order |
04.60 | A838 | Correction to timer T3174 value |
04.60 | A839 | Correction to timer T3174 value |
04.60 | A840 | Correction to timer T3174 value |
04.60 | A842 | Clarification on bits ordering in ALLOCATION_BITMAP field |
04.60 | A843 | Clarification on bits ordering in ALLOCATION_BITMAP field |
04.60 | A844 | Clarification on bits ordering in ALLOCATION_BITMAP field |
04.60 | A845 rev 3 | DTM: Exclusive allocation and other DTM alignments |
04.60 | A845 rev 4 | DTM: Exclusive allocation and other DTM alignments |
04.60 | A852 | indication of PSI message broadcast and miscellaneous corrections |
04.60 | A853 rev 1 | Correction to timer management during TBF release phase |
04.60 | A854 rev 1 | Correction to timer management during TBF release phase |
04.60 | A855 rev 1 | Correction to timer management during TBF release phase |
04.60 | A856 rev 1 | Correction to PFI length from 8 bits to 7 bits |
04.60 | A857 rev 1 | RRBP handling |
04.60 | A858 rev 1 | PAN_DEC, PAN_INC and PAN_MAX optional |
04.60 | A866 | Correction on abnormal case |
04.60 | A872 | Correction of RLC/MAC message |
04.60 | A873 | Correction of RLC/MAC message |
04.60 | A874 | Clarification on Timeslot Number in the Fixed Allocation Bitmap |
04.60 | A875 | Clarification on Timeslot Number in the Fixed Allocation Bitmap |
04.60 | A876 | Clarification on Timeslot Number in the Fixed Allocation Bitmap |
04.60 | A877 | DTM: cell support indication |
04.60 | A878 | Editorial correction on cell reselection |
04.60 | A879 | CV within radio block made of 2 RLC data blocks |
04.60 | A879 rev 1 | CV within radio block made of 2 RLC data blocks |
04.60 | A880 | DTM: GPRS information for DTM operation - TBF re-establishment |
04.60 | A880 rev 1 | DTM: GPRS information for DTM operation - TBF re-establishment |
04.60 | A881 | Correction of Packet Measurement Order and PSI5 messages (EM1 struct) |
04.60 | A881 rev 1 | Correction of Packet Measurement Order and PSI5 messages (EM1 struct) |
04.60 | A882 | Correction of Packet Measurement Order and PSI5 messages (EM1 struct) |
04.60 | A882 rev 1 | Correction of Packet Measurement Order and PSI5 messages (EM1 struct) |
04.60 | A883 | Correction of Packet Measurement Order and PSI5 messages (EM1 struct) |
04.60 | A883 rev 1 | Correction of Packet Measurement Order and PSI5 messages (EM1 struct) |
04.60 | A884 | Correction of Packet PDCH Release procedure (TIMESLOT_ALLOCATION) |
04.60 | A885 | Correction of CSN.1 in Neighbour cell parameters 2 struct |
04.60 | A885 rev 1 | Correction of CSN.1 in Neighbour cell parameters 2 struct |
04.60 | A886 | Correction of CSN.1 in Neighbour cell parameters 2 struct |
04.60 | A886 rev 1 | Correction of CSN.1 in Neighbour cell parameters 2 struct |
04.60 | A887 | Correction of CSN.1 in Neighbour cell parameters 2 struct |
04.60 | A887 rev 1 | Correction of CSN.1 in Neighbour cell parameters 2 struct |
04.60 | A887 rev 2 | Correction of CSN.1 in Neighbour cell parameters 2 struct |
04.60 | A888 | Addition of CELL_BAR_QUALIFY_2 in neighbour cell descriptions |
04.60 | A888 rev 1 | Addition of CELL_BAR_QUALIFY_2 in neighbour cell descriptions |
04.60 | A889 | Correction of COMPACT neighbour cells description in PSI3bis |
04.60 | A890 | Miscellaneous corrections on packet access and message coding |
04.60 | A890 rev 1 | Miscellaneous corrections on packet access and message coding |
04.60 | A890 rev 2 | Miscellaneous corrections on packet access and message coding |
04.60 | A891 | Correction on I_LEVEL_TN |
04.60 | A891 rev 1 | Correction on I_LEVEL_TN |
04.60 | A892 | Maximum bit rate indication for radio interface |
04.60 | A893 | CSN1 backward compatibility corrections |
04.60 | A894 | GPRS->UMTS Cell-Reselection |
04.60 | A894 rev 1 | GPRS->UMTS Cell-Reselection |
04.60 | A895 | Correction to EGPRS OPA contention resolution |
04.60 | A895 rev 1 | Correction to EGPRS OPA contention resolution |
04.60 | A896 | Alignment of abnormal cases |
04.60 | A896 rev 1 | Alignment of abnormal cases |
04.60 | A897 | Delaying the final Packet Uplink Ack/Nack |
04.60 | A898 | Polling GPRS MS for uplink data after downlink TBF release |
04.60 | A899 | Correction of Packet Flow Context Procedures |
04.60 | A899 rev 1 | Correction of Packet Flow Context Procedures |
04.60 | A900 | Clarification of assembling convention for RLC/MAC control blocks |
04.60 | A900 rev 1 | Clarification of assembling convention for RLC/MAC control blocks |
04.60 | A900 rev 2 | Clarification of assembling convention for RLC/MAC control blocks |
04.60 | A901 | Clarification to Additional PSI messages struct in PSI2 |
04.60 | A903 | GLOBAL_TFI in Packet PSI Status message |
04.60 | A903 rev 1 | GLOBAL_TFI in Packet PSI Status message |
04.60 | A903 rev 2 | GLOBAL_TFI in Packet PSI Status message |
04.60 | A906 | PSI3 Change Mark in Packet Measurement Report message |
04.60 | A907 | MS handling of control message not addressed to it |
04.60 | A908 | Correction on polling mechanism for Packet Control Acknowledgement |
04.60 | A908 rev 1 | Correction on polling mechanism for Packet Control Acknowledgement |
04.60 | A909 | Editorial corrections on countdown and abnormal case |
04.60 | A910 | Measurement reporting in Packet Cell Change Failure |
04.60 | A910 rev 1 | Measurement reporting in Packet Cell Change Failure |
04.60 | A911 | Clarification of assembling convention for RLC/MAC control blocks |
04.60 | A911 rev 1 | Clarification of assembling convention for RLC/MAC control blocks |
04.60 | A912 | Clarification of assembling convention for RLC/MAC control blocks |
04.60 | A912 rev 1 | Clarification of assembling convention for RLC/MAC control blocks |
04.60 | A913 | Clarifications related to one-phase contention resolution |
04.60 | A913 rev 1 | Clarifications related to one-phase contention resolution |
04.60 | A913 rev 2 | Clarifications related to one-phase contention resolution |
04.60 | A914 | Clarifications related to one-phase contention resolution |
04.60 | A914 rev 1 | Clarifications related to one-phase contention resolution |
04.60 | A914 rev 2 | Clarifications related to one-phase contention resolution |
04.60 | A915 | Clarifications related to one-phase contention resolution |
04.60 | A915 rev 1 | Clarifications related to one-phase contention resolution |
04.60 | A915 rev 2 | Clarifications related to one-phase contention resolution |
04.60 | A916 | DTM: Correction of Packet Flow Context Procedures for exclusive allocation |
04.60 | A921 | Measurements and PACCH monitoring for fixed allocation |
04.60 | A922 | Clarification of polling response transmission |
04.60 | A922 rev 1 | Clarification of polling response transmission |
04.60 | A923 | Clarification of mapping of PDTCH and PCCCH |
04.60 | A941 | Default parameter values in Packet Measurement Order |
04.60 | A943 | Alignment of abnormal cases |
04.60 | A951 | Mobile station behaviour during one-phase contention resolution |
04.60 | A952 | Mobile station behaviour during one-phase contention resolution (solving confidentiality issue) |
04.60 | A953 | Mobile station behaviour during one-phase contention resolution |
04.60 | A954 | Mobile station behaviour during one-phase contention resolution (solving confidentiality issue) |
04.60 | A955 | Mobile station behaviour during one-phase contention resolution (solving confidentiality issue) |
04.60 | A955 rev 1 | Mobile station behaviour during one-phase contention resolution (solving confidentiality issue) |
04.60 | A957 | Corrections to PACKET PSI STATUS procedure and message encoding |
04.60 | A957 rev 1 | Corrections to PACKET PSI STATUS procedure and message encoding |
04.60 | A959 | Expiry of timer T3188 |
04.60 | A960 | Using RAU procedure for MS RAC IE update |
04.60 | A961 | Separation of 3G information from PSI3ter into PSI3quater message |
04.60 | A961 rev 1 | Separation of 3G information from PSI3ter into PSI3quater message |
04.60 | A962 | Usage of EGPRS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message |
04.60 | A962 rev 1 | Usage of EGPRS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message |
04.60 | A962 rev 2 | Usage of EGPRS PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST message |
04.60 | A963 | Removal of Anonymous Access |
04.60 | A964 | Measurements during polling response transmission |
04.60 | A965 | Handling of (P)BCCH_CHANGE_MARK |
04.60 | A966 | Handling of (P)BCCH_CHANGE_MARK |
04.60 | A967 | Handling of (P)BCCH_CHANGE_MARK |
04.60 | A967 rev 1 | Handling of (P)BCCH_CHANGE_MARK |
04.60 | A968 | Fine tuning of GPRS cell reselection |
04.60 | A968 rev 1 | Fine tuning of GPRS cell reselection |
04.60 | A969 | RLC protocol: SNS and modulo operation |
04.60 | A969 rev 1 | RLC protocol: SNS and modulo operation |
04.60 | A969 rev 2 | RLC protocol: SNS and modulo operation |
04.60 | A977 | Correction of Length Indicator handling in final RLC data block |
04.60 | A979 | Extended Uplink TBF |
04.60 | A980 | Correction to One Phase Access in EGPRS |
04.60 | A982 | Clarification of PSI Count High Rate |
04.60 | A982 rev 1 | Clarification of PSI Count High Rate |
04.60 | A982 rev 2 | Clarification of PSI Count High Rate |
04.60 | A983 | Clarification of T3193 |
04.60 | A983 rev 1 | Clarification of T3193 |
04.60 | A984 | Correction of receive state array V(N) |
04.60 | A985 | Correction of receive state array V(N) |
04.60 | A986 | Correction of receive state array V(N) |
04.60 | A988 | Clarification of EGPRS two-phase packet access |
04.60 | A989 | Commanded Cell re-selection synchronisation failure |
04.60 | A990 | RLC/MAC Control block transmission during countdown |
04.60 | A991 | Editorial correction on T3184 |
04.60 | A991 rev 1 | Editorial correction on T3184 |
04.60 | A992 | Paging coordination by the BSS independent of the DTM feature support |
04.60 | A992 rev 1 | Paging coordination by the BSS independent of the DTM feature support |
04.60 | A993 | Clarification regarding consistent sets of system information messages |
04.60 | A994 | Correction of definition of GPRS receive window |
04.60 | A995 | Correction of definition of GPRS receive window |
04.60 | A996 | Correction of definition of GPRS receive window |
04.60 | A997 | Reallocation of uplink resource during down link TBF release |
04.60 | A998 | Reallocation of uplink resource during down link TBF release |
04.60 | A999 | Reallocation of uplink resource during down link TBF release |
04.60 | B000 | Clarification of Ack/Nack Description |
04.60 | B000 rev 1 | Clarification and Correction of Ack/Nack Description in EGPRS |
04.60 | B003 | Editorial alignments and clarifications |
04.60 | B003 rev 1 | Editorial alignments and clarifications |
04.60 | B004 | Clarification on Paging initiation using PACCH in NMO2 |
04.60 | B004 rev 1 | Clarification on Paging initiation using PACCH in NMO2 |
04.60 | B004 rev 2 | Clarification on Paging initiation using PACCH in NMO2 |
04.60 | B005 | Clarification on Paging initiation using PACCH in NMO2 |
04.60 | B005 rev 1 | Clarification on Paging initiation using PACCH in NMO2 |
04.60 | B005 rev 2 | Clarification on Paging initiation using PACCH in NMO2 |
04.60 | B006 | Clarification on Paging initiation using PACCH in NMO2 |
04.60 | B009 | GPRS attach |
04.60 | B010 | Clarification on PSI 3 quater content |
04.60 | B010 rev 1 | Clarification on PSI3 quater content |
04.60 | B013 | TFI in the RLC header |
04.60 | B014 | Close-ended TBF |
04.60 | B015 | Countdown procedure |
04.60 | B016 | Correction of RLC receive state array and variables |
04.60 | B016 rev 1 | Correction of RLC receive state array and variables |
04.60 | B017 | Correction of EGPRS block sequence numbering |
04.60 | B018 | Clarification to LCC PDU Length Indicator |
04.60 | B018 rev 1 | Clarification to LCC PDU Length Indicator |
04.60 | B018 rev 2 | Clarification to LCC PDU Length Indicator (R99) |
04.60 | B018 rev 3 | LLC PDU Length Indicator (R99) |
04.60 | B019 | CSN.1 Coding changes to RTD struct |
04.60 | B024 rev 1 | Introduction of the BAND_INDICATOR field in PSI1 (R99) |
04.60 | B024 rev 2 | Introduction of the BAND_INDICATOR field in PSI1 (R99) |
04.60 | B025 | Correction to definition of consistent sets of system information messages (R99) |
04.60 | B034 | Packet Access Reject during downlink TBF (R99) |
04.60 | B036 | Clarification of the Start and the Expiry of timer T3198 (R99) |
04.60 | B036 rev 1 | Clarification of the Start and the Expiry of timer T3198 (R99) |
04.60 | B038 | Correction of abnormal release without retry (R99) |
04.60 | B040 | Support of Early Classmark Sending by an PBCCH capable cell (R97) |
04.60 | B040 rev 1 | Support of Early Classmark Sending by an PBCCH capable cell (R97) |
04.60 | B040 rev 2 | Support of Early Classmark Sending by an PBCCH capable cell (R97) |
04.60 | B041 | Support of Early Classmark Sending by an PBCCH capable cell (R98) |
04.60 | B041 rev 1 | Support of Early Classmark Sending by an PBCCH capable cell (R98) |
04.60 | B042 | Support of Early Classmark Sending by an PBCCH capable cell (R99) |
04.60 | B042 rev 1 | Support of Early Classmark Sending by an PBCCH capable cell (R99) |
04.60 | B042 rev 2 | Support of Early Classmark Sending by an PBCCH capable cell (R99) |
04.60 | B042 rev 3 | Support of Early Classmark Sending by an PBCCH capable cell (R99) |
04.60 | B045 | Packet Measurement Order acknowledgement handling (R99) |
04.60 | B046 | Clarification on RRBP handling in Packet Cell Change Order message (R99) |
04.60 | B046 rev 1 | Clarification regarding RRBP handling in the Packet Cell Change Order message (R99) |
04.60 | B050 | Removal of T3198 (R99) |
04.60 | B050 rev 1 | Removal of T3198 (R99) |
04.60 | B051 | Random distribution of PRACH messages (R99) |
04.60 | B052 | Training Sequence Code on PBCCH/PCCCH (R97) |
04.60 | B053 | Training Sequence Code on PBCCH/PCCCH (R98) |
04.60 | B054 | Training Sequence Code on PBCCH/PCCCH (R99) |
04.60 | B055 | Correction of minimum number of paging blocks available on one PCCCH (R99) |
04.60 | B057 | Clarification of PSI Count High Rate (wrong implementation) (R99) |
04.60 | B058 | Correction to Packet Timeslot reconfigure (R99) |
04.60 | B062 rev 1 | Clarification of the one-phase packet access at contention resolution failure |
04.60 | B063 | Usage of MA_NUMBER in the PCCCH Description in PSI2 |
04.60 | B063 rev 1 | Usage of MA_NUMBER in the PCCCH Description in PSI2 |
04.60 | B067 | Inconsistency in the syntax of the message PACKET POWER CONTROL/TIMING ADVANCE. |
04.60 | B068 | Inconsistency in the syntax of the message PACKET POWER CONTROL/TIMING ADVANCE. |
04.60 | B069 | Inconsistency in the syntax of the message PACKET POWER CONTROL/TIMING ADVANCE. |
04.60 | B071 | Padding bits definition in the Additional MS Radio Access Capabilities message |
04.60 | B072 | Usage of the ES/P field in the generation of the Ack/Nack bitmap |
04.60 | B072 rev 1 | Usage of the ES/P field in the generation of the Ack/Nack bitmap |
04.60 | B073 | CSN.1 syntax correction in the PCCO message |
04.60 | B074 | CSN.1 syntax correction in the Packet Measurement Report message |
04.60 | B074 rev 1 | CSN.1 syntax correction in the Packet Measurement Report message |
04.60 | B075 | Missing definition of m, n, p and r bits in EGPRS Packet Channel Request |
04.60 | B075 rev 1 | Missing definition of m, n, p and r bits in EGPRS Packet Channel Request |
04.60 | B075 rev 2 | Missing definition of m, n, p and r bits in EGPRS Packet Channel Request |
04.60 | B076 | Rules for inclusion of Access Technology Types in MS Radio Access Capability |
04.60 | B076 rev 1 | Rules for inclusion of Access Technology Types in MS Radio Access Capability |
04.60 | B076 rev 2 | Rules for inclusion of Access Technology Types in MS Radio Access Capability |
04.60 | B076 rev 3 | Rules for inclusion of Access Technology Types in MS Radio Access Capability |
04.60 | B077 | MS behavior upon PFI change |
04.60 | B078 | Minor corrections in 04.60 |
04.60 | B079 | Coding of Repeated UTRAN TDD Neighbour Cells struct in the PMO message |
04.60 | B080 | Wrong description of Bitmap type reporting in Packet Enhanced Measurement Report message |
04.60 | B080 rev 1 | Wrong description of Bitmap type reporting in Packet Enhanced Measurement Report message |
04.60 | B081 | Missing semicolon in PSI3ter message |
04.60 | B082 | Wrong bracket in Packet Polling Request message Wrong bracket in Packet Polling Request message |
04.60 | B083 | Wrong bracket in PSI3ter message |
04.60 | B084 | Wrong reference in Packet Downlink Assignment message |
04.60 | B084 rev 1 | Wrong reference in Packet Downlink Assignment message |
04.60 | B085 | Clarification of the Packet Uplink Dummy control block use |
04.60 | B086 | CSN-1 fault in the PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK message |
04.60 | B086 rev 1 | CSN-1 fault in the PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK message |
04.60 | B092 | Correction to PMO procedure initiated in Packet Idle Mode |
04.60 | B093 | Correction to T3184 applicability |
04.60 | B103 | Enhanced Measurement Reporting introduced as a mandatory feature in PCCO message |
04.60 | B111 | CSN-1 fault in Packet Timeslot Reconfigure |
04.60 | B112 | CSN-1 fault in Packet Timeslot Reconfigure |
04.60 | B113 | CSN-1 fault in Packet Timeslot Reconfigure |
04.60 | B114 | Alignment of the MS behaviour when timer T3168 or T3190 expires |
04.60 | B117 | Wrong references to MS Radio Access Capability |
04.64 | 0000 | GSM 04.64 GPRS; MS-SGSN Logical Link Control Layer |
04.64 | A001 rev 1 | Various corrections and alignments with other specifications |
04.64 | A002 rev 2 | NACK/SACK procedure |
04.64 | A003 | T200 default values |
04.64 | A004 | Introduction of new primitive |
04.64 | A005 | Frame reject response |
04.64 | A006 rev 1 | Minimum value for N201 |
04.64 | A007 rev 1 | Cipher parameter input |
04.64 | A008 rev 1 | Introduction of data mode parameter in LLC |
04.64 | A009 | Separate N201 parameter for I and U-UI frames |
04.64 | A010 rev 1 | Cell update procedure |
04.64 | A011 rev 1 | ABM SAPIs |
04.64 | A012 rev 1 | Update of service primitive names |
04.64 | A013 rev 1 | Maximum number of octets in an information field, N201 |
04.64 | A014 | Removal of the length indicator field |
04.64 | A015 rev 2 | SABM and XID collision resolution |
04.64 | A017 | Page response parameter introduction between GMM-LLC-GRR |
04.64 | A018 | Various issues |
04.64 | A019 rev 3 | Unsuccessful XID negotiation |
04.64 | A020 rev 5 | Octet-based buffer control |
04.64 | A021 rev 1 | Increased LLC modulo and window size |
04.64 | A031 | A bit usage clarification |
04.64 | A032 rev 2 | XID negotiation improvements |
04.64 | A033 | Release Indication Cause |
04.64 | A034 rev 2 | Clarifications and corrections |
04.64 | A035 rev 1 | Various improvements |
04.64 | A036 rev 1 | Layer3 initiated vs. LLC-initiated link (re-)establishment |
04.64 | A037 | Lower layer failure |
04.64 | A038 | Removal of LLGMM-TRIGGER-IND |
04.64 | A040 rev 2 | LLC Reset |
04.64 | A041 | Unsuccessful XID negotiation |
04.64 | A042 rev 1 | LL-DATA-CNF significance |
04.64 | A043 rev 2 | Unnumbered command frame collision |
04.64 | A044 | Decreasing the maximum window size |
04.64 | A045 | Usage of new TLLI |
04.64 | A046 rev 4 | Alignment of service primitives with GSM 08.18 v6.1.0 |
04.64 | A048 rev 3 | Clarification about bit order |
04.64 | A050 | Handling of unsolicited DM response with F bit = 0 |
04.64 | A051 rev 1 | GSM 04.64 A051r1 Signalling SAPI Information Field Length |
04.64 | A054 rev 2 | Improving the user data loss less inter SGSN RA update |
04.64 | A055 rev 1 | Discarding outstanding LL-DATA-REQ in the case of LLC re-establishment |
04.64 | A057 | Number of retransmissions |
04.64 | A058 rev 2 | Frame reject procedures |
04.64 | A059 rev 2 | XID collision corrections |
04.64 | A061 | Differentiating between layer3 and LLC initiated procedures |
04.64 | A064 rev 2 | Procedure for use of the poll bit and introduction of timer TN1-99201 |
04.64 | A065 rev 3 | Max value for N201 |
04.64 | A067 | Correction of the behaviour of LLC in Standby state |
04.64 | A068 rev 1 | Discarding too long U and UI frames |
04.64 | A072 | MS behavior while suspended |
04.64 | A073 | MS behavior while suspended |
04.64 | A074 rev 1 | Unsolicited leyer 3 XID parameters |
04.64 | A075 rev 1 | Unsolicited leyer 3 XID parameters |
04.64 | A078 | reset cancels outstanding requests |
04.64 | A079 | N202 alignement with new SNDCP header |
04.64 | A080 | Duplicate XID parameter |
04.64 | A082 | Editorials on SAPs |
04.64 | A083 | Editorials on SAPs |
04.64 | A084 | Starting T201 after peer receiver busy condition is cleared |
04.64 | A085 | MS behavior while suspended |
04.64 | A086 | Unsolicited leyer 3 XID parameters |
04.64 | A087 | reset cancels outstanding requests |
04.64 | A088 | reset cancels outstanding requests |
04.64 | A089 | N202 alignement with new SNDCP header |
04.64 | A090 | N202 alignement with new SNDCP header |
04.64 | A091 | Editorials on SAPs |
04.64 | A092 | Duplicate XID parameter |
04.64 | A093 | Duplicate XID parameter |
04.64 | A094 | Starting T201 after peer receiver busy condition is cleared |
04.64 | A095 | Starting T201 after peer receiver busy condition is cleared |
04.64 | A096 | Max value for N201 |
04.64 | A097 | Max value for N201 |
04.64 | A098 | Lost XID response |
04.64 | A099 | Lost XID response |
04.64 | A100 | Lost XID response |
04.64 | A101 rev 1 | Clarification on the behaviour of an unused SAP |
04.64 | A102 rev 1 | Clarification on the behaviour of an unused SAP |
04.64 | A103 rev 1 | Clarification on the behaviour of an unused SAP |
04.64 | A104 rev 1 | Clarification on the TLLI assign, change and un-assign procedure |
04.64 | A105 rev 2 | Clarification on the TLLI assign, change and un-assign procedure |
04.64 | A106 rev 1 | Clarification on the TLLI assign, change and un-assign procedure |
04.64 | A107 | Assignment of multiple TLLI values |
04.64 | A108 | Assignment of multiple TLLI values |
04.64 | A109 rev 1 | Failure of Layer-3 XID negotiation in ADM mode |
04.64 | A110 rev 1 | Failure of Layer-3 XID negotiation in ADM mode |
04.64 | A111 | Assignment of multiple TLLI values |
04.64 | A112 rev 1 | Failure of Layer-3 XID negotiation in ADM mode |
04.64 | A113 | A-bit interpretation contradiction |
04.64 | A114 | A-bit interpretation contradiction |
04.64 | A115 | A-bit interpretation contradiction |
04.64 | A116 | Values for the maximum I frame buffer size (m) |
04.64 | A117 | Values for the maximum I frame buffer size (m) |
04.64 | A118 | Values for the maximum I frame buffer size (m) |
04.64 | A122 rev 2 | Peak throughput class to be used in GRR-DATA-REQ |
04.64 | A123 rev 2 | Peak throughput class to be used in GRR-DATA-REQ |
04.64 | A124 rev 2 | Peak throughput class to be used in GRR-DATA-REQ |
04.64 | A125 | XID negotiation while MS suspended, and collision with XID Reset |
04.64 | A126 | XID negotiation while MS suspended, and collision with XID Reset |
04.64 | A127 | XID negotiation while MS suspended, and collision with XID Reset |
04.64 | A128 rev 1 | Unsolicited UA or XID response |
04.64 | A129 | Unsolicited UA or XID response |
04.64 | A130 | Unsolicited UA or XID response |
04.64 | A131 rev 1 | XID parameter length value |
04.64 | A132 | XID parameter length value |
04.64 | A133 | XID parameter length value |
04.64 | A134 rev 1 | Ignore command frames with poll bit set to 0 |
04.64 | A135 | Ignore command frames with poll bit set to 0 |
04.64 | A136 | Ignore command frames with poll bit set to 0 |
04.64 | A137 rev 2 | XID negotiation failure after N200 retransmissions |
04.64 | A138 | XID negotiation failure after N200 retransmissions |
04.64 | A139 | XID negotiation failure after N200 retransmissions |
04.64 | A142 rev 2 | Change of the GMM Ready Timer behaviour |
04.64 | A143 rev 1 | Corrections regarding NULL frame |
04.64 | A145 | Correction in TOM protocol header |
04.64 | A146 | Correction of IOV-UI negotiation |
04.64 | A147 | Correction of IOV-UI negotiation |
04.64 | A148 | Correction of IOV-UI negotiation |
04.64 | A154 | IOV reset Conditions |
04.64 | A154 rev 1 | IOV reset Conditions |
04.64 | A155 | IOV reset Conditions |
04.64 | A156 | IOV reset Conditions |
04.65 | 0000 | GSM 04.65 GPRS; Subnetwork Dependent Convergence Protocol |
04.65 | A001 rev 1 | Introduction of new primitive |
04.65 | A003 rev 1 | Introduction of header compression for SN-UNITDATA |
04.65 | A004 rev 1 | Introduction of data compression for SN-UNITDATA |
04.65 | A005 rev 1 | SNDCP XID negotiation |
04.65 | A007 | Update of service primitives |
04.65 | A008 | Separation of N201-I and N201-U |
04.65 | A010 rev 1 | 1st editorial changes |
04.65 | A011 rev 2 | 2nd editorial changes |
04.65 | A012 rev 1 | Various corrections |
04.65 | A013 rev 2 | N-PDU buffering |
04.65 | A014 rev 1 | Possible combinations of SNDCP functions |
04.65 | A015 | Minor modifications |
04.65 | A016 rev 1 | Improvements to XID-negotiation procedures |
04.65 | A017 rev 2 | Various improvements and editorial corrections |
04.65 | A018 rev 2 | Modifications/improvements |
04.65 | A019 | Corrections and clarifications |
04.65 | A020 | Acknowledged LLC operation establishment and release procedure |
04.65 | A021 rev 2 | XID negotiation |
04.65 | A022 | TCP/IP header compression and Data compression |
04.65 | A024 | Data transfer |
04.65 | A025 rev 1 | Replacement of Segment offset with Segment number |
04.65 | A026 | Miscellaneous clarifications and corrections |
04.65 | A027 | Removal of requirement handling lower layer failure |
04.65 | A028 | Suspension of PDU transfer during establishment and SNDCP XID negotiation |
04.65 | A029 | Adding a length field to parameter 0 (SNDCP version) |
04.65 | A030 | TCP/IP header compression negotiation and PCOMP assignment |
04.65 | A032 rev 2 | N-PDU number for SN-DATA PDUs |
04.65 | A033 rev 1 | Negotiation of parameters of compression entities used with acknowledged LLC operation |
04.65 | A034 | Initialization of establishment and XID negotiation |
04.65 | A035 | Introduce the reset procedure for inter-SGSN RA update |
04.65 | A036 rev 1 | Corrections to XID parameters |
04.65 | A037 rev 3 | Corrections, clarifications and alignment of service primitives |
04.65 | A038 rev 1 | Improving the user data loss less inter SGSN RA update |
04.65 | A039 rev 1 | XID collision corrections |
04.65 | A040 | Reset cancels outstanding requests |
04.65 | A042 | XID negotiation during PDP context deactivation and modification |
04.65 | A043 rev 1 | XID collision corrections |
04.65 | A044 | XID negotiation during PDP context deactivation and modification |
04.65 | A045 | Reset cancels outstanding requests |
04.65 | A046 rev 2 | XID collision corrections |
04.65 | A051 rev 1 | Failure of Layer-3 XID negotiation |
04.65 | A052 rev 1 | Failure of Layer-3 XID negotiation |
04.65 | A055 | V.42 bis compression |
04.65 | A056 | V.42 bis compression |
04.65 | A058 | Using LL-Establish to negotiate protocol control information compression entities |
04.65 | A059 | Using LL-Establish to negotiate protocol control information compression entities |
04.65 | A060 | Including explicit parameters in SNDCP XID responses |
04.65 | A061 | Including explicit parameters in SNDCP XID responses |
04.65 | A066 rev 1 | SNCPC behaviour after N200 LLC retransmissions |
04.65 | A067 | SNCPC behaviour after N200 LLC retransmissions |
04.65 | A068 rev 1 | Re-establishment after LL-Reset.ind |
04.65 | A069 rev 2 | Re-establishment after LL-Reset.ind |
04.65 | A070 rev 1 | Deletion of PDP type X.25 |
04.65 | A071 rev 1 | Supporting RFC2507 Header Compression in SNDCP |
04.65 | A074 | Conditions for header compression |
04.65 | A075 | Handling of multiple header compression algorithms |
04.71 | A005 | related to modifications of the RIT measurements |
04.71 | A005 rev 1 | related to modifications of the RIT measurements |
04.71 | A006 | related to modifications of the RIT measurements |
04.71 | A006 rev 1 | related to modifications of the RIT measurements |
05.01 | A010 rev 1 | Introduction of GPRS |
05.01 | A013 | Renaming of GPRS RR states |
05.01 | A026 rev 1 | Definition of PDCH/H and alignment with DTM |
05.02 | A019 rev 1 | Introduction of GPRS |
05.02 | A020 rev 1 | Corrections and clarifications to GPRS |
05.02 | A021 | Multislot classes for GPRS |
05.02 | A022 rev 1 | System information for GPRS on BCCH |
05.02 | A023 rev 2 | Alignment of 51- and 52-multiframe PCCCH |
05.02 | A025 | Corrections to the GPRS sleep mode |
05.02 | A033 rev 1 | GPRS SI message mapping |
05.02 | A034 | Indication of PACCH logical channel type |
05.02 | A035 | Renaming of GPRS RR states |
05.02 | A036 | USF granularity for dynamic allocation |
05.02 | A037 | Mapping of PACCH |
05.02 | A041 | Clarification on PTCCH/U mappimg |
05.02 | A042 | Clarification on mappimg PCCCH |
05.02 | A043 rev 3 | MS multislot classes and GPRS dynamic allocations |
05.02 | A045 | Removal of System Information Type 14 |
05.02 | A052 rev 3 | Schedule for Packet System Information messages on PBCCH |
05.02 | A054 | Editorial correction to 05.02 |
05.02 | A055 rev 2 | Improvements of GPRS paging blocks scheduling |
05.02 | A057 rev 1 | 51-multiframe PBCCH |
05.02 | A060 | Clarification to the multislot configurations for GPRS |
05.02 | A061 | Clarification to the PTCCH mapping |
05.02 | A068 | Removal of SI15 references |
05.02 | A069 | Deleting 51-multiframe PBCCH |
05.02 | A070 | Removal of SI15 references |
05.02 | A071 | Deleting 51-multiframe PBCCH |
05.02 | A076 | Correction to non-drx period and SPLIT_PG_CYCLE limitations for CCCH |
05.02 | A077 | Correction to non-drx period and SPLIT_PG_CYCLE limitations for CCCH |
05.02 | A096 | Mapping of PAGCH |
05.02 | A097 | Mapping of PAGCH |
05.02 | A098 | Mapping of PAGCH |
05.02 | A099 | Clarification of DRX |
05.02 | A100 | Clarification of DRX |
05.02 | A101 | Clarification of DRX |
05.02 | A104 | Clarification of fixed allocated PRACH |
05.02 | A105 | Clarification of fixed allocated PRACH |
05.02 | A106 | Clarification of fixed allocated PRACH |
05.02 | A112 | Bi-directional channels in case of multi slot |
05.02 | A113 | Bi-directional channels in case of multi slot |
05.02 | A114 | Bi-directional channels in case of multi slot |
05.02 | A115 rev 1 | Clarification of multislot configuration |
05.02 | A116 rev 1 | Clarification of multislot configuration |
05.02 | A117 rev 1 | Clarification of multislot configuration |
05.02 | A123 | PTCCH block numbering |
05.02 | A124 | Correction of BS_PRACH_BLKS range |
05.02 | A125 | Correction of BS_PRACH_BLKS range |
05.02 | A126 | Correction of BS_PRACH_BLKS range |
05.02 | A136 rev 1 | Correction to non-DRX mode |
05.02 | A137 rev 1 | Correction to non-DRX mode |
05.02 | A138 rev 1 | Correction to non-DRX mode |
05.02 | A142 rev 1 | GPRS & SMS-CB interworking |
05.02 | A145 | Clarification of PBCCH message scheduling |
05.02 | A146 | Clarification of PBCCH message scheduling |
05.02 | A147 | Clarification of PBCCH message scheduling |
05.02 | A155 | FCCH decoding problem for multislot MS |
05.02 | A156 | FCCH decoding problem for multislot MS |
05.02 | A157 | FCCH decoding problem for multislot MS |
05.02 | A159 rev 1 | Class A Dual Transfer Mode (DTM) |
05.02 | A168 | Clarification of mapping of PDTCH and PCCCH |
05.02 | A168 rev 1 | Clarification of mapping of PDTCH and PCCCH |
05.02 | A171 | Possible multislot configurations for GPRS |
05.02 | A171 rev 1 | Possible multislot configurations for GPRS |
05.02 | A172 | Possible multislot configurations for GPRS |
05.02 | A175 | Clarification of the monitored GPRS control channels during GPRS attachment |
05.02 | A197 | Correction of MAC mode allowed for multislot class 12, 22 and 27 |
05.02 | A198 | Correction of MAC mode allowed for multislot class 12, 22 and 27 |
05.02 | A199 | Correction of MAC mode allowed for multislot class 12, 22 and 27 |
05.03 | A011 rev 1 | Introduction of GPRS |
05.03 | A017 | Clarification on the definition of USF precoding |
05.05 | A060 rev 2 | Introduction of GPRS |
05.05 | A063 rev 2 | Reference performance for GPRS |
05.05 | A071 rev 1 | Adjacent time slot rejection performance |
05.05 | A075 | Introducing performance requirement for the 11 bit PRACH |
05.05 | A076 rev 2 | False USF detection |
05.05 | A077 | Power control levels 29-31 for DCS1800 |
05.05 | A078 | DCS1800 MS sensitivity for GPRS |
05.05 | A083 | Signal level for reference interference measurements in GPRS |
05.05 | A089 | Allowed power level between two consecutive active time slots |
05.05 | A090 | Allowed power level between two consecutive active time slots |
05.05 | A128 | Allowed power level between two consecutive active time slots |
05.05 | A129 | Allowed power level between two consecutive active time slots |
05.05 | A145 | Relaxation of C/I performance requirement for CS4 |
05.05 | A146 | Relaxation of C/I performance requirement for CS4 |
05.05 | A147 | Relaxation of C/I performance requirement for CS4 |
05.05 | A170 | 05.05-A170 Correction on CS-4 performance requirements (R97) |
05.05 | A171 | 05.05-A171 Correction on CS-4 performance requirements (R98) |
05.05 | A172 | 05.05-A172 Correction on CS-4 performance requirements (R99) |
05.05 | A203 | Alignment to 04.18 for the definition of the BAND_INDICATOR field |
05.08 | A010 rev 2 | Introduction of GPRS |
05.08 | A043 | Channel Quality Report in GPRS |
05.08 | A046 rev 1 | Improvements to GPRS power control |
05.08 | A047 | Cell re-selection in GPRS |
05.08 | A050 | Cell re-selection in GPRS |
05.08 | A051 | GPRS Cell Re-selection |
05.08 | A053 | Interference measurements for GPRS |
05.08 | A054 | Renaming of GPRS RR states |
05.08 | A055 rev 1 | Transmission on downlink PDCH |
05.08 | A057 | Corrections and clarifications to GPRS |
05.08 | A058 | Cell re-selection in GPRS |
05.08 | A059 | Mapping of PACCH |
05.08 | A060 | Coding of parameter GCH |
05.08 | A061 rev 1 | RXQUAL measurement |
05.08 | A063 | Clarification of non-DRX mode |
05.08 | A064 | Release of dedicated channels |
05.08 | A065 | Renaming of broadcast parameters |
05.08 | A066 | Measurement reporting and network controlled cell selection |
05.08 | A068 | Clarification of Power Control |
05.08 | A069 rev 1 | Measurement reporting |
05.08 | A072 rev 1 | GPRS idle mode measurements |
05.08 | A075 rev 1 | Tolerances for power control |
05.08 | A076 rev 1 | GPRS downlink power control |
05.08 | A080 | MS delay time in reporting a new strongest neighbouring cell in GPRS |
05.08 | A081 | Cell re-selection |
05.08 | A082 rev 1 | Interference measurements on Network command |
05.08 | A086 | Clarification of received signal level |
05.08 | A087 | Interference measurements with frequency hopping |
05.08 | A088 | Clarification of interference measurements |
05.08 | A089 rev 1 | Call reestablishment procedure for abnormal release with cell reselection in ready state |
05.08 | A093 | Application time of Gamma and Alpha parameters for the computation on MS output power |
05.08 | A096 | Cell reselection delay time in packet transfer mode |
05.08 | A097 rev 1 | Clarification to a requirement to perform the interference measurements |
05.08 | A098 | Neighbour measurements |
05.08 | A099 | End of measurement period for the quality measurements |
05.08 | A102 rev 2 | Correction to I_LEVEL reporting |
05.08 | A114 | Clarification of time of application of new alpha and gamma value in case of time slot reconfiguration |
05.08 | A116 | Time to be ready to access a new cell |
05.08 | A117 | Clarification to the interference measurements requirements in packet idle mode |
05.08 | A119 rev 3 | Cell selection parameters in Packet Measurement Order |
05.08 | A120 | Calculation of SIGN_VAR |
05.08 | A121 | Time to be ready to access a new cell |
05.08 | A122 rev 1 | Updating of PBCCH information |
05.08 | A123 | Clarification of time of application of new alpha and gamma value in case of time slot reconfiguration |
05.08 | A126 | Relation between NC_REPORTING_PERIOD and DRX period |
05.08 | A127 | Relation between NC_REPORTING_PERIOD and DRX period |
05.08 | A130 rev 1 | Interference measurement on packet idle mode |
05.08 | A131 rev 1 | Interference measurement on packet idle mode |
05.08 | A132 | Clarification to the interference measurements requirements in packet idle mode |
05.08 | A133 rev 1 | Cell selection parameters in Packet Measurement Order |
05.08 | A134 | Calculation of SIGN_VAR |
05.08 | A135 | Updating of PBCCH information |
05.08 | A136 rev 5 | Downlink Power Control for GPRS |
05.08 | A137 rev 5 | Downlink Power Control for GPRS |
05.08 | A138 rev 2 | PC_MEAS_CHAN in case of downlink power control |
05.08 | A139 rev 2 | RXQUAL in CS4 |
05.08 | A140 | Clarifications to network controlled cell re-selection |
05.08 | A145 rev 2 | PC_MEAS_CHAN in case of downlink power control |
05.08 | A146 rev 2 | RXQUAL in CS4 |
05.08 | A149 | Corrections to cell selection for GPRS |
05.08 | A150 | Corrections to cell selection for GPRS |
05.08 | A151 | Clarifications to network controlled cell re-selection |
05.08 | A152 rev 1 | Clarification to network controlled cell re-selection |
05.08 | A153 rev 1 | Clarification to network controlled cell re-selection |
05.08 | A160 | Cell re-selection when PBCCH does not exist |
05.08 | A161 | Cell re-selection when PBCCH does not exist |
05.08 | A162 | Cell re-selection when PBCCH does not exist |
05.08 | A163 | Correction of C filtering |
05.08 | A164 | Correction of C filtering |
05.08 | A165 | Correction of C filtering |
05.08 | A166 | Clarification of extended measurements |
05.08 | A167 | Clarification of extended measurements |
05.08 | A168 | Clarification of extended measurements |
05.08 | A169 rev 1 | Multiband cell selection and reporting |
05.08 | A170 rev 1 | Multiband cell selection and reporting |
05.08 | A171 | Cell selection parameters in NC_FREQUENCY_LIST |
05.08 | A172 | Cell selection parameters in NC_FREQUENCY_LIST |
05.08 | A173 | Cell selection parameters in NC_FREQUENCY_LIST |
05.08 | A174 | Power control measurements |
05.08 | A175 | Power control measurements |
05.08 | A176 | Power control measurements |
05.08 | A177 rev 1 | Clarification of RXQUAL for CS4 |
05.08 | A178 rev 1 | Clarification of RXQUAL for CS4 |
05.08 | A179 rev 1 | Clarification of RXQUAL for CS4 |
05.08 | A182 rev 1 | Correction of fixed allocation mode reference that should be half duplex mode |
05.08 | A183 | Clarification to interference measurements in packet mode changes |
05.08 | A184 | Clarification to interference measurements in packet mode changes |
05.08 | A185 | Clarification to interference measurements in packet mode changes |
05.08 | A186 | Multiband cell selection and reporting |
05.08 | A187 | Correction of fixed allocation mode reference that should be half duplex mode |
05.08 | A188 | Correction of fixed allocation mode reference that should be half duplex mode |
05.08 | A191 rev 2 | Downlink Power Control for GPRS |
05.08 | A192 rev 2 | Downlink Power Control for GPRS |
05.08 | A193 rev 2 | Downlink Power Control for GPRS |
05.08 | A196 | Interference measurements - Alignment 05.08 to 04.60 |
05.08 | A198 | Interference measurements - Alignment 05.08 to 04.60 |
05.08 | A199 | Interference measurements - Alignment 05.08 to 04.60 |
05.08 | A200 | Clarification of channel quality reporting period |
05.08 | A201 | Clarification of channel quality reporting period |
05.08 | A202 | Clarification of channel quality reporting period |
05.08 | A204 rev 1 | Downlink Power Control |
05.08 | A205 rev 1 | Downlink Power Control |
05.08 | A206 rev 1 | Downlink Power Control |
05.08 | A220 | Clarification of timeslots on which to make inerference measurements |
05.08 | A221 | Clarification of timeslots on which to make inerference measurements |
05.08 | A222 | Clarification of timeslots on which to make inerference measurements |
05.08 | A226 rev 1 | Interference measurements in packet idle mode |
05.08 | A227 rev 2 | Interference measurements in packet idle mode |
05.08 | A228 rev 1 | Interference measurements in packet idle mode |
05.08 | A231 | Clarification of Extended Measurement requirements |
05.08 | A232 rev 1 | Correction of measurement filtering for power control |
05.08 | A250 | Correction to mapping of interference levels |
05.08 | A251 | Correction to mapping of interference levels |
05.08 | A252 | Correction to mapping of interference levels |
05.08 | A253 rev 1 | Clarification on Abnormal Cell Reselection |
05.08 | A269 rev 1 | System Information refreshing in idle mode |
05.08 | A271 | MS behaviour under network controlled cell reselection |
05.08 | A272 | Cell selection parameter acquisition in Packet Transfer mode |
05.08 | A273 rev 2 | BTS Output Power |
05.08 | A274 rev 1 | Default value for GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH at cell re-selection |
05.08 | A276 | Class A Dual Transfer Mode (DTM) |
05.08 | A294 | 05.08-A294 BTS RF power control (R97) |
05.08 | A295 | 05.08-A295 BTS RF power control (R98) |
05.08 | A296 | 05.08-A296 BTS RF power control (R99) |
05.08 | A296 rev 1 | 05.08-A296 rev 1 BTS RF power control (R99) |
05.08 | A298 | 05.08-A298 Corrections to BSIC decoding (R99) |
05.08 | A298 rev 1 | 05.08-A298 rev 1 Corrections to BSIC decoding (R99) |
05.08 | A300 | GPRS neighbour cell measurement exceptions |
05.08 | A307 | GPRS cell reselection with Packet Measurement Order |
05.08 | A307 rev 1 | GPRS cell reselection with Packet Measurement Order |
05.08 | A308 | Handling of missing gamma values |
05.08 | A309 | Removal of Anonymous Access |
05.08 | A310 | Measurements during polling response transmission |
05.08 | A311 | Fine tuning of GPRS cell reselection |
05.08 | A315 rev 1 | Blind Cell re-selection synchronisation failure |
05.08 | A344 | Adjacent BSIC decoding and multislot configurations in extended dynamic allocation |
05.08 | A345 | Conversion of cell re-selection parameters |
05.08 | A346 | Adjacent BSIC decoding and multislot configurations in extended dynamic allocation |
05.08 | A347 | Adjacent BSIC decoding and multislot configurations in extended dynamic allocation |
05.08 | A364 rev 1 | Correction: validity period of NC_FREQUENCY_LIST |
05.08 | A376 rev 1 | Correction of applicability of NC measurement reporting parameters in context with dedicated mode connections |
05.10 | A011 rev 1 | Introduction of the new Timing Advance Procedure for GPRS |
05.10 | A013 | Clarification of the use of TAI |
05.10 | A014 | Renaming of GPRS RR states |
05.10 | A015 | GPRS, Missing Timing Advance Updates on PTCCH |
05.10 | A016 | Correction to timing advance for GPRS |
05.10 | A017 rev 2 | Clarification of packet polling procedure for calculating new TA |
05.10 | A020 | GPRS MS timing requirements |
05.10 | A021 rev 1 | Correction of Timing Advance Procedure |
05.10 | A023 rev 2 | Definition of additional GPRS related reaction times |
05.10 | A026 | Continuous timing advance procedure failure |
05.10 | A029 rev 1 | Timing advance for access bursts on PTCCH/U |
05.10 | A033 | Timing advance for access bursts on PTCCH/U |
05.10 | A035 rev 1 | Reaction time after contention resolution during one phase access |
05.10 | A036 rev 1 | Reaction time after contention resolution during one phase access |
05.10 | A040 | Definition of other reaction times |
05.10 | A041 | Definition of other reaction times |
05.10 | A042 | Definition of other reaction times |
05.10 | A058 rev 1 | Class A Dual Transfer Mode (DTM) |
05.10 | A059 | 05.10-A059 Correction of assignment reaction time (R99) |
05.10 | A066 | Reaction time at packet assignment with polling request |
05.10 | A066 rev 1 | Reaction time at packet assignment with polling request |
05.10 | A066 rev 2 | Reaction time at packet assignment with polling request |
05.50 | A005 rev 1 | Introduction of simulation results for GPRS receiver performance |
05.50 | A016 | Update of GPRS background information |
05.50 | A017 | Update of GPRS background information |
05.50 | A018 | Update of GPRS background information |
07.07 | A041 | Amendment in the scope Reference to 07.07 GPRS |
07.07 | A052 | GSM AT command support for GPRS |
07.07 | A060 | Amendment to +command |
07.07 | A065 | Amendment to +command |
07.07 | A077 | Moving AT commands to 07.07 for 07.60 handover to SMG3 / 3GPP TSG CN WG3 |
07.07 | A078 | Moving AT commands to 07.07 for 07.60 handover to SMG3 / 3GPP TSG CN WG3 |
07.07 | A082 | AT command - Request GPRS service 'D' |
07.07 | A084 | GPRS ATD command syntax |
07.60 | 0000 | Draft GSM 07.60 v. 2.0.0 |
07.60 | A002 | IP configuration parameters and PPP clarifications |
07.60 | A004 rev 1 | X.25 Based Services |
07.60 | A005 | AT commands for GPRS |
07.60 | A006 | Editorial review of 07.60 |
07.60 | A007 | Authentication for IP over PPP |
07.60 | A008 | Addition of a new AT command, +CGREG, to display current GPRS registration status |
07.60 | A009 | Addition of a new AT command, +CGSMS, to select the service for the transport of MO SMS messages |
07.60 | A011 | Corrections and clarifications, mainly to the AT commands specifications |
07.60 | A012 | Addition of a GPRS extension to the existing 07.07 AT command, Service Reporting Control +CR |
07.60 | A015 | Moving AT commands to 07.07 for 07.60 handover to SMG3 / 3GPP TSG CN WG3 |
07.60 | A016 | Correction to +CGAUTO command |
07.60 | A017 | AT Commands |
07.60 | A018 | AT Commands |
07.60 | A019 | ICPC negotiations for Interworking at the MT fot NT IP |
07.60 | A020 | ICPC negotiations for Interworking at the MT fot NT IP |
07.60 | A021 | Removal of IHOSS and OSP |
08.08 | A119 | A interface signalling for GPRS suspend/resume |
08.08 | A202 rev 1 | DTM: definition of the COMMON ID message |
08.08 | A203 rev 1 | DTM: inclusion of the IMSI in the Handover Request message |
08.08 | A204 | DTM: inclusion of the DTM information in the Old BSS to New BSS Information IE |
08.08 | A212 | DTM: correction to DTM information in Old BSS to new BSS Information IE |
08.08 | A213 | DTM: deletion of reference to PDSS2 |
08.08 | A214 | DTM: clarification of the use of the COMMOM ID message |
08.08 | A214 rev 1 | DTM: clarification of the use of the COMMOM ID message |
08.08 | A214 rev 2 | DTM: clarification of the use of the COMMOM ID message |
08.08 | A223 | CIC allocation correction |
08.08 | A225 | Correction to Source Identification |
08.08 | A226 | DTM: Addition of Common Id procedure |
08.08 | A227 | Clarification of Asymmetry indication |
08.08 | A227 rev 1 | Clarification of Asymmetry indication |
08.08 | A231 | Use of SAI in Handover Performed after GSM to UMTS handover |
08.14 | 0000 | Gb interface Layer 1 |
08.16 | 0000 | Gb interface, Network Service |
08.16 | A001 | Grouping of NS-VCs |
08.16 | A002 | Correction to the NS-VC unblocking procedure. |
08.16 | A003 rev 1 | Handling of an invalid BVCI in a received NS-UNITDATA PDU. |
08.16 | A004 | Alignment of BVCI on a word boundary in the NS-UNITDATA PDU |
08.16 | A005 | Clarification on error handling. |
08.16 | A006 rev 1 | Miscellaneous corrections |
08.16 | A007 rev 3 | Independent configuration of NS-VCs and BVCIs. |
08.16 | A008 rev 1 | Informative annex on Load Sharing function |
08.16 | A011 | Detection of an incorrect configuration of NS-VCIs on NSEIs |
08.16 | A012 | Suppression of a not used cause |
08.16 | A014 | Invalid cause BVCI not allowed on that NS-VC |
08.16 | A015 | System timers |
08.16 | A017 rev 1 | Removal of Annex A and Annex B |
08.16 | A018 | Clarification of Annex C |
08.16 | A019 | Removal of Annex A and Annex B |
08.16 | A020 | Clarification of Annex C |
08.18 | 0000 | BSS GPRS Protocol (BSSGP) |
08.18 | A001 rev 3 | Independent configuration of NS’VCs and BVCIs |
08.18 | A002 | QoS Profile IE in RADIO STATUS PDU |
08.18 | A003 | Inclusion of a PDU In Error IE in the STATUS PDU |
08.18 | A004 | Alignment Octet IE |
08.18 | A005 rev 2 | GPRS Paging with P-TMSI instead of TLLI |
08.18 | A006 | DRX Parameters IE in downlink PDU |
08.18 | A007 rev 5 | Flush Procedure |
08.18 | A008 rev 3 | Flow Control on BSSGP Interface |
08.18 | A009 rev 2 | General clean-up of GSM 08.18 |
08.18 | A010 | Modification of PAGING PS and PAGING CS messages |
08.18 | A011 rev 2 | Alignment w/ GSM 03.60 (A051r3) on the Suspend/Resume functionality. |
08.18 | A012 rev 2 | BSSGP Flow Control on the Gb Interface |
08.18 | A012 rev 3 | BSSGP Flow Control on the Gb Interface |
08.18 | A018 | Suppression of not used cause |
08.18 | A019 | RAC is added to Cell Identity IE |
08.18 | A020 rev 2 | GPRS radio Classmark |
08.18 | A022 rev 1 | Correction to scope of NSEI |
08.18 | A023 | Addition of IMSI to RA-CAPABILITY-UPDATE-ACK |
08.18 | A024 | Correction of the leaky bucket algorithm |
08.18 | A025 rev 2 | Add a new IE in FLUSH-LL-ACK-PDU and LLS-DISCARD PDU |
08.18 | A026 | Clarification of BVC measurements |
08.18 | A030 rev 1 | Mapping of BVCI and cell identifier |
08.18 | A031 | Incorrect DRX parameter IE size |
08.18 | A036 | Transmission of STATUS when the BVC is blocked |
08.18 | A037 rev 1 | Alignment of service primitives with GSM 04.64 v 6.1.0 |
08.18 | A038 rev 1 | Fuctional changes to GSM 08.18 |
08.18 | A039 | Signalling functional entity |
08.18 | A042 rev 2 | Clarification on mapping of BVCIs to functional entities |
08.18 | A044 | Improvement of Flush procedure |
08.18 | A045 | 08.18 A045 Flow Control Parameter C |
08.18 | A047 rev 1 | MS radio access capabilities conditional in DL_UNIDATA PDU |
08.18 | A049 | LLC_SDU replaced by LLC-PDU |
08.18 | A050 rev 1 | Correction and clarification of BVC reset procedure for sig BVC |
08.18 | A051 rev 1 | Correction and clarification of BVC (Un)block procedures for sig BVC |
08.18 | A052 | LLC PDU Type in Downlink UNITDATA |
08.18 | A056 rev 1 | Correction of QoS profile in UL-UNITDATA PDU |
08.18 | A058 | Encoding of the information elements IMSI, TLLI, TMSI and Mobile Id |
08.18 | A059 | Correction of RA-CAPABILITY-UPDATE-ACK PDU at failed RA-CAPABILITY-UPDATE procedure |
08.18 | A060 rev 2 | Clarification to Paging procedure |
08.18 | A062 | Correction of PAGING PS message |
08.18 | A064 | Length of MS Radio Access Capability IE |
08.18 | A067 rev 2 | BSSGP error handling |
08.18 | A068 rev 2 | BSSGP error handling |
08.18 | A069 rev 1 | Corrections to BSSGP |
08.18 | A070 rev 1 | Corrections to BSSGP |
08.18 | A071 | Downlink data transfer |
08.18 | A072 | Downlink data transfer |
08.18 | A081 rev 1 | FLUSH-LL: Transfer of LLC-PDU(s) to new routing area |
08.18 | A082 rev 1 | FLUSH-LL: Transfer of LLC-PDU(s) to new routing area |
08.18 | A083 rev 1 | FLUSH-LL: Transfer of LLC-PDU(s) to new routing area |
08.18 | A084 rev 1 | BSSGP error handling |
08.18 | A089 rev 2 | Gb Interface: BSS Packet Flow Context Procedures |
08.18 | A093 rev 1 | Length of V part of MS Radio Access Capability |
08.18 | A094 rev 1 | Length of V part of MS Radio Access Capability |
08.18 | A096 | DL-UNITDATA PDU without DRX parameters IE |
08.18 | A097 | DL-UNITDATA PDU without DRX parameters IE |
08.18 | A098 | DL-UNITDATA PDU without DRX parameters IE |
08.18 | A102 rev 2 | Gb Interface: BSSGP feature negotiation |
08.18 | A103 | EDGE Compact and support for EGPRS in ANSI-136 networks |
08.18 | A104 | DTM: tunnelling of GPRS signalling on the main DCCH |
08.18 | A105 | DTM: download of the IMSI from the SGSN to the BSC |
08.18 | A106 | DTM: reuse of the GPRS Suspension procedure in cells with no DTM capabilities |
08.18 | A107 | Gb Interface: BSS Packet Flow Context Procedures |
08.18 | A107 rev 1 | Leaky bucket synchronization in BSSGP |
08.18 | A107 rev 2 | Leaky bucket synchronization in BSSGP |
08.18 | A107 rev 3 | Leaky bucket synchronization in BSSGP |
08.18 | A108 | Leaky bucket synchronization in BSSGP |
08.18 | A109 | Blocking procedure |
08.18 | A109 rev 1 | Blocking procedures |
08.18 | A110 | Flow control procedure |
08.18 | A110 rev 1 | Flow control procedures |
08.18 | A111 | Flow control procedures |
08.18 | A112 | Flow control procedures |
08.18 | A113 | Spare values clarification |
08.18 | A116 rev 1 | Rate of transmission of flow control packets on the Gb interface |
08.18 | A117 | Correction to 08.18 |
08.18 | A119 | Cause 'BVCI Unknown' allowed in STATUS PDU |
08.18 | A122 | Rate of transmission of flow control packets on Gb interface |
08.18 | A122 rev 1 | Rate of transmission of flow control packets on Gb interface |
08.18 | A122 rev 2 | Rate of transmission of flow control packets on Gb interface |
08.18 | A123 | Removal of BVC Reset / BVC blocking procedure contradiction |
08.18 | A123 rev 1 | Removal of BVC Reset / BVC blocking procedure contradiction |
08.18 | A125 | Rate of transmission of flow control packets on Gb interface |
08.18 | A125 rev 1 | Rate of transmission of flow control packets on Gb interface |
08.18 | A126 | BVC unblocking and BVC reset procedures interleaving |
08.18 | A127 | Bucket indicator, bucket filled ratio |
08.18 | A128 | Rate of transmission of flow control packets on Gb interface |
08.18 | A129 | Rate of transmission of flow control packets on Gb interface |
08.18 | A135 | BVC-RESET in case of SGSN / Gb failures (R99) |
08.18 | A138 | Correction to PFC transfer procedure upon cell change |
08.18 | A138 rev 1 | Correction to PFC transfer procedure upon cell change |
08.18 | A138 rev 2 | Correction to PFC transfer procedure upon cell change |
08.18 | A138 rev 3 | Correction to PFC transfer procedure upon cell change |
08.18 | A139 | Removal of an inconsistency in LLC DISCARDED description |
08.18 | A139 rev 1 | Removal of an inconsistency in LLC DISCARDED description |
09.02 | A105 rev 9 | MAP changes for GPRS |
09.02 | A133 rev 1 | Clarification on applicability of application contexts |
09.02 | A139 rev 2 | Clarification when the SMS over GPRS functionality is not supported by SMS-GMSC |
09.02 | A153 rev 1 | Correction in overload control tables for GPRS operations applicability |
09.02 | A154 | Usage of ShortMsgRelayPackage-v2 in GPRS |
09.02 | A159 | ASN.1 Corrections |
09.02 | A171 rev 2 | Inclusion of Check Indication macro in GPRS SDLs |
09.02 | A173 rev 1 | Alignment of the FailureReport-Arg message with GSM 03.60 |
09.02 | A174 | Correction on ODB applicability for GPRS ph1 |
09.02 | A179 rev 1 | Alignment of the GSN-Address GSM 09.02 ASN.1 definition with the IPv4 or IPv6 view |
09.02 | A185 | Clarification for MNRR |
09.02 | A188 rev 1 | Correction of ASN.1 definition of PDP address |
09.02 | A195 | ASN.1 coding for Access Point name |
09.02 | A230 | Correction to the Purge MS Detailed procedure in the HLR |
09.02 | A231 | Correction to the Purge MS Detailed procedure in the HLR |
09.02 | A239 | Corrections related to GGSN-HLR Interface |
09.02 | A250 rev 1 | Update Location handling for GPRS-only subscription |
09.02 | A251 rev 1 | Correction of OP & AC definitions for NoteMS-PresentForGPRS |
09.02 | A252 | Update Location handling for GPRS-only subscription |
09.02 | A253 | Correction of OP & AC definitions for NoteMS-PresentForGPRS |
09.02 | A261 | Corrections related to GGSN-HLR interface |
09.02 | A269 rev 1 | Addition of exception handling to the CancellationType |
09.02 | A270 rev 1 | Addition of exception handling to the CancellationType |
09.02 | A276 rev 1 | Use of SSN for GPRS |
09.02 | A278 | Addition of GGSN number for the SRIforGPRS |
09.02 | A279 | Addition of GGSN number for the SRIforGPRS |
09.02 | A280 | Use of SSN for GPRS |
09.02 | A296 | Clarification for ReportSM-DeliveryStatus operation |
09.02 | A297 | Clarification for ReportSM-DeliveryStatus operation |
09.02 | A298 rev 1 | Use of NAM parameter with MAP-INSERT-SUBSCRIBER-DATA service between HLR and SGSN |
09.02 | A299 rev 1 | Use of NAM parameter with MAP-INSERT-SUBSCRIBER-DATA service between HLR and SGSN |
09.02 | A315 | Failure of Update GPRS Location when HLR is not reachable |
09.02 | A316 | Failure of Update GPRS Location when HLR is not reachable |
09.02 | A317 rev 1 | Failure of Authentication Parameter GPRS when HLR is not reachable |
09.02 | A318 | Failure of Authentication Parameter GPRS when HLR is not reachable |
09.10 | A008 rev 1 | Addition of the mapping of the Routeing area update procedure in GPRS |
09.10 | A009 | GPRS Reject causes |
09.10 | A011 | Mapping of unknown HLR error to access interface cause code |
09.10 | A012 | Mapping of unknown HLR error to access interface cause code |
09.10 | A013 | Roaming restrictions for GPRS service |
09.10 | A014 | Roaming restrictions for GPRS service |
09.16 | 0000 | Gs interface layer 3 specification |
09.16 | A002 | SCCP use |
09.18 | 0000 | Gs interface network service specification |
09.18 | A001 rev 1 | Removing GPRS’s degradation of CAMEL’s Any Time Interrogation procedure |
09.18 | A002 | Mobile not reacheable handling |
09.18 | A003 | Specification of dependancies between GSM 09.18 timers and other GSM timers |
09.18 | A004 rev 1 | New LAI should be mandatory in BSSAP+location_update_request |
09.18 | A005 | Completion of the re-naming of BSSAP+-IDENTITY-REQUEST message and MS identification procedure |
09.18 | A006 rev 1 | Text clarification and MS class term changed in to MS in class mode of operation |
09.18 | A007 | BSSAP+-MS-UNREACHABLE Message type |
09.18 | A009 | Clarification of the codings of Message type IE and IE identifiers. |
09.18 | A010 rev 1 | Updates and clarifications of the VLR and SGSN State Diagrams. |
09.18 | A011 rev 1 | Correction of the IE IMSI |
09.18 | A012 | Various correction |
09.18 | A013 rev 1 | LU for non-GPRS services: clash of procedures |
09.18 | A014 rev 1 | LU for non-GPRS services: PPF and standby timer |
09.18 | A015 rev 2 | Implicit detach from non-GPRS |
09.18 | A016 rev 1 | Explicit IMSI detach from non-GPRS |
09.18 | A017 | Explicit IMSI detach from GPRS |
09.18 | A018 | Non-GPRS Alert procedure |
09.18 | A019 rev 2 | Cell Id in the BSSAP+-UPDATE-LOCATION message |
09.18 | A021 rev 1 | Removing inconsistences in description of information elements |
09.18 | A022 rev 1 | Various editorial improvements, incorporation of Crs, and other modifications |
09.18 | A023 rev 1 | HLR restart |
09.18 | A024 rev 1 | Clarification of the null RA and other corrections |
09.18 | A024 rev 2 | Specification of 09.18 Timer values |
09.18 | A026 rev 1 | TMSI requested by the MSC trough the Gs interface |
09.18 | A032 rev 1 | Clarification of the null RA and other corrections |
09.18 | A033 rev 1 | TMSI requested by the MSC trough the Gs interface |
09.18 | A035 | Clarify that no acknowledgement is made for TMSI deallocation |
09.18 | A036 | Explicit IMSI detach, abnormal case SGSN side |
09.18 | A037 | Explicit IMSI detach, abnormal case SGSN side |
09.18 | A040 | TMSI status indication |
09.18 | A041 | TMSI status indication |
09.18 | A042 | Clarify that no acknowledgement is made for TMSI deallocation |
09.18 | A043 | Correction of Gs Cause |
09.18 | A044 | Correction of Gs Cause |
09.18 | A045 rev 1 | TMSI status indication |
09.18 | A046 | Clarification of the periodic routing area update procedure |
09.18 | A047 | Clarification of the periodic routing area update procedure |
09.18 | A048 | Correction of the Reject cause when T1-6 expires |
09.18 | A048 rev 1 | Correction of the Reject cause when T6-1 expires |
09.18 | A049 | Correction of the Reject cause when T6-1 expires |
09.31 | A015 | Error handling in case requested position method is not supported |
09.31 | A016 | Error handling in case requested position method is not supported |
09.60 | 0000 | Draft GSM 09.60 v.2.0.0 |
09.60 | A001 rev 2 | GGSN Recovery |
09.60 | A004 rev 1 | Addition of the suspend cause to reject a network requested context activation |
09.60 | A005 rev 2 | Provision of resilience upon GGSN failure |
09.60 | A006 rev 2 | Data forwarding in inter SGSN routing area update |
09.60 | A007 | Decoupling of GTP from network service |
09.60 | A010 | Clarifications and corrections for 09.60 |
09.60 | A022 rev 1 | Modification of the coding of the Cause values of the Cause information elements |
09.60 | A023 rev 1 | Clarification of the use of the T-PDU Sequence Number values |
09.60 | A024 rev 1 | Corrections and clarifications. |
09.60 | A025 rev 1 | Charging ID to three GTP message types |
09.60 | A026 | Modification of the length of the protocol messages |
09.60 | A027 rev 2 | Information Elements: Clarification of the handling of the unused bits, re-definition of range |
09.60 | A028 rev 2 | Clarification of the handling of protocol errors in the Error handling section |
09.60 | A029 | Update of the Protocol Configuration Options IE |
09.60 | A032 rev 6 | GPRS Charging enhancements to GTP |
09.60 | A034 rev 1 | Correction of used cipher IE |
09.60 | A035 rev 2 | Improving restoration procedure between SGSN and GGSN |
09.60 | A036 rev 1 | Addition of IMSI to SGSN Context Request |
09.60 | A037 rev 1 | Corrections and clarifications of the GSM 09.60 specification |
09.60 | A038 rev 1 | Addition of IMSI to SGSN Context Request |
09.60 | A039 rev 2 | Alignment of the GSM 09.60 with GSM 09.02 |
09.60 | A040 rev 1 | Correction of the value of parameter LLC Frame number within GTP header |
09.60 | A041 | PDP context establishment and restoration |
09.60 | A042 | PDP Context IE |
09.60 | A043 | Removal of not defined cause ‘TLLI Signature mismatch |
09.60 | A044 rev 1 | Introduction of the PDP-type PPP |
09.60 | A045 rev 1 | GTP/GTP’ Protocol Type bit |
09.60 | A047 rev 2 | Replacing the V® transfer mechanism with the N-PDU number .transfer mechanism in routeing area update |
09.60 | A052 | Clarification of amibiguous/superflous information |
09.60 | A053 | Timer handling in GTP |
09.60 | A054 | Timer handling in GTP |
09.60 | A055 rev 1 | Codepoint for PDP type OSP:IHOSS |
09.60 | A056 rev 2 | Mandatory SGSN Context Acknowledge message |
09.60 | A057 rev 1 | Mandatory info in MM Context IE |
09.60 | A058 rev 1 | APN to be transferred in the PDP context at inter SGSN RA update |
09.60 | A059 rev 1 | Consistency on implemented CRs from SMG#28 |
09.60 | A061 rev 1 | Removal of changes in PDP context establishment and restoration |
09.60 | A062 | Removal of changes in PDP context establishment and restoration |
09.60 | A063 | Mandatory info in MM Context IE |
09.60 | A064 | APN to be transferred in the PDP context at inter SGSN RA update |
09.60 | A065 | Consistency on implemented CRs from SMG#28 |
09.60 | A066 | Replacing the V® transfer mechanism with the N-PDU number transfer mechanism in routeing area update |
09.60 | A067 | Mandatory SGSN context acknowledgement |
09.60 | A068 | MSISDN in the Create PDP Context Request |
09.60 | A069 | MSISDN in the Create PDP Context Request |
09.60 | A072 | Specification of the MSISDN Information Element in GSM 09.60 |
09.60 | A073 | Specification of the MSISDN Information Element in GSM 09.60 |
09.60 | A078 rev 1 | Clarification of GSN Address field |
09.60 | A079 rev 1 | Clarification of GSN Address field |
09.60 | A080 | Clarification of Repeated Information Element Ordering |
09.60 | A081 | Clarification of Repeated Information Element Ordering |
09.60 | A089 rev 2 | MM Context information coding clarification |
09.60 | A090 rev 2 | MM Context information coding clarification |
09.60 | A091 rev 1 | Encoding of IMSI |
09.60 | A092 rev 1 | Encoding of IMSI |
09.60 | A094 | Removal of IHOSS from GTP |
09.60 | A095 rev 1 | Coding of TI in PDP Context IE |
09.60 | A096 | Addition of MS Not Reachable Reason to Send Routing Information For GPRS Response |
09.60 | A097 | Addition of MS Not Reachable Reason to Send Routing Information For GPRS Response |
09.60 | A117 | Removing inconsistency in definition of PDP Address length |
09.60 | A118 | Removing inconsistency in definition of PDP Address length |
09.61 | 0000 | Draft GSM 09.61 v. 2.0.0 |
09.61 | A001 | Access to an Intranet or ISP through GPRS |
09.61 | A002 | Authentication protocol when accessing an intranet or ISP through GPRS |
09.61 | A003 | Clarifications to Intranet/ISP Interworking section |
09.61 | A004 | Architecture Diagrams |
09.61 | A005 | Editorial review of 09.61 |
09.61 | A006 | Protocol Configuration Options at PDP context activation failure |
09.61 | A008 | Clarifications on IP interworking |
09.61 | A014 | ICPC negotiations for Interworking at the MT fot NT IP |
09.61 | A015 | ICPC negotiations for Interworking at the MT fot NT IP |
09.61 | A016 | Removal of IHOSS and OSP |
09.61 | A017 rev 1 | Standard method for information delivery (MSISDN; IP address…) between GPRS and external PDN using RADIUS |
09.61 | A017 rev 2 | Standard method for information delivery (MSISDN; IP address…) between GPRS and external PDN using RADIUS |
09.61 | A018 rev 1 | Standard method for information delivery (MSISDN; IP address…) between GPRS and external PDN using RADIUS |
09.61 | A018 rev 2 | Standard method for information delivery (MSISDN; IP address…) between GPRS and external PDN using RADIUS |
09.61 | A019 | Correction to the IMSI length and encoding |
09.61 | A020 | Correction to the IMSI length and encoding |
09.61 | A021 rev 1 | Correction to Calling-station-id |
09.61 | A022 rev 1 | Correction to Calling-station-id |
09.61 | A023 rev 1 | Correction to 3GPP specific attribute: 3GPP-IMSI |
09.61 | A024 rev 1 | Correction to 3GPP specific attribute: 3GPP-IMSI |
09.61 | A025 | Correction to 3GPP specific attributes containing MCC-MNC IMSI |
09.61 | A026 | Correction to 3GPP specific attributes containing MCC-MNC IMSI |
09.61 | A027 | Standard method for updating information between GPRS and external PDN using RADIUS |
09.61 | A028 | Standard method for updating information between GPRS and external PDN using RADIUS |
09.61 | A029 | Standard method for interworking between GPRS and external PDN using RADIUS |
09.61 | A030 | Standard method for interworking between GPRS and external PDN using RADIUS |
09.61 | A031 | Change of associated attribute for 3GPP-NSAPI |
09.61 | A032 | Change of associated attribute for 3GPP-NSAPI |
09.61 | A033 | Optional dropping of user data by the GGSN before the Accounting Response (START) is received |
09.61 | A034 | Optional dropping of user data by the GGSN before the Accounting Response (START) is received |
09.61 | A035 | Corrections to the 3GPP RADIUS attributes |
09.61 | A036 | Corrections to the 3GPP RADIUS attributes |
09.61 | A037 | Clarifications on the RADIUS flows |
09.61 | A037 rev 1 | Clarifications on the RADIUS flows |
09.61 | A038 | Clarifications on the RADIUS flows |
09.61 | A038 rev 1 | Clarifications on the RADIUS flows |
09.95 | A003 rev 1 | Support of Early Classmark Sending by an PBCCH capable cell |
09.95 | A004 rev 1 | Support of Early Classmark Sending by an PBCCH capable cell |
09.95 | A005 | Conditions for IOV reset |
09.95 | A006 | Conditions for IOV reset |
09.95 | A007 rev 3 | Use of Cause #14 in networks using NMO I |
09.95 | A008 rev 2 | Use of Cause #14 in networks using NMO I |
09.95 | A009 rev 1 | Two-message packet downlink assignment on CCCH |
09.95 | A010 rev 1 | Two-message packet downlink assignment on CCCH |
10.02 | A002 | Reflection of new MAP chapters in the MAP handbook |
10.17 | 0000 | PT SMG Permanent document on GPRS Charging principles |
11.10-1 | A500 | Introduction of GPRS Timing advance and absolute delay test |
11.10-1 | A505 | Addition of GPRS Transmitter tests in section 13 |
11.10-1 | A506 | Introduction of GPRS Receiver tests |
11.10-1 | A558 | GPRS Session management |
11.10-1 | A573 | GPRS Receiver tests |
11.10-1 | A580 | GPRS Transmitter Test |
11.10-1 | A652 | GPRS Uplink Power Control |
11.10-1 | A653 | Mobility Management for GPRS |
11.10-1 | A654 | New GPRS paging tests |
11.10-1 | A665 | RR procedures related to the use of a DCCH for TBF establishment |
11.10-1 | A671 | GPRS Cell Reselection Tests |
11.10-1 | A698 | Cell reselection test 20.22.2 |
11.10-1 | A699 | Cell reselection test 20.22.2 |
11.10-1 | A700 | Cell reselection test 20.22.4 |
11.10-1 | A701 | Cell reselection test 20.22.4 |
11.10-1 | A702 | Cell reselection test 20.22.6 |
11.10-1 | A703 | Cell reselection test 20.22.6 |
11.10-1 | A720 | Correction of applicability clauses |
11.10-1 | A721 | Correction of applicability clauses |
11.10-1 | A722 | RR procedures on CCCH related to temporary block flow establishment |
11.10-1 | A723 | RR procedures on CCCH related to temporary block flow establishment |
11.10-1 | A724 | Test of Medium Access Control (MAC) Procedures on PCCCH in idle mode |
11.10-1 | A725 | Test of Medium Access Control (MAC) Procedures on PCCCH in idle mode |
11.10-1 | A726 | Measurement Reports and Cell Change Order Procedures |
11.10-1 | A727 | Measurement Reports and Cell Change Order Procedures |
11.10-1 | A785 | Introduction of GPRS test mode as a means of establishing uplink TBF in Power Control test cases (22.3 and 22.4) |
11.10-1 | A786 | Introduction of GPRS test mode as a means of establishing uplink TBF in Power Control test cases (22.3 and 22.4) |
11.10-1 | A791 | GPRS Cell re-selection test 20.22.3 |
11.10-1 | A792 | GPRS Cell re-selection test 20.22.3 |
11.10-1 | A793 | GPRS Cell re-selection test 20.22.3 |
11.10-1 | A864 | Relaxation of C/I performance requirement for CS4 |
11.10-1 | A865 | Relaxation of C/I performance requirement for CS4 |
11.10-1 | A866 | Relaxation of C/I performance requirement for CS4 |
11.10-1 | A875 | Addition of test section for RLC tests |
11.10-1 | A876 | Addition of test section for RLC tests |
11.10-1 | A877 | Addition of test section for RLC tests |
11.10-1 | A878 | Changes to GMM |
11.10-1 | A879 | Changes to GMM |
11.10-1 | A880 | Changes to GMM |
11.10-1 | A881 | Addition of test sections for Fixed Allocation TBF tests and Downlink TBF tests |
11.10-1 | A882 | Addition of test sections for Fixed Allocation TBF tests and Downlink TBF tests |
11.10-1 | A883 | Addition of test sections for Fixed Allocation TBF tests and Downlink TBF tests |
11.10-1 | A884 | GPRS Default conditions |
11.10-1 | A885 | GPRS Default conditions |
11.10-1 | A886 | GPRS Default conditions |
11.10-1 | A896 | GPRS dynamic allocation for MAC tests. |
11.10-1 | A897 | GPRS dynamic allocation for MAC tests. |
11.10-1 | A898 | GPRS dynamic allocation for MAC tests. |
11.10-1 | A899 | GPRS MAC/RLC Release tests. |
11.10-1 | A900 | GPRS MAC/RLC Release tests. |
11.10-1 | A901 | GPRS MAC/RLC Release tests. |
11.10-1 | A907 | Correction of references related to reaction times for GPRS mobile stations |
11.10-1 | A908 | Correction of references related to reaction times for GPRS mobile stations |
11.10-1 | A909 | Correction of references related to reaction times for GPRS mobile stations |
11.10-1 | A910 | Correction of default procedure for GPRS Attach used in section GSM 11.10/41.2 |
11.10-1 | A911 | Correction of default procedure for GPRS Attach used in section GSM 11.10/41.2 |
11.10-1 | A912 | Correction of default procedure for GPRS Attach used in section GSM 11.10/41.2 |
11.10-1 | A913 | Editorial correction GSM 11.10/41.2.4.1 |
11.10-1 | A914 | Editorial correction GSM 11.10/41.2.4.1 |
11.10-1 | A915 | Editorial correction GSM 11.10/41.2.4.1 |
11.10-1 | A965 | Clause 42.1 - Test of Medium Access Control (MAC) Procedures on PCCCH in idle mode |
11.10-1 | A966 | Clause 45 - Session Management |
11.10-1 | A967 | Clause 10 - Addition of GPRS Generic data transfer |
11.10-1 | A968 | Correction GSM 11.10/41.2.7.1 |
11.10-1 | A969 | Apllicabilty of GPRS tests |
11.10-1 | A970 | Addition of GPRS LLC tests |
11.10-1 | A971 | Addition of GPRS SNDCP test |
11.10-1 | A975 | Suppression of NOTE 4 in the Initial conditions for test case 14.16.1 |
11.10-1 | A989 | Addition of new test cases for Cell Selection and Reselection for a GPRS MS with no PBCCH. |
11.10-1 | A990 | Practical changes to ‘GPRS High Layer Default’ conditions |
11.10-1 | A991 | Default PDP contexts and macros |
11.11 | A058 | addition of GPRS data field |
11.11 | A058 rev 2 | Addition of EFs for GPRS |
11.11 | A079 | Additional GPRS field |
11.11 | A080 | Additional GPRS field |
11.11 | A096 | Clarification of Optional Status for GPRS files |
11.11 | A097 | Clarification of Optional Status for GPRS files |
11.21 | A092 | GPRS Test Cases |
11.21 | A108 | Updates to annex A and C |
11.21 | A109 rev 1 | Correction to Section 7.4 Multipath Reference Sensitivity |
11.21 | A136 | Relaxation of PDTCH/CS-4 C/I requirements |
11.21 | A154 | Correction of requirements for PDTCH/CS-4 C/Ic |
11.21 | A155 | Correction of requirements for PDTCH/CS-4 C/Ic |
11.21 | A156 | Correction of requirements for PDTCH/CS-4 C/Ic |
12.05 | A025 | Modification of the parameter 'CauseForTerm’ |
12.15 | A001 | Addition of a charging protocol |
12.15 | A003 | Modification of the parameter CauseForRecClosing. |
12.15 | A004 | Addition of record identifier. |
12.15 | A005 | Addition of new PDP type (PPP) |
12.15 | A006 | Correction of the parameter 'CallEventRecordType' |
12.15 | A007 | GTP' version management. |
12.15 | A008 | GPRS charging data collection interface naming. |
12.15 | A009 | Charging protocol enhancements (not for approval at SMG #28) |
12.15 | A009 rev 2 | Enhancements to the Charging Protocol |
12.15 | A009 rev 3 | Enhancements to the Charging Protocol |
12.15 | A010 | Modification of the parameter CauseForRecClosing. |
12.15 | A011 | Correction of the parameter 'CallEventRecordType' |
12.15 | A012 | Addition of PDP type OSP:IHOSS |
12.15 | A013 | Alignment of CDR field names |
12.15 | A014 | Addition of the Ga interface to the GPRS logical diagram |
12.15 | A015 | Correction of code-point for Packet Transfer Command |
12.15 | A016 | Inclusion of APN selection mode in CDRs |
22.011 | 0020 | to 22.011 on Roaming restrictions for GPRS (Release '99) |
22.011 | 0021 | to 02.11 on Roaming restrictions for GPRS (Release4) |
22.041 | 0002 | Addition of explicit requirements for Packet Oriented Services |
22.060 | 0001 | Class B mode of operation |
22.060 | 0002 | The function that gives the notification of the server IP address from the GPRS network to the subscriber. |
22.060 | 0003 | Introduction of Barring for GPRS |
23.003 | 0007 rev 1 | ASCII coding of |
23.003 | 0011 rev 1 | Introduction of Reserved Service Labels in the APN |
23.003 | 0026 | Forbidden APN network identifier labels |
23.003 | 0047 rev 2 | Clarification on the definition of DNS |
23.003 | 0048 rev 2 | Clarification on the definition of DNS |
23.003 | 0049 rev 3 | Clarification on the definition of DNS |
23.007 | 0009 | Restoration of data in RA update |
23.007 | 0010 | Restoration of data in RA update |
23.007 | 0011 | Restoration of data in RA update |
23.008 | 0025 | Addition of PDP Context Identifier |
23.060 | 0003 | modification info is not piggybacked |
23.060 | 0224 rev 1 | Data forwarding during 3G RAU in PMM CONNECTED state |
23.060 | 0229 rev 1 | Clarifications to Handling the user data during the SRNS Relocation Procedure |
23.060 | 0236 | Handling of charging characteristics for roaming users |
23.060 | 0246 rev 1 | Losing PDP context during Inter SGSN RA Update |
23.060 | 0246 rev 2 | Losing PDP context during Inter SGSN RA Update |
23.060 | 0275 rev 2 | Behaviour of the MS on entering a new PLMN |
23.060 | 0326 | Parameter correction in GSM to UMTS inter system RA update |
23.060 | 0329 | Clarification to the interactions Between GTP v0 and GTP v1 |
23.060 | 0329 rev 1 | Clarification to the interactions Between GTP v0 and GTP v1 |
23.060 | 0329 rev 2 | Clarification to the interactions Between GTP v0 and GTP v1 |
23.107 | 0086 rev 2 | Determining the highest QoS |
23.107 | 0086 rev 3 | Determining the highest QoS |
23.107 | 0089 | Asymmetric Bearers - Mapping and Determining Highest QoS |
23.122 | 0016 rev 1 | Roaming restrictions for GPRS service |
23.122 | 0038 | Background scan if HPLMN is part of the Equivalent PLMNs list |
23.122 | 0039 | Background scan if HPLMN is part of the Equivalent PLMNs list |
23.122 | 0040 | Minimum number of FPLMN and preferred PLMN lists entries supported by the MS |
23.122 | 0041 | Minimum number of FPLMN and preferred PLMN lists entries supported by the MS |
23.122 | 0042 | Role of the Access Technology in the PLMN selection priority |
23.122 | 0043 | Role of the Access Technology in the PLMN selection priority |
23.122 | 0044 | Usage of the RPLMN Last used Access Technology information |
23.122 | 0045 | Usage of the RPLMN Last used Access Technology information |
23.122 | 0046 | Role of the equivalent PLMNs list in the PLMN user reselection |
23.122 | 0047 | Role of the equivalent PLMNs list in the PLMN user reselection |
24.007 | 0002 rev 1 | Addition of LL-STATUS_IND |
24.007 | 0014 rev 2 | Change of the GMM Ready Timer behaviour |
24.007 | 0015 | Protocol Discriminator to route packet data sent by a DTM mobile from BSC to PCU |
24.007 | 0021 | Protocol Discriminator for DTM (simple class A) |
24.007 | 0025 rev 1 | RABMAS-SAP and RABMSM-SAP adaptation for Handling of unsynchronized PDP contexts |
24.007 | 0054 | Correct interpretation of Teardown Indicator |
24.007 | 0055 | Correct interpretation of Teardown Indicator |
24.007 | 0056 | Correct interpretation of Teardown Indicator |
24.008 | 0002 | Addition of 3rd MNC digit in Routing Area Identificationand correction of LAI |
24.008 | 0004 | GMM attempt counters |
24.008 | 0005 | Cell change during GPRS Detach procedure |
24.008 | 0006 | RA change in GMM-ROUTING_AREA_UPDATE_INITIATED |
24.008 | 0007 | non power down cause detach during attach |
24.008 | 0008 | Receive N-PDU Number list IE padding bits |
24.008 | 0009 | PDP context deactiviation caused by LLC failure |
24.008 | 0010 rev 1 | CM request and combined GMM procedures |
24.008 | 0011 rev 1 | T3212 restart after GPRS detach (marked as 031 on cover) |
24.008 | 0012 | Changing Call Mode |
24.008 | 0013 rev 1 | TMSI status indication |
24.008 | 0015 | RAU Complete not returned for TMSI deallocation. Some alignments and editorials |
24.008 | 0016 | Clarification of the Detach Type re-attach required or re-attach not required in the network initiated Detach procedure |
24.008 | 0018 rev 1 | Addition of Access Point Name in Request PDP Context Activation message |
24.008 | 0019 rev 1 | clash in sec. 4.7.3.2.6 |
24.008 | 0020 | clash in sec. 4.7.3.2.3.2 and 4.7.5.2.3.2 |
24.008 | 0021 rev 1 | T3212 restart after RAU reject |
24.008 | 0022 | New State GMM-REGISTERED.IMSI-DETACH-INITIATED |
24.008 | 0023 | Deactivate AA PDP context request message |
24.008 | 0024 rev 2 | Coding Scheme in Network Name IE |
24.008 | 0025 | Paging Response as a MM message |
24.008 | 0039 rev 4 | Service Request |
24.008 | 0040 rev 3 | Introduction of Follow-on mechanism for PS |
24.008 | 0043 rev 1 | Network Requested PDP Context Activation |
24.008 | 0043 rev 2 | Addition of APN in Request PDP context activation reject message |
24.008 | 0047 | Clarification of DRX |
24.008 | 0064 rev 4 | UMTS adaptation to section 4.7.1 |
24.008 | 0091 rev 1 | Timer control for GPRS detach |
24.008 | 0117 | Removal of APN from REQUEST PDP CONTEXT ACTIVATION REJECT message |
24.008 | 0119 rev 1 | Correction of N-PDU IE Length in GMM messages Routing Area Update Accept and Routing Area Update Complete. |
24.008 | 0120 rev 1 | Usage of Combined Procedures during CM service rejec |
24.008 | 0139 rev 1 | Collision of network initiated Detach with the attach and RAU procedure |
24.008 | 0140 | Conditions when to start the GMM timer T3321 |
24.008 | 0182 rev 2 | Usage of cause code IE in network initiated detach |
24.008 | 0193 rev 1 | MODIFY PDP CONTEXT REJECT -message definition |
24.008 | 0208 rev 3 | Change of the GMM Ready Timer behaviour |
24.008 | 0209 | Network behaviour, abnormal cases detach |
24.008 | 0210 | IEI value of the 'Tear down indicator' IE |
24.008 | 0214 | Modification of MS Classmark 3 and modification of MS RA Capabilities, for DTM mobile stations. |
24.008 | 0222 rev 1 | Clarification on local and foreign TLLI management |
24.008 | 0249 | Missing P-TMSI reallocation after Attach or RAU |
24.008 | 0267 | Clarification to the network initiated GPRS detach procedure (IMSI detach) |
24.008 | 0268 | Clarification to the network initiated GPRS detach procedure (IMSI detach) |
24.008 | 0269 rev 2 | Unsynchronized PDP contexts handling - MS less |
24.008 | 0271 rev 1 | APN used for detection of duplicated PDP context activation |
24.008 | 0277 | Correction of update status on Authentication Reject |
24.008 | 0278 | Correction of update status on Authentication Reject |
24.008 | 0306 rev 1 | Clarification of response handling of Service Request |
24.008 | 0307 rev 2 | Clarification of RAB re-establishment |
24.008 | 0309 rev 1 | Correction of PDP context duplication handling |
24.008 | 0312 | Clarification of response handling of Service Request |
24.008 | 0313 | Clarification of RAB re-establishment |
24.008 | 0314 | APN used for detection of duplicated PDP context activation |
24.008 | 0315 rev 1 | Unsynchronized PDP contexts handling - MS less |
24.008 | 0319 | Correction of PDP context duplication handling |
24.008 | 0320 | DRX parameter range correction |
24.008 | 0321 | DRX parameter range correction |
24.008 | 0357 | Using RAU procedure for MS RAC IE update |
24.008 | 0358 | Using RAU procedure for MS RAC IE update |
24.008 | 0359 rev 1 | Connection re-establishment on forward handover without Iur |
24.008 | 0360 rev 1 | Connection re-establishment on forward handover without Iur |
24.008 | 0362 rev 2 | Roaming restrictions for GPRS service |
24.008 | 0363 rev 2 | Roaming restrictions for GPRS service |
24.008 | 0366 rev 1 | Clarification of TFT request during secondary PDP context activation. |
24.008 | 0367 rev 1 | Clarification of TFT request during secondary PDP context activation. |
24.008 | 0369 | Alignment of MS identity IE length in ATTACH ACCEPT and RAU ACCEPT Messages |
24.008 | 0378 | Alignment of MS identity IE length in ATTACH ACCEPT and RAU ACCEPT Messages |
24.008 | 0393 | Missing SM cause 40 in table 10.6.6 |
24.008 | 0394 | Missing SM cause 40 in table 10.6.6 |
24.008 | 0397 rev 1 | Clarification to REQUEST PDP CONTEXT ACTIVATION |
24.008 | 0397 rev 2 | Clarification to REQUEST PDP CONTEXT ACTIVATION |
24.008 | 0398 rev 1 | Clarification to REQUEST PDP CONTEXT ACTIVATION |
24.008 | 0398 rev 2 | Clarification to REQUEST PDP CONTEXT ACTIVATION |
24.008 | 0405 rev 2 | Clarification of Network Initiated GPRS Detach Procedure |
24.008 | 0411 rev 2 | Clarification of Network Initiated GPRS Detach Procedure |
24.008 | 0442 rev 1 | Old RAI handling |
24.008 | 0443 rev 1 | Old RAI handling |
24.008 | 0444 rev 1 | Old RAI handling |
24.008 | 0455 | Correction of Protocol configuration options |
24.008 | 0456 | Correction of Protocol configuration options |
24.008 | 0457 | Correction of Protocol configuration options |
24.008 | 0477 | Correction of the criteria for the usage of combined RAU |
24.008 | 0477 rev 1 | Correction of the criteria for the usage of combined RAU |
24.008 | 0478 | Correction of the criteria for the usage of combined RAU |
24.008 | 0478 rev 1 | Correction of the criteria for the usage of combined RAU |
24.008 | 0479 | Correction of the criteria for the usage of combined RAU |
24.008 | 0479 rev 1 | Correction of the criteria for the usage of combined RAU |
24.008 | 0496 | P-TMSI Signature handling |
24.008 | 0497 | P-TMSI Signature handling |
24.008 | 0498 | P-TMSI Signature handling |
24.008 | 0505 | Handling of new/old TLLI in the network |
24.008 | 0506 | Handling of new/old TLLI in the network |
24.008 | 0507 | Handling of new/old TLLI in the network |
24.008 | 0517 | Restriction of the 0kbits maximum bitrate |
24.008 | 0518 | Restriction of the 0kbits maximum bitrate |
24.008 | 0519 | Restriction of the 0kbits maximum bitrate |
24.008 | 0538 | Addition of SM cause #46 to the MS initiated PDP Context Modification procedure |
24.008 | 0539 | Addition of SM cause #46 to the MS initiated PDP Context Modification procedure |
24.008 | 0540 | Addition of SM cause #46 to the MS initiated PDP Context Modification procedure |
24.008 | 0541 | Handling of not existing Ids in the replace packet filters in existing TFT operation |
24.008 | 0542 | Handling of not existing Ids in the replace packet filters in existing TFT operation |
24.008 | 0543 | Handling of not existing Ids in the replace packet filters in existing TFT operation |
24.008 | 0547 | R99 procedures in a pre-R99 network |
24.008 | 0548 | R99 procedures in a pre-R99 network |
24.008 | 0549 | R99 procedures in a pre-R99 network |
24.008 | 0550 | Applicability of CM3 IE Modulation Capability information |
24.008 | 0552 | Restriction of the 0kbits maximum bitrate |
24.008 | 0552 rev 1 | Restriction of the 0kbits maximum bitrate |
24.008 | 0553 | Restriction of the 0kbits maximum bitrate |
24.008 | 0553 rev 1 | Restriction of the 0kbits maximum bitrate |
24.008 | 0554 | Restriction of the 0kbits maximum bitrate |
24.008 | 0554 rev 1 | Restriction of the 0kbits maximum bitrate |
24.008 | 0559 | MM behaviour in case of a combined attach reject for the PS service |
24.008 | 0560 | MM behaviour in case of a combined attach reject for the PS service |
24.008 | 0561 | MM behaviour in case of a combined attach reject for the PS service |
24.008 | 0561 rev 1 | MM behaviour in case of a combined attach reject for the PS service |
24.008 | 0561 rev 2 | MM behaviour in case of a combined attach reject for the PS service |
24.008 | 0589 rev 1 | Indication of support of LCS via the PS domain in Iu-mode |
24.008 | 0589 rev 2 | Indication of support of LCS via the PS domain in Iu-mode |
24.008 | 0603 | Addition of new SPLIT_PG_CYCLE RESPONSE IE |
24.008 | 0613 | Deletion of ePLMN list when the fifth RAU attempt is reached |
24.008 | 0614 | Deletion of ePLMN list when the fifth RAU attempt is reached |
24.008 | 0616 | Conditions when to update the RPLMN Last used Access Technology information |
24.008 | 0617 | Conditions when to update the RPLMN Last used Access Technology information |
24.008 | 0618 | Conditions when to update the RPLMN Last used Access Technology information |
24.008 | 0619 | SIM removal and change of RA during detach procedure |
24.008 | 0633 | Correction to SPLIT_PG_CYCLE values |
24.008 | 0637 | Alternative coding of radio access capabilities |
24.008 | 0637 rev 1 | Alternative coding of radio access capabilities |
24.008 | 0638 | Alternative coding of radio access capabilities |
24.008 | 0638 rev 1 | Alternative coding of radio access capabilities |
24.008 | 0639 | Alternative coding of radio access capabilities |
24.008 | 0639 rev 1 | Alternative coding of radio access capabilities |
24.008 | 0645 | Correct interpretation of Teardown Indicator |
24.008 | 0646 | Correct interpretation of Teardown Indicator |
24.008 | 0647 | Correct interpretation of Teardown Indicator |
24.008 | 0653 | MS behavior in case of T3312 expiry |
24.008 | 0654 | Ambiguous MM behavior in case of a failed combined Attach or RAU |
24.008 | 0671 | Correction to service request procedure |
24.008 | 0672 | Correction to service request procedure |
24.008 | 0673 | Correction to service request procedure |
24.008 | 0695 rev 1 | No MT calls after resumption of GPRS in Network Operation Mode I |
24.008 | 0696 rev 1 | No MT calls after resumption of GPRS in Network Operation Mode I |
24.008 | 0697 rev 1 | No MT calls after resumption of GPRS in Network Operation Mode I |
24.008 | 0699 | Use of LLC SAPI not assigned by the network |
24.008 | 0699 rev 1 | Use of LLC SAPI not assigned by the network |
24.008 | 0700 | Use of LLC SAPI not assigned by the network |
24.008 | 0704 | Use of LLC SAPI not assigned by the network |
27.007 | 0015 | AT command - Request GPRS service 'D' |
27.007 | 0020 | Packet Domain ATD command syntax |
27.060 | 0005 | AT Commands |
27.060 | 0006 | IPCP NEGOTIATION INTERWORKING AT THE MT FOR NON-TRANSPARENT IP |
27.060 | 0007 | CLARIFICATION ON THE TASKS OF THE MT FOR PDP TYPE PPP |
27.060 | 0008 | STREAMLINING |
27.060 | 0009 | Parallel handling of multiple user application flows |
27.060 | 0014 | DHCP lease renewal |
27.060 | 0015 | Removal of IHOSS and OSP |
27.060 | 0025 | QoS in case of Streaming and Conversational |
27.060 | 0026 | QoS in case of Streaming and Conversational |
27.060 | 0027 | QoS in case of Streaming and Conversational |
27.060 | 0082 | Configuration of Domain Name System (DNS) server IPV6 addresses |
27.060 | 0083 | Configuration of Domain Name System (DNS) server IPV6 addresses |
27.060 | 0088 | Updated reference for DHCPv6 |
29.002 | 0025 | Corrections related to GGSN-HLR interface |
29.002 | 0034 | Update Location handling for GPRS-only subscription |
29.002 | 0035 | Correction of OP & AC definitions for NoteMS-PresentForGPRS |
29.002 | 0043 rev 1 | Addition of exception handling to the CancellationType |
29.002 | 0070 | Addition of GGSN number for the SRIforGPRS |
29.002 | 0077 | Use of SSN for GPRS |
29.002 | 0090 rev 1 | Improving GPRS charging efficiency |
29.002 | 0141 | Clarification for ReportSM-DeliveryStatus operation |
29.002 | 0144 rev 1 | Use of NAM paramter with MAP-INSERT-SUBSCRIBER-DATA service between HLR and SGSN |
29.002 | 0223 | Failure of Update GPRS Location when HLR is not reachable |
29.002 | 0224 | Failure of Update GPRS Location when HLR is not reachable |
29.002 | 0259 | Failure of Authentication Parameter GPRS when HLR is not reachable |
29.002 | 0260 | Failure of Authentication Parameter GPRS when HLR is not reachable |
29.010 | 0014 | Roaming restrictions for GPRS service |
29.010 | 0017 | Mapping of unknown HLR error to access interface cause code |
29.016 | 0004 rev 1 | Different SSNs for SGSN and VLR |
29.018 | 0003 rev 2 | SGSN reaction upon a RAU request after VLR failure |
29.018 | 0004 | Clarify that no acknowledgement is made for TMSI deallocation |
29.018 | 0005 rev 1 | TMSI status indication |
29.018 | 0006 | Explicit IMSI detach, abnormal case SGSN side |
29.018 | 0009 | Encoding of MS classmark in LUP Request |
29.018 | 0010 | Reject cause in case of expiry of T6-1 |
29.018 | 0013 | Clarify that no acknowledgement is made for TMSI deallocation |
29.018 | 0014 | Clarify that no acknowledgement is made for TMSI deallocation |
29.018 | 0015 | Explicit IMSI detach, abnormal case SGSN side |
29.018 | 0016 | Explicit IMSI detach, abnormal case SGSN side |
29.018 | 0019 | Clarification of the periodic routing area update procedure |
29.018 | 0020 | Clarification of the periodic routing area update procedure |
29.060 | 0013 rev 1 | Addition of APN parameter to PDU Notification Request |
29.060 | 0014 rev 1 | Specification of the MSISDN Information Element |
29.060 | 0014 rev 2 | Specification of the MSISDN Information Element |
29.060 | 0014 rev 3 | Specification of the MSISDN Information Element |
29.060 | 0051 | Clarification of Repeated Information Element Ordering |
29.060 | 0057 | Removal of X.25 |
29.060 | 0092 rev 1 | Clean up for 29.060 |
29.060 | 0102 | Alignment of text with tables |
29.060 | 0119 | Clarification on the use of SGSN address at PDU notification procedure |
29.060 | 0121 | Definition of TEID value in GTP-U header |
29.060 | 0129 | IPv6 support for Charging Gateway Address |
29.060 | 0130 | Signalling messages in GTP |
29.060 | 0131 rev 1 | Security parameter transport in case of 2G-3G interworking |
29.060 | 0132 rev 1 | Encoding of IMSI |
29.060 | 0133 | Removal of IHOSS from GTP |
29.060 | 0135 | Addition of MS Not Reachable Reason to Send Routing Information For GPRS Response |
29.060 | 0136 rev 2 | Compatibility GTPv0/GTPv1 in case of SGSN change |
29.060 | 0138 rev 1 | Coding of TI in PDP Context |
29.060 | 0141 rev 2 | Categorize Error indication as the GTP-U message |
29.060 | 0151 rev 1 | Editorial corrections |
29.060 | 0153 rev 2 | Selecting GGSN IP address |
29.060 | 0159 | MS Network Capability in MM context |
29.060 | 0181 rev 1 | Fix an ambiguous description on the treatment for the PDP Type PPP in PDP context creation procedure |
29.060 | 0330 rev 1 | Setting PDP ID after inter-SGSN RAU using GTPv0 |
29.060 | 0331 rev 1 | Setting PDP ID after inter-SGSN RAU using GTPv0 |
29.060 | 0332 rev 1 | Setting PDP ID after inter-SGSN RAU using GTPv0 |
29.060 | 0334 | Removing inconsistency in definition of PDP Address length |
29.060 | 0335 | Removing inconsistency in definition of PDP Address length |
29.060 | 0336 | Removing inconsistency in definition of PDP Address length |
29.060 | 0337 | 16 bit PDCP sequence numbers in RAB Context |
29.060 | 0338 | 16 bit PDCP sequence numbers in RAB Context |
29.060 | 0339 | 16 bit PDCP sequence numbers in RAB Context |
29.060 | 0340 rev 1 | Forward Relocation Response without 'RAB Setup Information' IE |
29.060 | 0341 rev 1 | Forward Relocation Response without 'RAB Setup Information' IE |
29.060 | 0342 rev 1 | Forward Relocation Response without 'RAB Setup Information' IE |
29.060 | 0358 rev 1 | PDCP sequence numbers in SGSN Context Response |
29.060 | 0359 rev 1 | PDCP sequence numbers in SGSN Context Response |
29.060 | 0360 rev 1 | PDCP sequence numbers in SGSN Context Response |
29.060 | 0361 | Correction of incomplete impementation of 29.060-203r1 |
29.060 | 0458 | Correction of Sequence Number Up handling |
29.060 | 0459 | Correction of Sequence Number Up handling |
29.060 | 0460 | Correction of Sequence Number Up handling |
29.060 | 0461 | Correction of Sequence Number Up handling |
29.061 | 0003 | CLARIFICATION ON THE PPP LCP NEGOTIATION FOR PDP TYPE PPP |
29.061 | 0004 | ENHANCEMENT TO NUMBERING AND ADDRESSING TO INCLUDE THE APN |
29.061 | 0005 | IPCP NEGOTIATION INTERWORKING AT THE MT FOR NON-TRANSPARENT IP |
29.061 | 0008 | STREAMLINING |
29.061 | 0015 | DHCP lease renewal |
29.061 | 0016 | Removal of IHOSS and OSP |
29.061 | 0017 | Clarifications on the non-transparent access mode |
29.061 | 0018 | Clarifications on the non-transparent access mode |
29.061 | 0019 | Set the use of PPP between the MT and TE as an option when interworking with MIPv4 |
29.061 | 0020 | Set the use of PPP between the MT and TE as an option when interworking with MIPv4 |
29.061 | 0021 rev 4 | Standard method for information delivery (MSISDN; IP address…) between GPRS and external PDN using RADIUS |
29.061 | 0021 rev 5 | Standard method for information delivery (MSISDN; IP address…) between GPRS and external PDN using RADIUS |
29.061 | 0022 rev 1 | Standard method for information delivery (MSISDN; IP address…) between GPRS and external PDN using RADIUS |
29.061 | 0022 rev 2 | Standard method for information delivery (MSISDN; IP address…) between GPRS and external PDN using RADIUS |
29.061 | 0023 rev 2 | Standard method for updating information between GPRS and external PDN using RADIUS |
29.061 | 0024 rev 2 | Standard method for interworking between GPRS and external PDN using RADIUS |
29.061 | 0025 | Correction to the IMSI length and encoding |
29.061 | 0026 | Correction to the IMSI length and encoding |
29.061 | 0027 rev 1 | Correction to Calling-station-id |
29.061 | 0028 rev 1 | Correction to Calling-station-id |
29.061 | 0029 rev 1 | Correction to 3GPP specific attribute: 3GPP-IMSI |
29.061 | 0030 rev 1 | Correction to 3GPP specific attribute: 3GPP-IMSI |
29.061 | 0031 | Correction to 3GPP specific attributes containing MCC-MNC IMSI |
29.061 | 0032 | Correction to 3GPP specific attributes containing MCC-MNC IMSI |
29.061 | 0033 | Standard method for interworking between GPRS and external PDN using RADIUS |
29.061 | 0034 | Standard method for updating information between GPRS and external PDN using RADIUS |
29.061 | 0037 | Change of associated attribute for 3GPP-NSAPI |
29.061 | 0038 | Change of associated attribute for 3GPP-NSAPI |
29.061 | 0039 | Change of associated attribute for 3GPP-NSAPI |
29.061 | 0041 | Optional dropping of user data by the GGSN before the Accounting Response (START) is received |
29.061 | 0042 | Optional dropping of user data by the GGSN before the Accounting Response (START) is received |
29.061 | 0043 | Optional dropping of user data by the GGSN before the Accounting Response (START) is received |
29.061 | 0047 | Clarifications on the RADIUS flows |
29.061 | 0047 rev 1 | Clarifications on the RADIUS flows |
29.061 | 0047 rev 2 | Clarification on the Radius Flows |
29.061 | 0048 | Corrections to the 3GPP RADIUS attributes |
29.061 | 0048 rev 1 | Corrections to the 3GPP RADIUS attributes |
29.061 | 0053 | Corrections to the 3GPP RADIUS attributes |
29.061 | 0054 | Corrections to the 3GPP RADIUS attributes |
29.061 | 0055 | Clarifications on the RADIUS flows |
29.061 | 0055 rev 1 | Clarifications on the RADIUS flows |
29.061 | 0055 rev 2 | Clarifications on the RADIUS flows |
29.061 | 0055 rev 3 | Clarifications on the RADIUS flows |
29.061 | 0056 | Clarifications on the RADIUS flows |
29.061 | 0056 rev 1 | Clarification on the Radius Flows |
29.061 | 0084 | Configuration of Domain Name System (DNS) server IPV6 addresses |
29.061 | 0084 rev 1 | Configuration of Domain Name System (DNS) server IPV6 addresses |
29.061 | 0085 | Configuration of Domain Name System (DNS) server IPv6 addresses |
29.061 | 0085 rev 1 | Configuration of Domain Name System (DNS) server IPv6 addresses |
29.061 | 0086 | Clean-up of references |
29.061 | 0096 | Updated reference for DHCPv6 |
29.061 | 0096 rev 1 | Updated reference for DHCPv6 |
29.061 | 0097 | Updated reference for DHCPv6 |
29.061 | 0097 rev 1 | Updated reference for DHCPv6 |
29.061 | 0098 rev 1 | Updated reference for DHCPv6 |
43.022 | 0002 | Removal of Anonymous Access |
43.064 | 0007 | Removal of Fixed Allocation |
43.064 | 0010 | Removal of the close-ended TBF feature |
43.064 | 0036 rev 1 | Editorial correction |
44.018 | 0003 | Handling of Power-Control-Parameter alpha |
44.018 | 0004 | DTM: Removal of polling from DTM assignment |
44.018 | 0005 | DTM: Correction of timers T3148 and T3107 |
44.018 | 0005 rev 1 | DTM: Correction of timers T3148 and T3107 |
44.018 | 0006 | DTM: tunnelling of GPRS signalling on the main DCCH |
44.018 | 0007 | DTM: provision of GPRS information for correct DTM behaviour |
44.018 | 0007 rev 1 | DTM: provision of GPRS information for correct DTM behaviour |
44.018 | 0008 | DTM: reuse of the GPRS Suspension procedure in cells with no DTM capabilities |
44.018 | 0008 rev 1 | DTM: reuse of the GPRS Suspension procedure in cells with no DTM capabilities |
44.018 | 0009 | DTM: alignment of the handover procedure |
44.018 | 0010 | DTM: clarification of Radio Link Failure and RR connection abortion while in DTM |
44.018 | 0011 | DTM: removal of the Main DCCH Assignment message |
44.018 | 0011 rev 1 | DTM: removal of the Main DCCH Assignment message |
44.018 | 0012 | DTM: definition |
44.018 | 0014 | DTM: GPRS information for DTM operation - TBF re-establishment |
44.018 | 0015 | Correction of Table 10.5.60/GSM 44.018 |
44.018 | 0026 | Support of Early Classmark Sending by an PBCCH capable cell |
44.018 | 0026 rev 1 | MEASUREMENT_STARTING_TIME field in RR Packet Downlink Assignment IE |
44.018 | 0027 | Support of Early Classmark Sending by an PBCCH capable cell |
44.018 | 0027 rev 1 | Introduction of AMR-WB |
44.018 | 0028 | UE Security in UTRAN CM CHANGE |
44.018 | 0028 rev 1 | Introduction of a presence bit indicator for SI2quater |
44.018 | 0035 | Editorial alignments and clarifications |
44.018 | 0035 rev 1 | Editorial alignments and clarifications |
44.018 | 0037 | Support for interworking with 1.28 Mcps TDD cells |
44.018 | 0038 | Clarification on SI 2 quater content |
44.018 | 0040 | Invalid BSICs: terminology alignment |
44.018 | 0041 | Invalid BSICs: terminology alignment |
44.018 | 0042 | Introduction of the GSM to CDMA2000 handover procedure |
44.018 | 0043 | Introduction of the GSM to CDMA2000 handover procedure |
44.018 | 0044 | Clarification of inconsistent MultiRate configuration IE |
44.018 | 0044 rev 1 | Clarification of inconsistent MultiRate configuration IE (Rel 5) |
44.018 | 0044 rev 2 | Clarification of inconsistent MultiRate configuration IE (Rel 5) |
44.018 | 0045 | Clarification related to the applicability of the Starting time IE in the other systems to GSM handover |
44.018 | 0045 rev 1 | DTM: RR reallocation during packet access |
44.018 | 0045 rev 2 | DTM: RR reallocation during packet access |
44.018 | 0049 | CSN.1 Coding changes to RTD struct |
44.018 | 0049 rev 1 | CSN.1 Coding changes to RTD struct |
44.018 | 0050 | CSN.1 Coding changes to RTD struct |
44.018 | 0050 rev 1 | CSN.1 Coding changes to RTD struct |
44.018 | 0056 | Correction to polling in single block downlink assignment on CCCH |
44.018 | 0056 rev 1 | Correction to polling in single block downlink assignment on CCCH |
44.018 | 0057 | Correction to polling in single block downlink assignment on CCCH |
44.018 | 0057 rev 1 | Correction to polling in single block downlink assignment on CCCH |
44.018 | 0060 | Handling of starting time in the case of intersystem handover to GSM and in the case of blind handover |
44.018 | 0069 | Correction of SI19 Rest Octets |
44.018 | 0069 rev 1 | Correction of SI19 Rest Octets |
44.018 | 0070 | Removal of Anonymous Access |
44.018 | 0071 | Error in the introduction of A199 |
44.018 | 0072 | TM: Replacement of 'padding bits' in RR messages |
44.018 | 0102 | Introduction of the band indicator field in SI6 |
44.018 | 0103 | Introduction of the band indicator field in SI6 |
44.018 | 0122 rev 1 | RA colour vs RA code clarification |
44.018 | 0123 rev 1 | RA colour vs RA code clarification |
44.018 | 0132 | Restoration of the SI 3 Rest Octets IE description |
44.018 | 0133 | Restoration of the SI 3 Rest Octets IE description |
44.018 | 0134 | Training Sequence Code on PBCCH/PCCCH |
44.018 | 0135 | Training Sequence Code on PBCCH/PCCCH |
44.018 | 0136 | Support of Early Classmark Sending by an PBCCH capable cell |
44.018 | 0136 rev 1 | Support of Early Classmark Sending by an PBCCH capable cell |
44.018 | 0137 | Support of Early Classmark Sending by an PBCCH capable cell |
44.018 | 0137 rev 1 | Support of Early Classmark Sending by an PBCCH capable cell |
44.018 | 0142 | ECSC-correction of a error in mirror CR059 |
44.018 | 0155 | Backwards compatibility of R99 extensions in IA Rest octets |
44.018 | 0156 | Backwards compatibility of R99 extensions in IA Rest octets |
44.018 | 0157 | Backwards compatibility of R99 extensions in RR Packet Downlink Assignment IE |
44.018 | 0158 | Backwards compatibility of R99 extensions in RR Packet Downlink Assignment IE |
44.018 | 0159 | Backwards compatibility of R99 extensions in RR Packet Uplink Assignment IE |
44.018 | 0159 rev 1 | Backwards compatibility of R99 extensions in RR Packet Uplink Assignment IE |
44.018 | 0160 | Backwards compatibility of R99 extensions in RR Packet Uplink Assignment IE |
44.018 | 0160 rev 1 | Backwards compatibility of R99 extensions in RR Packet Uplink Assignment IE |
44.018 | 0168 | Starting Time in DTM Assignment |
44.018 | 0169 | Starting Time in DTM Assignment |
44.018 | 0178 | Removal of Fixed Allocation |
44.018 | 0178 rev 1 | Removal of Fixed Allocation |
44.018 | 0179 | Missing reference to CSN.1 specification |
44.018 | 0188 | Removal of TBF establishment via dedicated mode and related procedures |
44.018 | 0188 rev 1 | Removal of TBF establishment via dedicated mode and related procedures |
44.018 | 0208 | Removal of inter cell handover on dedicated resources for TBF |
44.018 | 0209 | Removal of inter cell handover on dedicated resources for TBF |
44.018 | 0210 | PDCH assignment failure on dedicated channels |
44.018 | 0211 | PDCH assignment failure on dedicated channels |
44.018 | 0212 | Correction of dedicated resources establishment for TBF |
44.018 | 0213 | Correction of dedicated resources establishment for TBF |
44.018 | 0214 | Correction of T3134 value |
44.018 | 0215 | Correction of T3134 value |
44.018 | 0223 | Corrections to one and two phase packet access via dedicated channel |
44.018 | 0224 | Corrections to one and two phase packet access via dedicated channel |
44.018 | 0229 | Two-message packet downlink assignment on CCCH |
44.018 | 0229 rev 1 | Two-message packet downlink assignment on CCCH |
44.018 | 0230 | Two-message packet downlink assignment on CCCH |
44.018 | 0245 | Fixed Allocation Removal correction |
44.018 | 0246 | Fixed Allocation Removal correction |
44.018 | 0267 | Removal of the close-ended TBF feature |
44.018 | 0268 | Removal of the close-ended TBF feature |
44.060 | 0001 | Correction to Packet SI Status message |
44.060 | 0001 rev 1 | Correction to Packet SI Status message |
44.060 | 0002 | Correction to Packet PSI Status message |
44.060 | 0002 rev 1 | Correction to Packet PSI Status message |
44.060 | 0003 | Extended Uplink TBF |
44.060 | 0003 rev 1 | Extended Uplink TBF |
44.060 | 0003 rev 2 | Extended Uplink TBF |
44.060 | 0004 | Clarification of PSI Count High Rate |
44.060 | 0004 rev 1 | Clarification of PSI Count High Rate |
44.060 | 0004 rev 2 | Clarification of PSI Count High Rate |
44.060 | 0005 | Clarification of T3193 |
44.060 | 0005 rev 1 | Clarification of T3193 |
44.060 | 0006 | Correction of receive state array V(N) |
44.060 | 0008 | Clarification of EGPRS two-phase packet access |
44.060 | 0009 | Delayed downlink TBF release |
44.060 | 0009 rev 1 | Delayed downlink TBF release |
44.060 | 0009 rev 2 | Delayed downlink TBF release |
44.060 | 0010 | Commanded Cell re-selection synchronisation failure |
44.060 | 0011 | RLC/MAC Control block transmission during countdown |
44.060 | 0011 rev 1 | RLC/MAC Control block transmission during countdown |
44.060 | 0012 | Editorial correction on T3184 |
44.060 | 0012 rev 1 | Editorial correction on T3184 |
44.060 | 0013 | Repetition of the PACKET CELL CHANGE NOTIFICATION message |
44.060 | 0013 rev 1 | Repetition of the PACKET CELL CHANGE NOTIFICATION message |
44.060 | 0014 | MS behaviour upon polling in PCCC or PCCO message |
44.060 | 0015 | Encoding of the Packet Cell Change Notification message |
44.060 | 0015 rev 1 | Encoding of the Packet Cell Change Notification message |
44.060 | 0016 | Paging coordination by the BSS independent of the DTM feature support |
44.060 | 0016 rev 1 | Paging coordination by the BSS independent of the DTM feature support |
44.060 | 0018 | New MS behaviour in case of un-successful cell re-selection |
44.060 | 0020 | Enhanced Layer 2 Two-block Handover/Assignment Command Signaling |
44.060 | 0021 | Reallocation of uplink resource during down link TBF release |
44.060 | 0022 | Clarification of Ack/Nack Description |
44.060 | 0023 | Paging Procedures for Iu Mode |
44.060 | 0025 | Editorial alignments and clarifications |
44.060 | 0025 rev 1 | Editorial alignments and clarifications |
44.060 | 0026 | Clarification on Paging initiation using PACCH in NMO2 |
44.060 | 0030 | RLC SDU Discard |
44.060 | 0033 | Clarification on PSI 3 quater content |
44.060 | 0033 rev 1 | Clarification on PSI3 quater content |
44.060 | 0036 | TFI in the RLC header |
44.060 | 0037 | Close-ended TBF |
44.060 | 0038 | Countdown procedure |
44.060 | 0039 | Clarification and Correction of Ack/Nack Description in EGPRS |
44.060 | 0039 rev 1 | Clarification and Correction of Ack/Nack Description in EGPRS |
44.060 | 0040 | Correction of RLC receive state array and variables |
44.060 | 0040 rev 1 | Correction of RLC receive state array and variables |
44.060 | 0041 | RLC countdown procedure during extended uplink TBF |
44.060 | 0041 rev 1 | RLC countdown procedure during extended uplink TBF |
44.060 | 0041 rev 2 | RLC countdown procedure during extended uplink TBF |
44.060 | 0042 | Inclusion of the TBF_EST option for extended uplink TBF |
44.060 | 0043 | Correction of EGPRS block sequence numbering |
44.060 | 0044 | Clarification to LCC PDU Length Indicator |
44.060 | 0044 rev 1 | Clarification to LCC PDU Length Indicator |
44.060 | 0044 rev 2 | LLC PDU Length Indicator in EGPRS (Rel 4) |
44.060 | 0044 rev 3 | LLC PDU Length Indicator in EGPRS (Rel 4) |
44.060 | 0045 | Section 7 update |
44.060 | 0046 | CSN.1 Coding changes to RTD struct |
44.060 | 0046 rev 1 | CSN.1 Coding changes to RTD struct |
44.060 | 0048 | Definition of new DTM multislot classes |
44.060 | 0048 rev 1 | Definition of new DTM multislot classes |
44.060 | 0051 | Removal of MS-EXT_UTBF parameter |
44.060 | 0051 rev 1 | Removal of MS-EXT_UTBF parameter |
44.060 | 0052 rev 1 | Introduction of the BAND_INDICATOR field in PSI1 |
44.060 | 0052 rev 2 | Introduction of the BAND_INDICATOR field in PSI1 |
44.060 | 0053 rev 2 | Correction to PACKET SI STATUS |
44.060 | 0057 | Section 7 update |
44.060 | 0060 | Packet Access Reject during downlink TBF |
44.060 | 0062 | Clarification of the Start and the Expiry of timer T3198 |
44.060 | 0062 rev 1 | Clarification of the Start and the Expiry of timer T3198 |
44.060 | 0063 | Updates to 44.060 §§ 1 to 3 |
44.060 | 0067 | Correction of abnormal release without retry |
44.060 | 0069 rev 1 | Correction on extended UL TBF |
44.060 | 0070 | FREQUENCY_DIFF field in Packet Cell CHange Order message |
44.060 | 0070 rev 1 | FREQUENCY_DIFF field in Packet Cell CHange Order message |
44.060 | 0070 rev 2 | FREQUENCY_DIFF field in Packet Cell CHange Order message |
44.060 | 0072 | Support of Early Classmark Sending by an PBCCH capable cell |
44.060 | 0072 rev 1 | Support of Early Classmark Sending by an PBCCH capable cell |
44.060 | 0072 rev 2 | Support of Early Classmark Sending by an PBCCH capable cell |
44.060 | 0073 | Support of Early Classmark Sending by an PBCCH capable cell |
44.060 | 0073 rev 1 | Support of Early Classmark Sending by an PBCCH capable cell |
44.060 | 0079 | Packet Measurement Order acknowledgement handling |
44.060 | 0081 | Clarification on RRBP handling in Packet Cell Change Order message |
44.060 | 0086 | Removal of T3198 |
44.060 | 0086 rev 1 | Removal of T3198 |
44.060 | 0088 | Random distribution of PRACH messages |
44.060 | 0089 | Training Sequence Code on PBCCH/PCCCH |
44.060 | 0089 rev 1 | Training Sequence Code on PBCCH/PCCCH |
44.060 | 0092 | Correction on extended UL TBF |
44.060 | 0093 | Clarification regarding mandatory protocol extensions introduced in release 4 |
44.060 | 0096 | Clarification regarding RRBP handling in the Packet Cell Change Order message |
44.060 | 0097 | Correction to Packet Timeslot reconfigure Rel-4 |
44.060 | 0098 | Correction of minimum number of paging blocks available on one PCCCH |
44.060 | 0098 rev 1 | Correction of minimum number of paging blocks available on one PCCCH |
44.060 | 0098 rev 2 | Correction of minimum number of paging blocks available on one PCCCH |
44.060 | 0098 rev 3 | Correction of minimum number of paging blocks available on one PCCCH |
44.060 | 0100 | RLC/MAC Proposal for FACCH, SACCH and SDCCH |
44.060 | 0101 rev 1 | Clarification of the one-phase packet access at contention resolution failure |
44.060 | 0102 rev 1 | Backward compatibility of GPRS Cell Options IE |
44.060 | 0106 | Extension of the Packet Uplink Dummy Control Blocks |
44.060 | 0107 | Clarification about Packet SI/PSI Status support in Rel-4 |
44.060 | 0108 | Usage of MA_NUMBER in the PCCCH Description in PSI2 |
44.060 | 0108 rev 1 | Usage of MA_NUMBER in the PCCCH Description in PSI2 |
44.060 | 0113 | Inconsistency in the syntax of the message PACKET POWER CONTROL/TIMING ADVANCE. |
44.060 | 0114 | Clarification in the use of the Packet Timing Advance IE in a Packet Uplink Assignment message assigning a Single block. |
44.060 | 0114 rev 1 | Clarification in the use of the Packet Timing Advance IE in a Packet Uplink Assignment message assigning a Single block. |
44.060 | 0115 | Introduction of Access Technologies Request in a PUA assigning a TBF in GPRS mode |
44.060 | 0117 | Clarification of the number of repetitions before failure |
44.060 | 0118 | Clarification of GPRS cell re-selection |
44.060 | 0119 | Minor corrections in 44.060 |
44.060 | 0119 rev 1 | Minor corrections in 44.060 |
44.060 | 0124 | Padding bits definition in the Additional MS Radio Access Capabilities message |
44.060 | 0125 | Padding bits definition in the Additional MS Radio Access Capabilities message |
44.060 | 0126 | Usage of the ES/P field in the generation of the Ack/Nack bitmap |
44.060 | 0126 rev 1 | Usage of the ES/P field in the generation of the Ack/Nack bitmap |
44.060 | 0127 | Usage of the ES/P field in the generation of the Ack/Nack bitmap |
44.060 | 0127 rev 1 | Usage of the ES/P field in the generation of the Ack/Nack bitmap |
44.060 | 0128 | CSN.1 syntax correction in the PCCO message |
44.060 | 0129 | CSN.1 syntax correction in the PCCO message |
44.060 | 0130 | CSN.1 syntax correction in the Packet Measurement Report message |
44.060 | 0130 rev 1 | CSN.1 syntax correction in the Packet Measurement Report message |
44.060 | 0131 | CSN.1 syntax correction in the Packet Measurement Report message |
44.060 | 0131 rev 1 | CSN.1 syntax correction in the Packet Measurement Report message |
44.060 | 0132 | Missing definition of m, n, p and r bits in EGPRS Packet Channel Request |
44.060 | 0132 rev 1 | Missing definition of m, n, p and r bits in EGPRS Packet Channel Request |
44.060 | 0132 rev 2 | Missing definition of m, n, p and r bits in EGPRS Packet Channel Request |
44.060 | 0133 | Missing definition of m, n, p and r bits in EGPRS Packet Channel Request |
44.060 | 0133 rev 1 | Missing definition of m, n, p and r bits in EGPRS Packet Channel Request |
44.060 | 0133 rev 2 | Missing definition of m, n, p and r bits in EGPRS Packet Channel Request |
44.060 | 0134 | Rules for inclusion of Access Technology Types in MS Radio Access Capability |
44.060 | 0134 rev 1 | Rules for inclusion of Access Technology Types in MS Radio Access Capability |
44.060 | 0134 rev 2 | Rules for inclusion of Access Technology Types in MS Radio Access Capability |
44.060 | 0134 rev 3 | Rules for inclusion of Access Technology Types in MS Radio Access Capability |
44.060 | 0135 | Rules for inclusion of Access Technology Types in MS Radio Access Capability |
44.060 | 0135 rev 1 | Rules for inclusion of Access Technology Types in MS Radio Access Capability |
44.060 | 0135 rev 2 | Rules for inclusion of Access Technology Types in MS Radio Access Capability |
44.060 | 0135 rev 3 | Rules for inclusion of Access Technology Types in MS Radio Access Capability |
44.060 | 0139 | Minor corrections in 44.060 |
44.060 | 0140 | MS behavior upon PFI change |
44.060 | 0141 | MS behaviour upon PFI change |
44.060 | 0142 | T3158 Updating value |
44.060 | 0142 rev 1 | T3158 Updating value |
44.060 | 0142 rev 2 | T3158 Updating value |
44.060 | 0144 | Removal of Fixed Allocation |
44.060 | 0144 rev 1 | Removal of Fixed Allocation |
44.060 | 0145 | Coding of Repeated UTRAN TDD Neighbour Cells struct in the PMO message |
44.060 | 0146 | Coding of Repeated UTRAN TDD Neighbour Cells struct in the PMO message |
44.060 | 0147 | Wrong description of Bitmap type reporting in Packet Enhanced Measurement Report message |
44.060 | 0147 rev 1 | Wrong description of Bitmap type reporting in Packet Enhanced Measurement Report message |
44.060 | 0148 | Wrong description of Bitmap type reporting in Packet Enhanced Measurement Report message |
44.060 | 0148 rev 1 | Wrong description of Bitmap type reporting in Packet Enhanced Measurement Report message |
44.060 | 0149 | Missing semicolon in PSI3ter message |
44.060 | 0150 | Missing semicolon in PSI3ter message |
44.060 | 0151 | Wrong bracket in Packet Polling Request message |
44.060 | 0151 rev 1 | Wrong bracket in Packet Polling Request message |
44.060 | 0152 | Wrong bracket in Packet Polling Request message |
44.060 | 0153 | Wrong bracket in PSI3ter message |
44.060 | 0153 rev 1 | Wrong bracket in PSI3ter message |
44.060 | 0154 | Wrong bracket in PSI3ter message |
44.060 | 0154 rev 1 | Wrong bracket in PSI3ter message |
44.060 | 0155 | Wrong reference in Packet Downlink Assignment message |
44.060 | 0155 rev 1 | Wrong reference in Packet Downlink Assignment message |
44.060 | 0156 | Wrong reference in Packet Downlink Assignment message |
44.060 | 0156 rev 1 | Wrong reference in Packet Downlink Assignment message |
44.060 | 0157 | Missing reference to CSN.1 specification |
44.060 | 0158 | Contention resolution in GERAN Iu mode - message definitions |
44.060 | 0165 | Clarification of the Packet Uplink Dummy control block use |
44.060 | 0166 | Clarification of the Packet Uplink Dummy control block use |
44.060 | 0166 rev 1 | Clarification of the Packet Uplink Dummy control block use |
44.060 | 0171 | CSN-1 fault in the PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK message |
44.060 | 0171 rev 1 | CSN-1 fault in the PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK message |
44.060 | 0172 | CSN-1 fault in the PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK message |
44.060 | 0172 rev 1 | CSN-1 fault in the PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK message |
44.060 | 0183 | Correction of RLC/MAC procedures during contention resolution |
44.060 | 0184 | Correction to PMO procedure initiated in Packet Idle Mode |
44.060 | 0185 | Correction to PMO procedure initiated in Packet Idle Mode |
44.060 | 0186 | Contradiction in polling reqponse procedure |
44.060 | 0187 | Correction to T3184 applicability |
44.060 | 0188 | Correction to T3184 applicability |
44.060 | 0219 | Enhanced Measurement Reporting introduced as a mandatory feature in PCCO message |
44.060 | 0220 | Minor corrections to 44.060 |
44.060 | 0221 | Enhanced Measurement Reporting introduced as a mandatory feature in PCCO message |
44.060 | 0222 | Minor corrections to 44.060 |
44.060 | 0226 | CSN-1 fault in Packet Timeslot Reconfigure |
44.060 | 0226 rev 1 | CSN-1 fault in Packet Timeslot Reconfigure |
44.060 | 0234 | Clarification of polling response procedure during downlink TBF establishment on PCCCH |
44.060 | 0234 rev 1 | Clarification of polling response procedure during downlink TBF establishment on PCCCH |
44.060 | 0234 rev 2 | Clarification of polling response procedure during downlink TBF establishment on PCCCH |
44.060 | 0235 | Improving reliability of reallocation procedures |
44.060 | 0235 rev 1 | Improving reliability of reallocation procedures |
44.060 | 0235 rev 2 | Improving reliability of reallocation procedures |
44.060 | 0235 rev 3 | Improving reliability of reallocation procedures |
44.060 | 0236 | Clarification on T3190 management |
44.060 | 0236 rev 1 | Clarification on T3190 management |
44.060 | 0236 rev 2 | Clarification on T3190 management |
44.060 | 0239 | Alignment of the MS behaviour when timer T3168 or T3190 expires |
44.060 | 0240 | Alignment of the MS behaviour when timer T3168 or T3190 expires |
44.060 | 0241 | Clarification on timer T3176 handling |
44.060 | 0241 rev 1 | Clarification on timer T3176 handling |
44.060 | 0242 | Utilisation of Packet Uplink Dummy control block |
44.060 | 0242 rev 1 | Utilisation of Packet Uplink Dummy control block |
44.060 | 0242 rev 2 | Utilization of Packet Uplink Dummy control block |
44.060 | 0242 rev 3 | Utilization of Packet Uplink Dummy control block |
44.060 | 0243 | Priority of polling response |
44.060 | 0243 rev 1 | Priority of polling response |
44.060 | 0243 rev 2 | Priority of polling response |
44.060 | 0243 rev 3 | Priority of polling response |
44.060 | 0248 | Modification of MS behaviour when T3190 expires |
44.060 | 0248 rev 1 | Modification of MS behaviour when T3190 expires |
44.060 | 0249 | Removal of relaxation during contention resolution |
44.060 | 0249 rev 1 | Removal of relaxation during contention resolution |
44.060 | 0250 | CSN-1 fault in Packet Timeslot Reconfigure |
44.060 | 0251 | Modification of the MS behaviour when timer T3168 expires |
44.060 | 0251 rev 1 | Modification of the MS behaviour when timer T3168 expires |
44.060 | 0251 rev 2 | Modification of the MS behaviour when timer T3168 expires |
44.060 | 0252 | Modification of timer T3176 handling |
44.060 | 0252 rev 1 | Modification of timer T3176 handling |
44.060 | 0270 | Correction of Packet Power Control/Timing Advance message encoding |
44.060 | 0270 rev 1 | Correction of Packet Power Control/Timing Advance message encoding |
44.060 | 0270 rev 2 | Correction of Packet Power Control/Timing Advance message encoding |
44.060 | 0271 | Clarification of CBCH description IE encoding in PSI8 |
44.060 | 0271 rev 1 | Clarification of CBCH description IE encoding in PSI8 |
44.060 | 0271 rev 2 | Clarification of CBCH description IE encoding in PSI8 |
44.060 | 0271 rev 3 | Clarification of CBCH description IE encoding in PSI8 |
44.060 | 0283 | Clarification to GPRS cell reselection use in Packet Measurement Order message |
44.060 | 0285 | Clarification to the reallocation of uplink TBF in order to send upper layer PDUs at higher Radio Priority than the established TBF |
44.060 | 0286 | Clarification to the condition of sending PACKET CONTROL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT message in case of RLC/MAC control message segmentation |
44.060 | 0287 | Clarification to the handling of T3192 value set to 0 |
44.060 | 0288 | Clarification of the presence of optional parameters in cell selection parameters broadcast on PBCCH |
44.060 | 0289 | Wrong references to MS Radio Access Capability |
44.060 | 0289 rev 1 | Wrong references to MS Radio Access Capability |
44.060 | 0290 | Wrong references to MS Radio Access Capability |
44.060 | 0290 rev 1 | Wrong references to MS Radio Access Capability |
44.060 | 0308 | Fixed Allocation Removal correction |
44.060 | 0309 | Fixed Allocation Removal correction |
44.060 | 0353 | Correction to definition of T3168 in chapter 13 |
44.060 | 0353 rev 1 | Correction to definition of T3168 in chapter 13 |
44.060 | 0354 | Correction to definition of T3168 in chapter 13 |
44.060 | 0354 rev 1 | Correction to definition of T3168 in chapter 13 |
44.060 | 0391 | Removal of the close-ended TBF feature |
44.060 | 0392 | Removal of the close-ended TBF feature |
44.064 | 0004 | IOV reset Conditions |
44.065 | 0001 | Conditions for header compression |
44.065 | 0003 | Handling of multiple header compression algorithms |
44.160 | 0062 | Removal of the close-ended TBF feature |
44.160 | 0065 | Removal of the close-ended TBF feature |
45.001 | 0059 | Removal T-GSM 900 |
45.001 | 0060 | Removal T-GSM 900 |
45.001 | 0061 | Removal T-GSM 900 |
45.001 | 0068 rev 2 | Removal T-GSM 900 |
45.002 | 0002 | Clarification of mapping of PDTCH and PCCCH |
45.002 | 0002 rev 1 | Clarification of mapping of PDTCH and PCCCH |
45.002 | 0004 | Possible multislot configurations for GPRS |
45.002 | 0004 rev 1 | Possible multislot configurations for GPRS |
45.002 | 0005 | Possible multislot configurations for GPRS |
45.002 | 0006 | Clarification of the monitored GPRS control channels during GPRS attachment |
45.002 | 0031 rev 1 | Training Sequence Code on PBCCH/PCCCH |
45.002 | 0033 | Correction of minimum number of paging blocks available on one PCCCH |
45.002 | 0037 | Correction of MAC mode allowed for multislot class 12, 22 and 27 |
45.002 | 0040 rev 1 | Multiplexing PDTCH/U,PACCH/U and PCCCH/U |
45.002 | 0040 rev 2 | Multiplexing PDTCH/U,PACCH/U and PCCCH/U |
45.002 | 0043 | Removal of Fixed Allocation |
45.002 | 0052 | Removal of Fixed Allocation |
45.005 | 0031 | Alignment to 04.18 for the definition of the BAND_INDICATOR field |
45.005 | 0032 | Alignment to 04.18 for the definition of the BAND_INDICATOR field |
45.005 | 0292 | Removal T-GSM 900 |
45.005 | 0293 | Removal T-GSM 900 |
45.005 | 0294 | Removal T-GSM 900 |
45.008 | 0002 | GPRS neighbour cell measurement exceptions |
45.008 | 0004 | GPRS cell reselection with Packet Measurement Order |
45.008 | 0004 rev 1 | GPRS cell reselection with Packet Measurement Order |
45.008 | 0009 | Handling of missing gamma values |
45.008 | 0010 | Removal of Anonymous Access |
45.008 | 0011 | Measurements during polling response transmission |
45.008 | 0012 | Fine tuning of GPRS cell reselection |
45.008 | 0017 rev 1 | Blind Cell re-selection synchronisation failure |
45.008 | 0018 rev 1 | Blind Cell re-selection synchronisation failure |
45.008 | 0084 | Adjacent BSIC decoding and multislot configurations in extended dynamic allocation |
45.008 | 0085 | Adjacent BSIC decoding and multislot configurations in extended dynamic allocation |
45.008 | 0087 | Conversion of cell re-selection parameters |
45.008 | 0088 | Conversion of cell re-selection parameters |
45.008 | 0088 rev 2 | Conversion of cell re-selection parameters |
45.008 | 0095 | Removal of Fixed Allocation |
45.008 | 0108 | Correction of the initial value of C when entering in packet transfer mode |
45.008 | 0110 rev 1 | Corrrection SIGN_VAR computation |
45.008 | 0129 rev 1 | Correction: validity period of NC_FREQUENCY_LIST |
45.008 | 0130 rev 1 | Correction: validity period of NC_FREQUENCY_LIST |
45.008 | 0138 | Clarification to MS output power |
45.008 | 0142 rev 2 | Clarification to cell selection parameter acquisition from neighbour cells while in packet idle mode in a cell witout PCCCH |
45.008 | 0143 rev 1 | Clarification to cells reselection list to use for an MS autonomous cell reselection |
45.008 | 0144 rev 1 | Clarification to GPRS cell reselection use in Packet Measurement Order message |
45.008 | 0145 rev 2 | RX_QUAL value clarification |
45.008 | 0169 rev 1 | Correction on Cell re-selection parameter acquisition for additional neighbour cells |
45.008 | 0199 rev 1 | Correction of applicability of NC measurement reporting parameters in context with dedicated mode connections |
45.008 | 0200 rev 1 | Correction of applicability of NC measurement reporting parameters in context with dedicated mode connections |
45.008 | 0201 rev 1 | Correction of applicability of NC measurement reporting parameters in context with dedicated mode connections |
45.008 | 0329 rev 2 | Radio blocks for channel quality reporting |
45.010 | 0020 | Clarification on USF decoding reaction time on reception of a new assignment |
45.010 | 0027 rev 1 | MS reaction time upon reception of assignment message on CCCH |
45.010 | 0028 rev 1 | MS reaction time upon reception of assignment message on CCCH |
48.008 | 0004 | DTM: correction to DTM information in Old BSS to new BSS Information IE |
48.008 | 0005 | DTM: deletion of reference to PDSS2 |
48.008 | 0006 | DTM: clarification of the use of the COMMOM ID message |
48.008 | 0006 rev 1 | DTM: clarification of the use of the COMMOM ID message |
48.008 | 0006 rev 2 | DTM: clarification of the use of the COMMOM ID message |
48.008 | 0012 | Correction of coding of signalling field element |
48.008 | 0015 | Addition of CTM (Cellular Text Telephone Modem) indication |
48.008 | 0016 | Partial Roaming - Relocation Failure Cause Hutchison 3G |
48.008 | 0016 rev 1 | Clarification of Asymmetry indication |
48.008 | 0019 | Use of SAI in Handover Performed after GSM to UMTS handover |
48.008 | 0042 rev 2 | Exchange of cell traffic load information using the handover procedure |
48.008 | 0044 | Introduction of CS data within GERAN Classmark and GERAN BSC Container |
48.016 | 0001 | Clarification of SNS message use in GB/IP and SNS ADD message error case implications |
48.016 | 0001 rev 1 | Clarification of SNS message use in GB/IP and SNS ADD message error case implications |
48.016 | 0004 | Blocking procedure in case of Test procedure failure for a blocked NS-VC |
48.018 | 0020 rev 1 | Rate of transmission of flow control packets on the Gb interface |
48.018 | 0022 | Corrections to 48.018 |
48.018 | 0024 | Cause 'BVCI Unknown' allowed in STATUS PDU |
48.018 | 0025 | Clarification on the PDU lifetime |
48.018 | 0025 rev 1 | Clarification on the PDU lifetime IE |
48.018 | 0026 | SGSN behaviour upon receipt of a BSSGP RADIO STATUS PDU |
48.018 | 0028 | Bucket indicator, bucket filled ratio |
48.018 | 0029 | Rate of transmission of flow control packets on Gb interface |
48.018 | 0029 rev 1 | Rate of transmission of flow control packets on Gb interface |
48.018 | 0029 rev 2 | Rate of transmission of flow control packets on Gb interface |
48.018 | 0030 | Removal of BVC Reset / BVC blocking procedure contradiction |
48.018 | 0030 rev 1 | Removal of BVC Reset / BVC blocking procedure contradiction |
48.018 | 0032 | Rate of transmission of flow control packets on Gb interface |
48.018 | 0032 rev 1 | Rate of transmission of flow control packets on Gb interface |
48.018 | 0033 | Bucket indicator, bucket filled ratio |
48.018 | 0034 | BVC unblocking and BVC reset procedures interleaving |
48.018 | 0035 | Bucket indicator, bucket filled ratio |
48.018 | 0036 | BVC unblocking and BVC reset procedures interleaving |
48.018 | 0036 rev 1 | BVC unblocking and BVC reset procedures interleaving |
48.018 | 0038 rev 2 | Inter-NSE rerouting of DL LLC PDUs |
48.018 | 0042 | Inter-NSE rerouting of DL LLC PDUs |
48.018 | 0043 | SGSN behaviour during rerouting of DL LLC PDUs |
48.018 | 0044 | BVC-RESET in case of SGSN / Gb failures |
48.018 | 0045 | BVC-RESET in case of SGSN / Gb failures |
48.018 | 0064 | Clarification regarding the purpose of the guard timer in the FLUSH procedure |
48.018 | 0065 | Correction to PFC transfer procedure upon cell change |
48.018 | 0065 rev 1 | Correction to PFC transfer procedure upon cell change |
48.018 | 0065 rev 2 | Correction to PFC transfer procedure upon cell change |
48.018 | 0065 rev 3 | Correction to PFC transfer procedure upon cell change |
48.018 | 0066 | Correction to PFC transfer procedure upon cell change |
48.018 | 0066 rev 1 | Correction to PFC transfer procedure upon cell change |
48.018 | 0066 rev 2 | Correction to PFC transfer procedure upon cell change |
48.018 | 0066 rev 3 | Correction to PFC transfer procedure upon cell change |
48.018 | 0068 | Removal of Fixed Allocation |
48.018 | 0069 | Optional guard timer in the FLUSH procedure |
48.018 | 0071 | Removal of an inconsistency in LLC DISCARDED description |
48.018 | 0071 rev 1 | Removal of an inconsistency in LLC DISCARDED description |
48.018 | 0072 | Removal of an inconsistency in LLC DISCARDED description |
48.018 | 0072 rev 1 | Removal of an inconsistency in LLC DISCARDED description |
48.018 | 0072 rev 2 | Removal of an inconsistency in LLC DISCARDED description |
48.018 | 0073 | Removal of an inconsistency in BVC Reset procedure description |
48.018 | 0073 rev 1 | Removal of an inconsistency in BVC Reset procedure description |
51.010-1 | 0000 | Combined routing area updating / rejected / roaming not allowed in this location area |
51.010-1 | 0001 | Applicabilty of 2 new GPRS tests 20.22.8 and 20.22.9 |
51.010-1 | 0038 | Clarification of GPRS Receive Initial Conditions |
51.010-1 | 0039 | Clarification of GPRS Transmitter Initial Conditions |
51.010-1 | 0040 | Clarification of GPRS Timing advance and absolute delay Conditions |
51.010-1 | 0043 | Medium Access Control (MAC) Medium Access Control (MAC) Procedures on PCCCH in idle mode |
51.010-1 | 0044 | Dynamic Allocation in Packet Transfer Mode |
51.010-1 | 0045 | TC’s section 41 – Channel combination v) instead of iv) and vii) |
51.010-1 | 0046 | The ARFCN list encoding for DCS in 42.1.2.2.3 cannot use Bit Map 0 format. |
51.010-1 | 0047 | Incorrect References in Specific Message Contents of 41.1.3 |
51.010-1 | 0048 | Mis-alignment between the “Test Procedure” and “Expected Sequence” of test case 42.3.1.1.7. |
51.010-1 | 0049 | Test case 42.3.1.1.4 - inconsistencies between “Test Procedure” and “Expected Sequence” along with chronologically errors in “Expected Sequence” |
51.010-1 | 0050 | GPRS Paging tests on CCCH for GPRS service |
51.010-1 | 0051 | TC 41.2.2.4 – Correction of Expected sequence numbering |
51.010-1 | 0052 | TC 41.2.3.1 – Correction of Specific message contents |
51.010-1 | 0053 | TC 41.2.3.2 – Correction of Specific message contents |
51.010-1 | 0054 | TC 41.2.6.1 – Editorial modification of Section numbering |
51.010-1 | 0055 | TBF release |
51.010-1 | 0056 | GPRS Paging tests on PACCH for circuit-switched services |
51.010-1 | 0057 | SS Initial Conditions of 41.1 |
51.010-1 | 0058 | Incorrect quotations from 0408 leading to unnecessary requirements in 41.1.5. |
51.010-1 | 0059 | 41.1.2 Applicability, SS Broadcast Information and Pack Paging Request 1A MI Types |
51.010-1 | 0060 | Incorrect “timeslot allocation” value in 42.1.2.1.6 PSI type 2 message contents |
51.010-1 | 0061 | Correction of GPRS Mobility Management |
51.010-1 | 0062 | Measurement Reports and Cell Change Order Procedures |
51.010-1 | 0063 | TC 41.4.2.1 – Not tested Conformance requiremens removed. Corrections in Test purpose, Expected sequence. |
51.010-1 | 0064 | Various Errors and Updates in Section 40 |
51.010-1 | 0065 | GPRS SNDCP Tests |
51.010-1 | 0066 | GPRS Receive Tests |
51.010-1 | 0069 | Clauses 41.2.3.1 and 41.2.3.2 on IA Rest Octets discrepancy. |
51.010-1 | 0084 | SS Needs To Send GMM INFORMATION In-Order That MS Deletes Old P-TMSI In 44.2.3.1.1. |
51.010-1 | 0085 | 41.2.8.1.2 Uplink Data Transfer Should Be Terminated by PACKET UPLINK ACK/NAK With FAI Set. |
51.010-1 | 0086 | 44.2.5.2.1 Test Method (Expected Sequence) Correction |
51.010-1 | 0088 | Updates to the Applicability table |
51.010-1 | 0089 | Heading numbering error in one LLC test |
51.010-1 | 0090 | Paging on PCCCH for GPRS service with IMSI |
51.010-1 | 0100 | Wrong specific message content deleted. |
51.010-1 | 0101 | Steps added in the Expected sequence |
51.010-1 | 0102 | 44.2.3.2.5.3.2 Test Method (Expected Sequence) Corrections. |
51.010-1 | 0114 | LLC testcases 46.1.2.2.2.3, 46.1.2.6.2, 46.1.2.7.6 corrections |
51.010-1 | 0115 | Macro for downlink TBF establishment (PBCCH not present) |
51.010-1 | 0116 | Section 43 numbering correction |
51.010-1 | 0117 | Checking only the number of SABM retransmissions |
51.010-1 | 0118 | GPRS RLC Test Cases section 43 |
51.010-1 | 0119 | Wrong reference to table 42.2.1.1 |
51.010-1 | 0135 | clause 40 – GPRS default conditions, message contents and macros |
51.010-1 | 0136 | clause 44.2.5.2.3 - Ciphering mode / IMEISV request |
51.010-1 | 0137 | clause 44.2.3.2.9 - Combined routing area updating / abnormal cases / change of cell during routing area updating procedure |
51.010-1 | 0138 | clause 44.2.5.2.1 - Ciphering mode / start ciphering |
51.010-1 | 0139 | SNDCP test “Response from MS on receiving XID request from the SS” |
51.010-1 | 0140 | Corrections and clarification of the GPRS defaults section 40. |
51.010-1 | 0141 | 41.2 RR procedures on CCCH related to temporary block flow establishment |
51.010-1 | 0142 | clause 41.3.4.2 TBF Release / Downlink / Normal / Network initiated / Unacknowledged mode |
51.010-1 | 0143 | Correction of reaction time check in section 42.2.2.11 |
51.010-1 | 0144 | GPRS MAC Dynamic Allocation Test Case 42.3.1.2.1 |
51.010-1 | 0145 | Additional GPRS Conformance Tests for Network Controlled Reselection |
51.010-1 | 0146 | 42.5.1.1 Downlink Transfer / Normal operation / Relative encoding TBF starting time |
51.010-1 | 0147 | Stall Indicator usage clarification |
51.010-1 | 0148 | GMM Procedure timeout during GPRS Detach or Combined routing area updating |
51.010-1 | 0149 | 44.2.1.2.7 TMSI Status Check Not Required In ATTACH REQUEST and MS Will Always Respond To Paging With IMSI. |
51.010-1 | 0150 | Use of the Allocation bitmap in accordance with the value of T3168 |
51.010-1 | 0151 | Permission to access the network – setting of priority for data transfer |
51.010-1 | 0152 | SS Needs To Send Packet Paging Request or a Paging Request Type 1 In 44.2.1.1.1. |
51.010-1 | 0153 | Corrections To The Test Method Of 44.2.1.2.1 |
51.010-1 | 0154 | Test Duration of 44.2.3.3.1 Calls Periodic Location Update Timer To Be Disabled |
51.010-1 | 0156 | Various Corrections To The Procedures Of Test Case 44.2.1.1.5 |
51.010-1 | 0157 | 44.2.3.3.2 Peridic routing area updating / accepted / T3312 default value |
51.010-1 | 0158 | 44.2.3.3.3 Peridic routing area updating / no cell available / Network mode I and 44.2.3.3.4 Combined routing area updating / no cell available |
51.010-1 | 0155 | Cells Used In The Testing Of Reject Cause ‘PLMN not allowed’ Should Not Have The Home PLMN and the Location Update Procedure Is Not Initalted By A Mobile in Mode C “GPRS”(44.2.1.1.4) |
51.010-1 | 0159 | 44.2.1.2.3 Combined GPRS attach / GPRS attach while IMSI attach |
51.010-1 | 0160 | 44.2.2.1.2 GPRS detach / accepted |
51.010-1 | 0161 | Corrections To The Test Method Of 45_2_1_1 |
51.010-1 | 0162 | Procedure, Expected Sequence and Default Message Corrections To 45.2.2 |
51.010-1 | 0163 | clause 44.2.5.1.1 - Authentication accepted |
51.010-1 | 0164 | clause 44.2.5.2.2- Ciphering mode / stop ciphering |
51.010-1 | 0165 | clause 44.2.3.1.2- Routing area updating / rejected / IMSI invalid / illegal ME |
51.010-1 | 0166 | clause 44.2.6 - Identification procedure |
51.010-1 | 0167 | clause 44.2.3.1.6- Routing area updating / abnormal cases / change of cell into new routing area |
51.010-1 | 0168 | clause 44.2.3.2.8- Combined routing area updating / abnormal cases / change of cell into new routing area |
51.010-1 | 0169 | clause 44.2.3.1.4- Routing area updating / rejected / location area not allowed |
51.010-1 | 0170 | clause 44.2.1.1.1- GPRS attach / accepted |
51.010-1 | 0171 | 41.3.2.1 TBF Release / Uplink / Normal / Network initiated / Acknowledged mode and 41.3.2.2 TBF Release / Uplink / Normal / Network initiated / Unacknowledged mode |
51.010-1 | 0199 | Clause 42.2.4.4 - PACKET ACCESS REJECT without wait indication |
51.010-1 | 0200 | Wrong default values for GAMMA and starting time parameters in Testcase 41.1.5.1.1 |
51.010-1 | 0201 | Not all allowed Random References should be used by the MS concerning Testcase 41.2.2.3 |
51.010-1 | 0202 | Clause 43 RLC Test Cases |
51.010-1 | 0203 | Clause 44.2.1.2.3 - Combined GPRS attach / GPRS attach while IMSI attach |
51.010-1 | 0204 | Clause 44.2.1.2.5 - Combined GPRS attach / rejected / GPRS services and non-GPRS services not allowed |
51.010-1 | 0205 | Clause 44.2.3.2.6 - Combined routing area updating / abnormal cases / access barred due to access class control |
51.010-1 | 0206 | Clauses 44.2.1.2.4, 44.2.1.2.8, 44.2.1.2.9 |
51.010-1 | 0207 | Clause 44.2.1.2.6 - Combined GPRS attach / rejected / GPRS services not allowed |
51.010-1 | 0208 | Clauses 44.2.2 and 44.2.3 |
51.010-1 | 0209 | Clause 44.2.1.2.7 - Combined GPRS attach / rejected / location area not allowed |
51.010-1 | 0210 | 44.2.1.1.2 GPRS attach / rejected / IMSI invalid / illegal MS |
51.010-1 | 0211 | 44.2.1.1.5 GPRS attach / rejected / roaming not allowed in this location area |
51.010-1 | 0212 | 44.2.1.2.4 Combined GPRS attach / rejected / IMSI invalid / illegal ME |
51.010-1 | 0213 | Corrections To The Test Method Of 41.1.2 |
51.010-1 | 0214 | 41.3.4 - Repetition Requirements and step numbering |
51.010-1 | 0215 | 42.1.1.4.3 Packet Channel Request / Access persistence control on PRACH / Successive Attempts |
51.010-1 | 0216 | Corrections and clarification of the GPRS defaults section 40 |
51.010-1 | 0217 | 44.2.4 - Omission. Of requirement to power down MS for 10 seconds |
51.010-1 | 0218 | 42.1.2.1.5 - Switching off / powering down the MS |
51.010-1 | 0219 | Extended the use of the “Location Update” Macro defined in section 40 for the GMM test cases |
51.010-1 | 0220 | 44.2.2.2.2 Location Update Following Change of LAI (PLMN) in MS Mode B Test |
51.010-1 | 0221 | 44.2.3.3.3 Periodic routing area updating / no cell available / Network mode I |
51.010-1 | 0222 | Wrong precision in step 4 of TC 42.1.2.1.1.1 |
51.010-1 | 0223 | Clause 40.5 – Test PDP contexts |
51.010-1 | 0224 | Clause 42.1.2.1.10.2 Packet Uplink Assignment / Abnormal cases / Expiry of timer T3164 |
51.010-1 | 0229 | GPRS Cell Selection Test Case 20.22.3 Priority of cells |
51.010-1 | 0235 | GPRS Cell Selection / Reselection |
51.010-1 | 0240 | Corrections to sections 20.22 – 20.22.9 |
51.010-1 | 0264 | Annex 4 - Addition of GPRS service |
51.010-1 | 0265 | Acknowledged mode / Uplink TBF / Transmit window size, in Section 43.1.1.2 |
51.010-1 | 0266 | Paging correction and GPRS resume indication in section 44.2.2.2.5 |
51.010-1 | 0267 | Additional Location Update procedures in section 44.2.3.1.4 |
51.010-1 | 0268 | Editorial modification to section 41.1.4.1 |
51.010-1 | 0269 | Inserted time for ready timer expiry and removed TMSI status IE in section 44.2.3.3.2 |
51.010-1 | 0270 | Changed timer references in section 44.2.5.1.2 |
51.010-1 | 0271 | 42.1.2.1.10.2 Incorrect Number of Packet Access Re-Attempts |
51.010-1 | 0272 | 42.2.2.11.2 Generic Procedure for Open Ended TBF & Irrelevant Conformance Requirement : Dynamic/Fixed Allocation & Definition and Applicability : Frequency Support |
51.010-1 | 0273 | 42.2.2.7.3 Conformance Requirements Inconsistent with Test Purpose and Expected Sequence : Repeat Allocation & New Allocation Bitmap Valid From TBF Starting Time |
51.010-1 | 0274 | 42.2.3.2.1 Generic Procedure for Open Ended TBF & PACKET TBF RELEASE |
51.010-1 | 0275 | 42.2.3.2.1 Generic Procedure for Open Ended TBF & PACKET TBF RELEASE |
51.010-1 | 0276 | GSM 700 and GSM850 inclusion into clause 42 |
51.010-1 | 0277 | Fixed Allocation ALLOCATION BITMAP clarifications in section 42.2.2.6.1 and 42.2.2.8.1 |
51.010-1 | 0278 | GPRS resume indication and Attach Accept contents in section 44.2.1.2.1 |
51.010-1 | 0279 | A Minor Test Requirement Error In The Sequence of 44.2.1.2.6 |
51.010-1 | 0280 | Attach Accept contents in sections 44.2.1.1.1, 44.2.1.1.7, 44.2.2.1.2, 44.2.2.1.3, 44.2.3.1.7, 44.2.4 |
51.010-1 | 0281 | GPRS Resume indication in sections 44.2.1.2.4, 44.2.1.2.5, 44.2.1.2.6, 44.2.1.2.7, 44.2.1.2.8, 44.2.1.2.9, 44.2.2.1.7, 44.2.2.2.3 and 44.2.2.2.4 |
51.010-1 | 0282 | Added Location Update procedure and changed Attach Accept contents in section 44.2.3.1.2 |
51.010-1 | 0283 | Changed Attach Accept contents and Initial conditions in section 44.2.3.1.5 |
51.010-1 | 0284 | Several changes to section 44.2.3.2.3 |
51.010-1 | 0285 | Changed title and removed location update in section 44.2.3.3.4 |
51.010-1 | 0286 | MS may answer to paging in section 44.2.1.2.2.3.2, 44.2.3.2.5.3.1 and 44.2.3.2.5.3.2 |
51.010-1 | 0287 | 42.4.2.1.4 Error Cause in PACKET CELL CHANGE FAILURE |
51.010-1 | 0288 | 42.4.2.2.1 Incorrect Establishment Cause in PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST |
51.010-1 | 0289 | Corrections to sections 42.4.1.1 and 42.4.2.1 |
51.010-1 | 0290 | Clause 44.2.2.2.4 GPRS detach / re-attach requested / accepted |
51.010-1 | 0291 | Clause 46.1.2.2.2.3 Busy condition at the peer, with ACK sent for resumption of transmission |
51.010-1 | 0292 | GSM 700 and GSM850 inclusion into 51.010-1 clause 40 |
51.010-1 | 0293 | 44.2.3.2.5.3.2 Test Procedure 2 Correction to initial conditions. |
51.010-1 | 0294 | Proposal to change requirements for the number of RLC octets sent in uplink data transfer test cases. |
51.010-1 | 0295 | Section 40 Need To Define Alternate Frequencies For Assignment Commands When PBCCH/PCCCH Uses Hopping |
51.010-1 | 0296 | Modification of conformance requirement concerning test case 45.5.1 : Unknown or Unforeseen Transaction Identifier/Non-semantical Mandatory Information Element Errors. |
51.010-1 | 0297 | Comments related to XID response in LLC Testcases 46.1.2.7.1 and 46.1.2.7.4 |
51.010-1 | 0298 | Correction in message direction for GMM Testcase 44.2.2.1.7 |
51.010-1 | 0299 | Possible MM Location Update for Non-Auto Attach MS |
51.010-1 | 0300 | 42.1.1.3 Initial Conditions Incorrect for RLC Unacknowledged Mode Test |
51.010-1 | 0301 | 42.1.2.1.1.1 Incorrect Use of FRAME_NUMBER in PACKET QUEUING NOTIFICATION & Possible MM Location Update for Non-Auto Attach MS |
51.010-1 | 0302 | 42.1.2.1.9.3 Inconsistent RLC Mode in Initial Conditions and Test Procedure |
51.010-1 | 0303 | 42.2.1.1/1b, 42.2.1.2/1b and 42.2.1.2/2b Use of 11-bit PRACH Format on RACH |
51.010-1 | 0304 | PACKET POLLING REQ RRBP Interpretation |
51.010-1 | 0305 | 42.2.2.11.1 Generic Procedure for Open Ended TBF |
51.010-1 | 0306 | 42.2.2.11.3 Generic Procedure for Open Ended TBF & Conformance Requirement : Abnormal Release |
51.010-1 | 0307 | Incorrect T3188 Start Condition |
51.010-1 | 0308 | 42.2.3.3.1 Generic Procedure for Open Ended TBF & PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST on CCCH |
51.010-1 | 0309 | 42.2.4.4.1 Conformance Requirement Changed : Re-Attempt Packet Access |
51.010-1 | 0310 | 42.3.1.1.4 Incorrect Expected Sequence for Uplink TBF Establishment |
51.010-1 | 0311 | 42.3.2.1.1 PACKET CONTROL ACK & Commencement of Downlink Data Blocks |
51.010-1 | 0312 | 42.3.2.1.2 Violation of Ttb Class 2/3 MS |
51.010-1 | 0313 | 42.3.3.1.1 Expected Sequence Table for SMS + 1 PDP Context Test |
51.010-1 | 0314 | 42.3.3.1.2 Expected Sequence Table for SMS + 1 PDP Context Test & Radio Priorites for SMS and PDP Context 5 |
51.010-1 | 0315 | Radio Priority for SMS |
51.010-1 | 0316 | 42.4.1.2 Ready Timer and Cell Update Procedures |
51.010-1 | 0317 | 42.5.2.1 No Timing Advance Value Allocated & Commencement of Downlink RLC Data Blocks & Completion of Downlink Data Transfer |
51.010-1 | 0318 | Correction to section 41.2.5.1 Packet access rejection / wait indication |
51.010-1 | 0319 | Clause 40.1. Default test conditions (Definition of Cell C-F) |
51.010-1 | 0320 | Clause 40 – GPRS default conditions, message contents and macros |
51.010-1 | 0321 | 45.2.1.2.1 QoS Accepted by MS; 45.5. Unknown or Unforeseen Transaction Identifier/Non-semantical Mandatory Information Element Errors |
51.010-1 | 0339 | 6.2 – Full hopping lists invalid for GPRS Generic Procedures |
51.010-1 | 0340 | clause 40 – GPRS default conditions, message contents and macros. |
51.010-1 | 0341 | Sec 44.2.1.1.1 GPRS attach / accepted |
51.010-1 | 0342 | clause 44.2.1.1.3: Modifications to Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 0343 | Sec: 44.2.1.1.4 GPRS attach / rejected / PLMN not allowed, 44.2.3.2.4 Combined routing area updating / rejected / PLMN not allowed |
51.010-1 | 0344 | clause 44.2.1.1.6: Various Modifications |
51.010-1 | 0345 | clause 44.2.1.2.2 |
51.010-1 | 0346 | clause 44.2.1.2.3 |
51.010-1 | 0347 | Sec 44.2.1.2.4 Combined GPRS attach / rejected / IMSI invalid / illegal ME |
51.010-1 | 0348 | clause 44.2.1.2.5 |
51.010-1 | 0349 | 44.2.1.2.6 Need to ensure mobile performs IMSI Attach procedure. |
51.010-1 | 0350 | Sec 44.2.1.2.7 Combined GPRS attach / rejected / location area not allowed |
51.010-1 | 0351 | clause 44.2.1.2.8 |
51.010-1 | 0352 | clause 44.2.2.1.2: Correction of Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 0353 | Sec 44.2.2.1.2 GPRS detach / accepted |
51.010-1 | 0354 | clause 44.2.2.1.3: Various Corrections |
51.010-1 | 0355 | clause 44.2.2.1.4: Correction of Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 0356 | clause 44.2.2.1.8: Correction of Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 0357 | Sec 44.2.2.2.1 GPRS detach / re-attach not required / accepted |
51.010-1 | 0358 | clause 44.2.2.2.2: Correction of Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 0359 | clause 44.2.2.2.5: Correction of Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 0360 | Sec 44.2.3.1.2 Routing area updating / rejected / IMSI invalid / illegal ME |
51.010-1 | 0361 | clause 44.2.3.1.2 |
51.010-1 | 0362 | Sec 44.2.3.1.3 Routing area updating / rejected / MS identity cannot be derived by the network |
51.010-1 | 0363 | clause 44.2.3.1.3 |
51.010-1 | 0364 | clause 44.2.3.1.4 |
51.010-1 | 0365 | clause 44.2.3.1.6 |
51.010-1 | 0366 | clause 44.2.3.1.7 |
51.010-1 | 0367 | clause 44.2.3.1.8 |
51.010-1 | 0368 | 44.2.3.2.2 – Circuit switch call handover not indicated in test description |
51.010-1 | 0369 | clause 44.2.3.2.3: Various Corrections of Test Procedure 2 |
51.010-1 | 0370 | 44.2.3.2.4 GMM Cause # 11 “PLMN Not Allowed” Used on HPLMN & MM Location Update for Non-Auto Attach MSs missing |
51.010-1 | 0371 | 44.2.3.2.5 GMM Cause # 13 “Roaming Not Allowed in this Location Area” Used on HPLMN & MM Location Update for Non-Auto Attach MSs not included. |
51.010-1 | 0372 | clause 44.2.3.2.6: Various Corrections |
51.010-1 | 0373 | clause 44.2.3.2.7: Various Corrections |
51.010-1 | 0374 | Update type should be ‘combined RA/LA updating with IMSI attach ‘ in section 44.2.3.3.3 |
51.010-1 | 0375 | Sec 44.2.5.1.2 Authentication rejected |
51.010-1 | 0376 | 44.2.5.2.2 Conformance Requirement 2 Inconsistent with Test Case Title and Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 0377 | 45.2.1.1 – need to prevent MS starting update procedure |
51.010-1 | 0378 | Sec 45.2.1.1 Attach initiated by context activation/QoS Offered by Network is the QoS Requested |
51.010-1 | 0379 | 45.2.2 – Extension of reject cause to match conformance requirement |
51.010-1 | 0380 | Sec 45.2.4.2 Collision of MS initiated and network requested PDP context activation |
51.010-1 | 0381 | Sec 46.1.2.2.2.2 Busy condition at the peer, with RR sent for resumption of transmission |
51.010-1 | 0382 | Correction to section 45.5.1 Error cases |
51.010-1 | 0383 | GPRS Attach Type in NMO I |
51.010-1 | 0384 | clause 44.2.3.1.5 |
51.010-1 | 0436 | clause 44.2.1.2.8 - Combined GPRS attach / abnormal cases / attempt counter check / miscellaneous reject causes (Rel 4) |
51.010-1 | 0437 | Clause 44.2.2.1.4 - GPRS detach / abnormal cases / GMM common procedure collision (Rel 4) |
51.010-1 | 0438 | Clause 44.2.3.1.4 - Routing area updating / rejected / location area not allowed (Rel 4) |
51.010-1 | 0439 | Clause 44.2.3.1.6 - Routing area updating / abnormal cases / change of cell into new routing area (Rel 4) |
51.010-1 | 0440 | Clause 44.2.3.2.5 - Combined routing area updating / rejected / roaming not allowed in this location area (Rel 4) |
51.010-1 | 0443 | Clause 46.1.2.2.2.4 - SACK frame (Rel 4) |
51.010-1 | 0444 | Clause 46.1.2.2.3.3 - SACK frame (Rel 4) |
51.010-1 | 0445 | Clause 46.1.2.7.8 - XID Response with out of range values (Rel 4) |
51.010-1 | 0446 | Clause 44.2.2.2.1 - GPRS detach / re-attach not required / accepted (Rel 4) |
51.010-1 | 0447 | Clause 44.2.1.2.9 - Combined GPRS attach / abnormal cases / GPRS detach procedure collision (Rel 4) |
51.010-1 | 0448 | Clause 45.2.1.1 - Attach initiated by context activation/QoS Offered by Network is the QoS Requested (Rel 4) |
51.010-1 | 0461 | Correction to section 44.2.1.2.7 - Combined GPRS attach / rejected / location area not allowed (Rel 4) |
51.010-1 | 0462 rev 1 | Correction to section 44.2.2.1.6; 44.2.2.1.7; 44.2.2.1.8 and 44.2.2.1.9 - MS initiated GPRS detach procedure (Rel 4) |
51.010-1 | 0463 | Correction to section 44.2.5.2.1 - Ciphering mode / start ciphering (Rel 4) |
51.010-1 | 0476 rev 1 | on 51.010-1 testcase 41.2.3.10 Access burst content is not correct |
51.010-1 | 0491 | Correction to section 44.2.3.2.5 - Combined routing area updating / rejected / roaming not allowed in this location area |
51.010-1 | 0495 rev 1 | Sec 45.2.4.2: Collision of MS initiated and network requested PDP context activation (case 1) |
51.010-1 | 0497 | Sec 44.2.2.1.7: GPRS detach / accepted / IMSI detach |
51.010-1 | 0502 | Clause 44.2.3.2.3.3.2 - Correction of Detach Type |
51.010-1 | 0503 rev 1 | Clause 44.2.3.2.7 - Insertion of a Location Update macro |
51.010-1 | 0504 | Clause 44.2.3.3.3 - Various corrections |
51.010-1 | 0505 rev 1 | Clause 44.2.5.1.2 - Various corrections |
51.010-1 | 0506 rev 1 | Clause 44.2.5.2.2 - Various corrections |
51.010-1 | 0507 rev 1 | Clause 44.2.5.2.3 - Various corrections |
51.010-1 | 0513 | Clause 44.2.1.2.6 Combined GPRS attach / rejected / GPRS services not allowed |
51.010-1 | 0516 | Test case 45.3.1 - PDP context modification |
51.010-1 | 0525 | Clause 40 Missing correction of binary value |
51.010-1 | 0529 | Extension of reject causes to match conformance requirements |
51.010-1 | 0529 rev 1 | Extension of reject causes to match conformance requirements |
51.010-1 | 0534 | Correction to 41.2.3.9 One phase packet access / TBF starting time |
51.010-1 | 0534 rev 1 | Correction to 41.2.3.9 One phase packet access / TBF starting time |
51.010-1 | 0534 rev 2 | 41.2.3.9 One phase packet access / TBF starting time |
51.010-1 | 0535 | PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message (fixed allocation) |
51.010-1 | 0536 | GPRS default conditions, message contents and macros. |
51.010-1 | 0536 rev 1 | 51.010-1 clause 40 - GPRS default conditions, message contents and macros. |
51.010-1 | 0537 | Co-channel rejection for packet channels |
51.010-1 | 0540 | Mobile Station (MS) conformance specification |
51.010-1 | 0541 rev 1 | on 51.010 Sec 44.2.5.1.2 Authentication rejected |
51.010-1 | 0542 | Incompatibility between PDP context activated and the access procedure in section 42.2.2 |
51.010-1 | 0543 | Test case 42.1.1.3 specified in a wrong way |
51.010-1 | 0544 | Some steps needed for Test case 41.3.1.1 |
51.010-1 | 0544 rev 1 | Some steps needed for Test case 41.3.1.1 |
51.010-1 | 0545 | Rmoval of a param not existent in PSI_1 for Test case 41.1.1.3 |
51.010-1 | 0546 | Test 2.3.1.1.2 specified in a wrong way (T3180 could expire). |
51.010-1 | 0546 rev 1 | Test 42.3.1.1.2 specified in a wrong way (T3180 could expire) |
51.010-1 | 0547 | PACKET DOWNLINK DUMMY CTRL message does not contain TFI in 42.3.1.1.6 |
51.010-1 | 0548 | Wrong use of PACKTE TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE in 42.3.2.1.1 |
51.010-1 | 0549 | TS51.010-1; Correction to section 20.22.6 and 20.22.7 – Cell Reselection. |
51.010-1 | 0549 rev 1 | TS51.010-1; Correction to section 20.22.6 and 20.22.7 – Cell Reselection. |
51.010-1 | 0549 rev 2 | TS51.010-1; Correction to section 20.22.6 and 20.22.7 – Cell Reselection. |
51.010-1 | 0550 | Correction to section 41.1.1.3 - RR / Paging / on PCCCH for GPRS service / extended paging with P-TMSI successful. |
51.010-1 | 0551 | Correction to section 41.2.3.6; 41.2.3.7; 41.2.3.10 and 41.2.3.11 - One phase packet access. |
51.010-1 | 0552 | Correction to section 41.3.2.1 - TBF Release / Uplink / Normal / Network initiated / Acknowledged mode. |
51.010-1 | 0553 | Correction to section 41.3.3 - TBF Release / Uplink / Network initiated / Abnormal release. |
51.010-1 | 0554 | Correction to section 41.3.5.2 - PDCH Release / With TIMESLOTS_AVAILABLE. |
51.010-1 | 0555 | TS51.010-1; Correction to section 42.1.2.1.8.1.1; 42.1.2.1.8.1.2; 42.1.2.1.8.1.3; 42.1.2.1.8.2.1; 42.1.2.1.8.2.2 and 42.1.2.1.8.2.3 - Packet Uplink Assignment / One phase access. |
51.010-1 | 0556 | Correction to section 43.3.1.1 - Message Content / Packet Uplink Assignment. |
51.010-1 | 0560 | Correction to section 44.2.1.2.2 - Combined GPRS attach / GPRS only attach accepted. |
51.010-1 | 0561 | Correction to section 44.2.1.2.8 - Combined GPRS attach / abnormal cases / attempt counter check / miscellaneous reject causes. |
51.010-1 | 0562 | Correction to section 44.2.3.3.4 - Periodic routing area updating / no cell available. |
51.010-1 | 0563 | Correction to sections 44.2.1.1.7; 44.2.2.1.8; 44.2.3.1.2; 44.2.3.1.3; 44.2.3.1.5; 44.2.3.1.6; 44.2.3.1.7; 44.2.3.1.8; 44.2.3.2.3; 44.2.3.2.4; 44.2.3.2.8; 44.2.3.2.9; 44.2.3.2.10 and 44.2. |
51.010-1 | 0564 | Correction to section 44.2.1.1.6 - GPRS attach / abnormal cases / access barred due to access class control. |
51.010-1 | 0566 | Combined GPRS attach / rejected / GPRS services not allowed |
51.010-1 | 0567 | Adaptive Multi Rate Signalling – RATSCCCH procedures |
51.010-1 | 0568 | Cell reselection in Packet Idle Mode |
51.010-1 | 0569 | Cell reselection in Packet Idle Mode |
51.010-1 | 0570 | Priority of cells |
51.010-1 | 0570 rev 1 | Clause 20.22.3 - Priority of cells |
51.010-1 | 0571 | PICS update for 42.1.2.1.13 Several PCCCHs supported by the cell |
51.010-1 | 0572 | Packet Uplink Assignment / One phase access / Contention resolution / Counter N3104 |
51.010-1 | 0573 | One phase packet access / Contention resolution / Counter N3104 |
51.010-1 | 0573 rev 1 | One phase packet access / Contention resolution / Counter N3104 |
51.010-1 | 0574 | Packet Uplink Assignment / One phase access / Contention resolution / Counter N3104 |
51.010-1 | 0574 rev 1 | Packet Uplink Assignment / One phase access / Contention resolution / Counter N3104 |
51.010-1 | 0574 rev 2 | Packet Uplink Assignment / One phase access / Contention resolution / Counter N3104 |
51.010-1 | 0575 | 51.010-1 : Test cases 42.2.2.1.1 / 42.2.2.1.2 - Fixed Allocation / Uplink Transfert / Normal operation |
51.010-1 | 0576 | 51.010-1 : Test cases 42.2.2.7.1 / 42.2.2.7.2 / 42.2.2.7.3 / 42.2.2.7.4 - Fixed Allocation / Uplink Transfert / MS requests new resources/ Successful |
51.010-1 | 0579 | 51.010-1 : Test cases 44.2.3.2.9 - Combined routing area updating / abnormal cases / change of cell during routing area updating procedure |
51.010-1 | 0586 | TC 14.16.2.1: Co-channel rejection for packet channels |
51.010-1 | 0587 | 42.1.2.1.6 / Decoding of frequency parameters |
51.010-1 | 0587 rev 1 | 42.1.2.1.6 / Decoding of frequency parameters |
51.010-1 | 0588 | 42.5.5.3 Downlink Transfer/ Reestablishment/ Invalid Frequency Parameters IE |
51.010-1 | 0577 | 51.010-1 : Test cases 42.2.2.6.1 / 42.2.2.6.2 / 42.2.2.6.3 / 42.2.2.6.4 / 42.2.2.6.5 / 42.2.2.7.1 / 42.2.2.7.2 / 42.2.2.7.3 / 42.2.2.7.4 / 42.2.2.7.5 / 42.2.2.8.1 / 42.2.2.8.2 - Fixed Allocation / |
51.010-1 | 0589 rev 1 | Use PDP Context 2 for acknowledged mode data transfer |
51.010-1 | 0590 | Packet Uplink Assignment - USF Granularity in Uplink Assignment Needs To Increase For Attach Request Message |
51.010-1 | 0590 rev 1 | Packet Uplink Assignment - USF Granularity in Uplink Assignment Needs To Increase For Attach Request Message |
51.010-1 | 0591 | Alignment of Test Procedure to the Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 0591 rev 1 | Alignment of Test Procedure to the Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 0593 | Change of PDP Context From 2 to 3 Required For MS To Meet Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 0593 rev 1 | Change of PDP Context From 2 to 3 Required For MS To Meet Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 0595 rev 1 | 20.22.26 – Correction of step references in Test Requirements |
51.010-1 | 0596 rev 1 | 20.22.25 – Correction of step references in Test Requirements and carrier in Procedure. |
51.010-1 | 0598 rev 1 | 20.22.23 – Correction of step references in Test Requirements |
51.010-1 | 0599 rev 1 | Correction of Procedure and Test Requirements |
51.010-1 | 0599 rev 2 | Correction of Procedure and Test Requirements |
51.010-1 | 0600 rev 1 | 20.22.18 – Correction of step references in Test Requirements |
51.010-1 | 0606 | Test cases 44.2.3.2.8 - Combined routing area updating / abnormal cases / change of cell into new routing area |
51.010-1 | 0607 | Correction to section 44.2.3.1.4 - Routing area updating / rejected / location area not allowed. |
51.010-1 | 0608 | Correction to section 44.2.3.2.6 - Combined routing area updating / abnormal cases / access barred due to access class control. |
51.010-1 | 0610 | Mobile Station (MS) conformance specification |
51.010-1 | 0610 rev 1 | Mobile Station (MS) conformance specification |
51.010-1 | 0612 | Mobile Station (MS) conformance specification |
51.010-1 | 0618 | Correction to macro in section 42.1.3.1.2 - Uplink data transfer, dynamic allocation |
51.010-1 | 0620 | Test cases 44.2.1.2.2 Combined GPRS attach / GPRS only attach accepted |
51.010-1 | 0621 | Test cases 46.1.2.3.2 Collision of SABM and DISC |
51.010-1 | 0622 | Test cases 46.1.2.5.3 Sending FRMR due to reception of an I frame information field exceeding the maximum length |
51.010-1 | 0623 | Test cases 44.2.3.3.3 Periodic routing area updating / no cell available / network mode |
51.010-1 | 0624 | Test case 46.2.2.4.1 Response from MS on receiving XID request from the SS |
51.010-1 | 0625 | Test case 46.2.2.4.2 Response from MS on receiving an XID request from the SS with an unassigned entity number |
51.010-1 | 0634 | TC 44.2.3.2.3.3.2 + TC 44.2.1.2.2.3.2 - suppression of the test on the Detach Type for the latest Detach Request |
51.010-1 | 0635 | TC 44.2.3.1.5 – Modification to allow GPRS or GSM detach first |
51.010-1 | 0650 | Too short time for C32 calculation - Time for RLA_P dependent on MS paging block |
51.010-1 | 0650 rev 1 | Too short time for C32 calculation - Time for RLA_P dependent on MS paging block |
51.010-1 | 0651 | 44.2.2.1.4 GPRS detach / abnormal cases / GMM common procedure collision |
51.010-1 | 0652 | #44.2.3.1.7 - Routing area updating / abnormal cases/ change of cell during area updating procedure |
51.010-1 | 0652 rev 1 | Routing area updating / abnormal cases / change of cell during routing area updating procedure |
51.010-1 | 0652 rev 2 | Routing area updating / abnormal cases / change of cell during routing area updating procedure |
51.010-1 | 0653 | #44.2.3.2.8 - Combined routing area updating / abnormal cases / change of cell into new routing area |
51.010-1 | 0653 rev 1 | GPRS attach / abnormal cases / change of cell into new routing area |
51.010-1 | 0653 rev 2 | GPRS attach / abnormal cases / change of cell into new routing area |
51.010-1 | 0654 | Corrections in section 40 GPRS default conditions, message contents and macros |
51.010-1 | 0654 rev 1 | Corrections in section 40 GPRS default conditions, message contents and macros |
51.010-1 | 0654 rev 2 | Corrections in section 40 GPRS default conditions, message contents and macros |
51.010-1 | 0655 | Section 40.2.3 Default contents of Layer 2 messages |
51.010-1 | 0655 rev 1 | Section 40.2.3 Default contents of Layer 2 messages |
51.010-1 | 0656 | Test case 22.4 GPRS Uplink Power Control - Independence of TS Power Control |
51.010-1 | 0657 | Test case 46.1.2.1.2 Data transmission in unprotected mode |
51.010-1 | 0658 | Test cases 46.1.2.* Correction of transferred amount of data |
51.010-1 | 0659 | Correction to section 42.1.1.4.3 - Packet Channel Request / Access persistence control on PRACH / Successive Attempts. |
51.010-1 | 0660 | Correction to section 42.1.3.2.10 - Default messages / PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message (single block allocation). |
51.010-1 | 0661 | Correction to section 44.2.1.2.2 – Combined GPRS attach / GPRS only attach accepted. |
51.010-1 | 0661 rev 1 | Correction to section 44.2.1.2.2 – Combined GPRS attach / GPRS only attach accepted. |
51.010-1 | 0662 | Correction to section 44.2.2.1.4 – GPRS detach / abnormal cases / GMM common procedure collision. |
51.010-1 | 0663 | Correction to section 44.2.3.2.3 – Combined routing area updating / RA only accepted. |
51.010-1 | 0663 rev 1 | Correction to section 44.2.3.2.3 – Combined routing area updating / RA only accepted. |
51.010-1 | 0666 | Correction to section 44.2.3.2.7 – Combined routing area updating / abnormal cases / attempt counter check / procedure timeout |
51.010-1 | 0667 | Correction to section 41.2.2.3 - Random references for one phase packet access |
51.010-1 | 0668 | Two PDCHs but only one cell needed |
51.010-1 | 0669 | Two PDCHs but only one cell needed |
51.010-1 | 0670 | Test cases 42.1.2.1.6- PSI2 in initial condition was corrected |
51.010-1 | 0670 rev 1 | Test cases 42.1.2.1.6- PSI2 in initial condition was corrected |
51.010-1 | 0671 | Test cases 42.2.2.7- PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK should be sent on only one RLC/MAC Control Block |
51.010-1 | 0671 rev 1 | Test cases 42.2.2.7- PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK should be sent on only one RLC/MAC Control Block |
51.010-1 | 0672 | 51.010-1: Test cases 42.1.2.2.3- PSI2 corrected according to section 40 |
51.010-1 | 0672 rev 1 | Test cases 42.1.2.2.3– PSI2 corrected according to section 40 |
51.010-1 | 0673 | Removal of Fixed Allocation in section 40.x - GPRS Default Conditions, Message Contents and Macros. |
51.010-1 | 0673 rev 1 | Removal of Fixed Allocation in section 40.x - GPRS Default Conditions, Message Contents and Macros |
51.010-1 | 0674 | Removal of Fixed Allocation in section 41.x - GPRS Paging, TBF establishment/release and DCCH related procedures. |
51.010-1 | 0675 | Removal of Fixed Allocation in section 42.x - Test of Medium Access Control (MAC) protocol. |
51.010-1 | 0676 | Removal of Fixed Allocation in section 43.x - RLC Test Cases. |
51.010-1 | 0681 | Change of SS verification mode of MS control block's reception |
51.010-1 | 0681 rev 1 | Change of SS verification mode of MS control block's reception |
51.010-1 | 0682 | Clause 40 - Timer tolerance for higher layer test cases |
51.010-1 | 0682 rev 1 | Clause 40 - Timer tolerance for higher layer test cases |
51.010-1 | 0685 | Correction of BSN in Steps 12 and 15 |
51.010-1 | 0686 | Correction to the value calculation of T3142 used in testcase |
51.010-1 | 0687 | Addition of optional steps to cater to MS reaction time |
51.010-1 | 0688 | Changes to type of allocation and number of octets to transfer used in testcase. |
51.010-1 | 0688 rev 1 | Changes to type of allocation and number of octets to transfer used in testcase. |
51.010-1 | 0689 | Changes to the number of octets to transfer and coding scheme used. |
51.010-1 | 0689 rev 1 | Changes to the number of octets to transfer and coding scheme used. |
51.010-1 | 0690 | Changes to Initial conditions and Testcase Initialisation |
51.010-1 | 0691 | Changes to Type of Access in Test procedure to align with Testcase. |
51.010-1 | 0692 | Removal of SM layer procedures from the testcase. |
51.010-1 | 0693 | Backwards compatibility of R99 extensions in IA Rest octets |
51.010-1 | 0694 | Change to Initial Conditions and addition of optional Location Update Macro after Step-7 |
51.010-1 | 0695 | Changes to value calculation of T3146 used in the testcase. |
51.010-1 | 0696 | Changes to Test procedure and Initial conditions |
51.010-1 | 0697 | Clause 44.2.2.1.4: Additional step added |
51.010-1 | 0699 | Clause 44.2.2.1.9: Additonnal detail at step 8 |
51.010-1 | 0699 rev 1 | Clause 44.2.2.1.9: Additonnal detail at step 8, unecessary step 10 removed |
51.010-1 | 0700 | Clause 44.2.3.3.3; Periodic routing area update / no cell available / network mode I |
51.010-1 | 0700 rev 1 | Clause 44.2.3.3.3; Periodic routing area update / no cell available / network mode I |
51.010-1 | 0701 | GPRS Receiver Tests cannot use Loopback Test Mode (b) for USF tests |
51.010-1 | 0702 | Correction of Procedure |
51.010-1 | 0703 | Removal of testcase |
51.010-1 | 0705 | Correction sequence |
51.010-1 | 0706 | Correction of Procedure Initial conditions |
51.010-1 | 0707 | Correction of Procedure Initial conditions |
51.010-1 | 0708 | Correction of Procedure and Test Requirements |
51.010-1 | 0709 | TBF Release / Uplink / Normal / MS initiated / Acknowledged mode |
51.010-1 | 0710 | Correction to sections 44.2.3.2.1; 44.2.3.2.5 |
51.010-1 | 0711 | Correction to sections 44.2.3.2.10 |
51.010-1 | 0712 | Correction to sections 44.2.3.3.3 |
51.010-1 | 0713 | PDP contexts are wrong in 46.2.2.4.1 |
51.010-1 | 0714 | Uplink data transfer is not needed in test case 46.1.2.2.1.3 |
51.010-1 | 0715 | Wrong precision of the expected N-PDU Number in Test case 46.2.2.1.3 |
51.010-1 | 0716 | Test case 46.2.2.1.1 - Wrong precision in Step 4. |
51.010-1 | 0717 | Test case 46.1.2.2.2.4 - The Unacknowledgement bitmap may exceed the window size. |
51.010-1 | 0717 rev 1 | Test case 46.1.2.2.2.4 - The Unacknowledgement bitmap may exceed the window size. |
51.010-1 | 0718 | Correction to sections 44.2.1.2.6; 44.2.3.2.1; 44.2.3.2.5; |
51.010-1 | 0719 | Test cases 46.2.2.5– deletion of T200 in step 4 |
51.010-1 | 0720 | Correction of Procedure Method of test |
51.010-1 | 0721 | Section 40, GPRS default conditions, message contents and macros – addition of missing tables and rationalisation of ARFCN allocation |
51.010-1 | 0721 rev 1 | Section 40, GPRS default conditions, message contents and macros – editorial change: PCS column moved next to GSM700 and GSM850 columns |
51.010-1 | 0721 rev 2 | Section 40, GPRS default conditions, message contents and macros – editorial change: PCS column moved next to GSM700 and GSM850 columns |
51.010-1 | 0722 | GPRS Test Cases PTMSI Signature handling. |
51.010-1 | 0722 rev 1 | GPRS Test Cases PTMSI Signature handling. |
51.010-1 | 0726 | Section 40, GPRS default conditions, message contents and macros – addition of missing tables and rationalisation of ARFCN allocation |
51.010-1 | 0726 rev 1 | Section 40, GPRS default conditions, message contents and macros – addition of missing tables and rationalisation of ARFCN allocation |
51.010-1 | 0727 | Timer 3198 is not respected in test case 41.3.1.1 |
51.010-1 | 0728 | E-OTD Sensitivity Performance |
51.010-1 | 0744 | Removal of on Incompatibility between PDP context activated and the access procedure in section 42.2.2 1 |
51.010-1 | 0745 | Removal of on Wrong use of PACKTE TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE in 42.3.2.1.1 |
51.010-1 | 0746 | Removal of Correction to section 42.1.2.1.8.1.1; 42.1.2.1.8.1.2; 42.1.2.1.8.1.3; 42.1.2.1.8.2.1; 42.1.2.1.8.2.2 and 42.1.2.1.8.2.3 - Packet Uplink Assignment / One phase access |
51.010-1 | 0747 | GPRS Test Cases PTMSI Signature handling |
51.010-1 | 0747 rev 1 | GPRS Test Cases PTMSI Signature handling |
51.010-1 | 0766 | Test cases 40.4.3.17 addition of a conditional step in the Inter-SGSN Routing Area Update Procedure. |
51.010-1 | 0766 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Test cases 40.4.3.17 addition of a conditional step in the Inter-SGSN Routing Area Update Procedure. |
51.010-1 | 0767 | Test case 46.1.2.7.6 ciphering enabled. |
51.010-1 | 0767 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Test case 46.1.2.7.6 ciphering enabled. |
51.010-1 | 0768 | Test cases 46.2.2.1.4 Wrong N-PDU number. |
51.010-1 | 0769 | Test cases 46.2.2.1.5 Wrong N-PDU numbers |
51.010-1 | 0770 | Test cases 46.2.2.4.1 Wrong PDP Contexts. |
51.010-1 | 0773 | S 44.2.3.2.7; Combined routing area updating / abnormal cases / attempt counter check / procedure timeout |
51.010-1 | 0784 | Test case 44.2.3.1.7: routing area updating / abnormal cases / change of cell during routing area updating procedure |
51.010-1 | 0799 | Correction to sections Correction to sections 44.2.2.2.5; 44.2.3.2.4; 44.2.3.2.5.3.1 |
51.010-1 | 0800 | Correction to applicability of test step in 44.2.2.2.5 - GPRS detach / rejected / location area not allowed |
51.010-1 | 0804 | 44.2.2.1.8, GPRS detach / abnormal cases / change of cell into new routing area |
51.010-1 | 0805 | 44.2.3.2.5, Combined routing area updating / rejected / roaming not allowed in this location area |
51.010-1 | 0805 rev 1 | 44.2.3.2.5, Combined routing area updating / rejected / roaming not allowed in this location area |
51.010-1 | 0819 | Correction to 46.1.2.5.2 Sending FRMR due to reception of an S frame with incorrect length |
51.010-1 | 0825 | 44.2.1.1.7 - Incorrect test on the presence of P-TMSI Signature |
51.010-1 | 0845 | 51.010-1 44.2.3.2.4 Combined routing area updating / rejected / PLMN not allowed |
51.010-1 | 0846 | 51.010-1 46.1.2.3.2 Collision of SABM and DISC |
51.010-1 | 0847 | 51.010-1 46.1.2.6.1 Simultaneous acknowledged and unacknowledged data transfer on the same SAPI |
51.010-1 | 0847 rev 1 | 51.010-1 46.1.2.6.1 Simultaneous acknowledged and unacknowledged data transfer on the same SAPI |
51.010-1 | 0847 rev 2 | 51.010-1 46.1.2.6.1 Simultaneous acknowledged and unacknowledged data transfer on the same SAPI |
51.010-1 | 0919 | 51.010-1 Section 44 - Corrections to GMM test cases to take into account the different implementations of a “non-auto attaching” MS. |
51.010-1 | 0919 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 44 - Corrections to GMM test cases to take into account the different implementations of a “non-auto attaching” MS. |
51.010-1 | 0924 | CR.51.010-1-924 Sec. 42.1.2.2.2 Packet Downlink Assignment / PCCCH monitoring |
51.010-1 | 0925 | CR.51.010-1-925 Sec. 52.1.2.2.2 Packet Downlink Assignment / PCCCH monitoring |
51.010-1 | 0926 | 51.010-1; S 45.5.1 Error cases; Adaptation to Release 99 |
51.010-1 | 0926 rev 1 | 51.010-1; S 45.5.1 Error cases; Adaptation to Release 99 |
51.010-1 | 0926 rev 2 | 51.010-1; S 45.5.1 Error cases; Adaptation to Release 99 |
51.010-1 | 0926 rev 3 | 51.010-1; S 45.5.1 Error cases; Adaptation to Release 99 |
51.010-1 | 0926 rev 4 | 51.010-1; S 45.5.1 Error cases; Adaptation to Release 99 |
51.010-1 | 0928 rev 1 | 51.010-1-928 r1 42.4.2.1.1 Use of default macro; Insertion of Dummy Control Blocks |
51.010-1 | 0929 | 51.010-1-929 52.4.2.1.1 Use of default macro; Insertion of Dummy Control Blocks |
51.010-1 | 0929 rev 1 | 51.010-1-929 r1 52.4.2.1.1 Use of default macro; Insertion of Dummy Control Blocks |
51.010-1 | 0930 rev 1 | 51.010-1-930 r1 42.4.2.3.1 Replace macro deleted from defaults, remove fixed allocation |
51.010-1 | 0931 rev 1 | 51.010-1-931 r1 52.4.2.3.1 Replace macro deleted from defaults, remove fixed allocation |
51.010-1 | 0952 rev 1 | 51.010-1-952 r1 43.1.2.4 Deletion of redundant step 5a |
51.010-1 | 0964 rev 1 | 51.010-1-964 r1 22.3 remove unnecessary constraint in initial conditions |
51.010-1 | 0966 | 51.010-1-966 Section 20.22 GPRS Cell Selection and Reselection |
51.010-1 | 0966 rev 1 | 51.010-1-966 r1 Section 20.22 GPRS Cell Selection and Reselection |
51.010-1 | 0967 | 51.010-1-967 Section 20.22.3 Priority of Cells |
51.010-1 | 0967 rev 1 | 51.010-1-967 r1 Section 20.22.3 Priority of Cells |
51.010-1 | 0968 | 51.010-1-968 Section 20.22.4 Cell re-selection with cells in different routing Area |
51.010-1 | 0968 rev 1 | 51.010-1-968 r1 Section 20.22.4 Cell re-selection with cells in different routing Area |
51.010-1 | 1008 | 51.010-1-1008 Correction of misspelling for clause 20.22.5 - Network controlled Cell re-selection in Transfer Mode - Rel-4 |
51.010-1 | 1009 | 51.010-1-1009 Clarification of of the NC used in the PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER in the Expected Sequence for clause 42.4.2.1.1 - Cell change order procedure / Uplink transfer / Normal case - Rel-4 |
51.010-1 | 1010 | 51.010-1-1010 Correction of Test Purpose and Expected Sequence for clause 42.4.2.2.1 - Cell change order procedure / Downlink transfer / Normal case - Rel-4 |
51.010-1 | 1011 | 51.010-1-1011 Various corrections in the Expected Sequence for clause 42.4.2.3.1 - Cell change order procedure / Simultaneous uplink and downlink transfer / Normal case - Rel-4 |
51.010-1 | 1024 | 51.010-1-1024 Correction of Test Purpose and Expected Sequence for clause 52.4.2.2.1 - Cell change order procedure / Downlink transfer / Normal case - Rel-4 |
51.010-1 | 1027 | Correction of Step 36 of the Expected Sequence for clause 44.2.3.2.3 - Combined routing area updating / RA only accepted |
51.010-1 | 1029 | 51.010-1-1029 TC 41.4.2.3 Immediate Assignment / Use of DCCH for Downlink TBF Establishment |
51.010-1 | 1030 | 51.010-1-1030 TC 41.4.3.2 Removal of TC 41.4.3.2 RR commands while on DCCH / Handover |
51.010-1 | 1031 | 51.010-1-1031 TC 41.4.3.3.1 PDCH Assignment Command /Successful case |
51.010-1 | 1025 | 51.010-1-1025 Various corrections in the Expected Sequence for clause 52.4.2.3.1 - Cell change order procedure / Simultaneous uplink and downlink transfer / Normal case - Rel-4 |
51.010-1 | 1032 | 51.010-1-1032 TC 41.4.3.3.2 PDCH Assignment Command / Failure / T3190 expires |
51.010-1 | 1033 | 51.010-1-1033 TC 41.4.3.4.5 Cell change order / Failure / T3134 expiry |
51.010-1 | 1034 | 51.010-1-1034 TC 41.4.3.5 RR commands while on CR DCCH / Release |
51.010-1 | 1035 | 51.010-1-1035 TC 41.4.3.6 RR commands while on DCCH / Radio link failure |
51.010-1 | 1036 | 51.010-1-1036 TC 42.2.2.6.4 Fixed Allocation / Uplink Transfer / MS requests new resources/ T3168/Stop with Packet Access Reject |
51.010-1 | 1036 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1036 r1 TC 42.2.2.6.4 Fixed Allocation / Uplink Transfer / MS requests new resources/ T3168/Stop with Packet Access Reject |
51.010-1 | 1037 | 51.010-1-1037 41.3.5.2 needs to be reworked according to dynamic allocation assignement |
51.010-1 | 1038 | 51.010-1-1038 42.1.2.1.12- wrong PSI Count High Rate and PSI1 repeat period were used |
51.010-1 | 1038 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1038 r1 42.1.2.1.12- wrong PSI Count High Rate and PSI1 repeat period were used |
51.010-1 | 1038 rev 2 | 51.010-1-1038 r2 42.1.2.1.12- wrong PSI Count High Rate and PSI1 repeat period were used |
51.010-1 | 1039 | 51.010-1-1039 43.1.1.6 - optional retransmission of BSN=0 after step 15 due to allowed reaction time of MS |
51.010-1 | 1039 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1039 r1 43.1.1.6 - optional retransmission of BSN=0 after step 15 due to allowed reaction time of MS |
51.010-1 | 1040 | 51.010-1-1040 41.2.8.2 - TBF starting time in IMMEDIATE_ASSIGNMENT |
51.010-1 | 1041 | 51.010-1-1041 42.2.4.1.2 PCA does not contain Channel Request Description IE |
51.010-1 | 1042 | 51.010-1 Test cases 46.2.2.1.4 – Modification of the amount of uplink data to transfer. |
51.010-1 | 1043 | 51.010-1; Correction to section 44.2.3.2.7 – Combined routing area updating / abnormal cases / attempt counter check / procedure timeout |
51.010-1 | 1043 rev 1 | 51.010-1; Correction to section 44.2.3.2.7 – Combined routing area updating / abnormal cases / attempt counter check / procedure timeout |
51.010-1 | 1046 | 51.010-1-1046 Removal of TBF establishment via DCCH in section 42.4.2 and 42.4.3 |
51.010-1 | 1046 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1046 r1 Removal of TBF establishment via DCCH in section 42.4.2 and 42.4.3 |
51.010-1 | 1066 | 51.010-1 Section 40 GPRS default conditions, message contents and macros |
51.010-1 | 1068 | 51.010-1-1068 Correction of Test Procedure and Test Requirements for clause 20.22.2 - Cell Selection in Packet Idle Mode |
51.010-1 | 1070 | 51.010-1 Test cases 46.2.2.1.4 – Modification of the size of uplink data to transfer |
51.010-1 | 1070 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Test cases 46.2.2.1.4 – Modification of the size of uplink data to transfer |
51.010-1 | 1072 | 51.010-1-1072 TC 41.3.5.2 correction of some steps |
51.010-1 | 1072 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1072 r1 TC 41.3.5.2 correction of some steps |
51.010-1 | 1074 | 51.010-1-1074 TC 42.1.1.4.3 should be corrected to take care of MS set to do PRACH in fixed way |
51.010-1 | 1088 | 51.010-1-1088 TC 41.3.1.2 correction of some steps |
51.010-1 | 1088 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1088 r1 TC 41.3.1.2 correction of some steps |
51.010-1 | 1132 | 51.010-1-1132 TC 42.1.1.2 Packet Channel Request / Response to Packet Paging |
51.010-1 | 1136 | 51.010-1-1136 14.16.1 Minimum Input Level for Reference Performance, USF/CS-1 and USF/CS-2 to 4 |
51.010-1 | 1137 | 51.010-1-1137 20.22.09 Correction of cell configuration in step p) |
51.010-1 | 1138 | 51.010-1-1138 20.22.12 Removal of wrong step d) |
51.010-1 | 1140 | 51.010-1-1140 20.22.3 Missing GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN for carrier 2 and GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN sepcified for BCCH |
51.010-1 | 1141 | 51.010-1-1141 20.22.4 GPRS_RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN and GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET sepcified for BCCH |
51.010-1 | 1147 | 51.010-1-1147 41.2.2.4 Initiation of the packet access procedure / timer T3146 |
51.010-1 | 1148 | 51.010-1-1148 41.3.5.2 Correction of test procedure and expected sequence in order to clarify use of multiple timeslots |
51.010-1 | 1149 | 51.010-1-1149 42.3.1.1.4 Insufficient Reaction time permitted for the MS for the DownLink Assignment in step 2 |
51.010-1 | 1149 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1149 r1 42.3.1.1.4 Insufficient Reaction time permitted for the MS for the DownLink Assignment in step 2 |
51.010-1 | 1150 | 51.010-1-1150 42.4.2.3.1 Incorect step numbering in the and missing information about USF addressing the MS in the Test steps comments |
51.010-1 | 1152 | 46.1.2.2.1.1 Move initiation of data transfer to new test step 4 |
51.010-1 | 1153 | 46.2.2.1.3 Correction of T in SN-DATA PDU in step 11 |
51.010-1 | 1154 | 46.1.2.2.2.2 - Removal of test step 6, 7, 8 and 13 |
51.010-1 | 1155 | 46.2.2.4.1 Release and re-establishment of LLC added in step 3 to 6 |
51.010-1 | 1156 | 46.1.2.2.1.4 New test step 5: Reception of an UI frame |
51.010-1 | 1156 rev 1 | 46.1.2.2.1.4 New test step 5: Reception of an UI frame |
51.010-1 | 1157 | 46.1.2.2.2.3 Correction of N(R) and N(S) values and removal of steps 12 and 13 |
51.010-1 | 1157 rev 1 | 46.1.2.2.2.3 Correction of N(R) and N(S) values and removal of steps 12 and 13 |
51.010-1 | 1158 | 46.1.2.2.3.2 Combining step 4 and 5 to one test step |
51.010-1 | 1158 rev 1 | 46.1.2.2.3.2 Correction of test procedure and clarify ambiguity of sending RR in step 6 |
51.010-1 | 1159 | 46.1.2.2.4.1 Add new test step 5 |
51.010-1 | 1160 | 46.2.2.4.2 Algorithm type in step 2 removed |
51.010-1 | 1161 | 46.1.2.2.1.5 Correction of test step 2: Remove Initiation of data transfer |
51.010-1 | 1162 | 46.1.2.2.2.4 Removal of step 5 and correction of test procedure. |
51.010-1 | 1162 rev 1 | 46.1.2.2.2.4 Removal of step 5 and correction of test procedure. |
51.010-1 | 1163 | 46.1.2.7.2 – Removal of constraint for C/R bit in step 7) |
51.010-1 | 1164 | 46.1.2.7.5 – Correction of amount of uplink data in step 12) |
51.010-1 | 1165 | 46.1.2.7.6 – Correction of testing time and macro direction in step 14) |
51.010-1 | 1165 rev 1 | 46.1.2.7.6 – Correction of testing time and macro direction in step 14) |
51.010-1 | 1167 | 51.010-1-1167 51.3.1.3 The order of the optional steps A6 and A12 is incorrect. |
51.010-1 | 1167 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1167 51.3.1.3 The order of the optional steps A6 and A12 is incorrect. |
51.010-1 | 1173 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1173 r1 Enhanced Measurement Report, All neighbors present |
51.010-1 | 1176 | 51.010-1-1176 Correction of Initial Conditions and Expected Sequence for clause 41.1.5.3 - RR / Paging / on CCCH for GPRS service / paging reorganisation |
51.010-1 | 1177 | 51.010-1-1177 Alignment of the Expected Sequence for clause 42.1.2.2.4 - Packet Downlink Assignment / Response to Packet Polling |
51.010-1 | 1194 | 51.010-1-1194 Section 20.22.2 Cell reselection in Packet Idle mode |
51.010-1 | 1195 | 51.010-1-1195 Section 20.22.9 Cell reselection when the best cell does not support GPRS |
51.010-1 | 1195 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1195 r1 Section 20.22.9 Cell reselection when the best cell does not support GPRS |
51.010-1 | 1178 | 51.010-1-1178 Steps 9 to 24 are made optional for K=1 and the wait indication value for K=2 has been changed for clause 42.3.3.3 - Dynamic Allocation / Resource reallocation / Reject |
51.010-1 | 1193 | Alignment of Conformance Requirement, Test Procedure and Expected Sequence according to 24.008 for clause 44.2.3.2.5.3.1 - Combined routing area updating / rejected / roaming not allowed in this locat |
51.010-1 | 1196 | 51.010-1-1196 Section 20 Cell selection and reselection |
51.010-1 | 1197 | 51.010-1-1197 Section 50 EGPRS Default Conditions, Message Contents and Macros |
51.010-1 | 1197 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1197 r1Section 50 EGPRS Default Conditions, Message Contents and Macros |
51.010-1 | 1198 | 51.010-1 Section 40.5 Test PDP contexts |
51.010-1 | 1198 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 40.5 Test PDP contexts |
51.010-1 | 1199 | Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Normal / Starting time |
51.010-1 | 1201 | 44.2.3.2.5 - Test purpose 1 - Cell re-selection due to power levels |
51.010-1 | 1201 rev 1 | 44.2.3.2.5 - Test purpose 1 - Cell re-selection due to power levels |
51.010-1 | 1210 | 51.010-1-1210 42.1.2.2.6 new testcase added and testcase 42.1.2.1.8.2.3 deleted |
51.010-1 | 1210 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1210 r1 42.1.2.2.6 new testcase added and testcase 42.1.2.1.8.2.3 deleted |
51.010-1 | 1211 | 51.010-1-1211 Extended Uplink TBF Mode (New Test Cases) |
51.010-1 | 1211 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1211 Extended Uplink TBF Mode (New Test Cases) |
51.010-1 | 1211 rev 2 | 51.010-1-1211 r2 Extended Uplink TBF Mode (New Test Cases) |
51.010-1 | 1214 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1214 r1 Correction to test cases 42.3.1.2.2 and 42.3.1.2.3 |
51.010-1 | 1215 | 51.010-1-1215 Error in test case 15.6 |
51.010-1 | 1215 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1215 r1 Error in test case 15.6 |
51.010-1 | 1219 | GPRS attach / rejected / GPRS services not allowed in this PLMN |
51.010-1 | 1219 rev 1 | GPRS attach / rejected / GPRS services not allowed in this PLMN |
51.010-1 | 1220 | GPRS detach / rejected / GPRS services not allowed in this PLMN |
51.010-1 | 1220 rev 1 | GPRS detach / rejected / GPRS services not allowed in this PLMN |
51.010-1 | 1221 | 51.010-1-1221 Section 20.22 GPRS Cell Selection and Reselection |
51.010-1 | 1222 | 51.010-1-1222 Section 14.16.1 Minimum Input level for Reference Performance |
51.010-1 | 1223 | 44.2.3.2.5 Combined routing area updating/rejected/roaming not allowed in this location area |
51.010-1 | 1223 rev 1 | 44.2.3.2.5 Combined routing area updating/rejected/roaming not allowed in this location area |
51.010-1 | 1223 rev 2 | 44.2.3.2.5 Combined routing area updating/rejected/roaming not allowed in this location area |
51.010-1 | 1226 | 51.010-1-1226 Clarification on test procedure for GPRS USF-sensitivity |
51.010-1 | 1228 | 51.010-1-1228 Clarification on required power level in 13.16.3, step b) |
51.010-1 | 1228 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1228 r1 Clarification on required power level in 13.16.3, step b) |
51.010-1 | 1233 | 51.010-1 Section 40: Wrong HCS PRIORITY CLASS value for the near cell in PSI 3 and 3bis messages. |
51.010-1 | 1233 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 40: Wrong HCS PRIORITY CLASS value for the near cell in PSI 3 and 3bis messages. |
51.010-1 | 1234 | 44.2.3.2.4 Combined routing area updating / rejected / PLMN not allowed |
51.010-1 | 1282 | 51.010-1 Section 44 - Corrections to GMM test case 44.2.3.2.5 Combined routing area updating/rejected/roaming not allowed in this location area |
51.010-1 | 1287 | 51.010-1-1287 Correction of step 16 of Expected Sequence for clause 41.1.1.4 - RR / Paging / on PCCCH for GPRS service / paging reorganisation successful. |
51.010-1 | 1236 | 51.010-1-1236 Changing the wait time in steps 5, 10 and 15 of the Expected Sequence for clause 41.1.1.4 - RR / Paging / on PCCCH for GPRS service / paging reorganisation successful |
51.010-1 | 1237 | Inter-SGSN RAU Macro |
51.010-1 | 1243 | 44.2.3.2.5 Combined routing area updating / rejected / roaming not allowed in this location area |
51.010-1 | 1244 | 51.010-1-1244 41.2.2.45 - Initiation of the packet access procedure / timer T3146 |
51.010-1 | 1245 | 51.010-1-1245 42.1.2.1.10.1 - Clarification of conformance requirements, and consequent alterations to test procedure. |
51.010-1 | 1246 | 51.010-1-1246 42.1.2.2.3 - Conflict between Specific Message Contents in Test Case and section 40 defaults |
51.010-1 | 1248 | 51.010-1-1248 51.2.2.4 - Initiation of the packet access procedure / timer T3146 |
51.010-1 | 1251 | 51.010-1-1251 42.3.3.1.1 - Test Step added, BS_CV_MAX set to 1 |
51.010-1 | 1255 | 51.010-1-1255 42.3.1.1.9 - Multiple corrections to initial conditions, expected sequence and specific message contents |
51.010-1 | 1255 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1255 r1 42.3.1.1.9 - Multiple corrections to initial conditions, expected sequence and specific message contents |
51.010-1 | 1256 | 46.1.2.5.2 - Correction of test procedure |
51.010-1 | 1256 rev 1 | 46.1.2.5.2 - Correction of test procedure |
51.010-1 | 1257 | 46.1.2.6.1 – Correction of PDP Context activation in step 5 |
51.010-1 | 1259 | 51.010-1-1259 detach type should be specified and release of RR connection added in TC 44.2.2.2.6; |
51.010-1 | 1259 rev 1 | Release of RR connection added in TC 44.2.2.2.6; |
51.010-1 | 1260 | 51.010-1-1260 Release of RR connection is needed in TC 44.2.1.1.10; |
51.010-1 | 1264 | 51.010-1-1-1264 Addition of new testcases section 42.7 |
51.010-1 | 1267 | 51.010-1-1267 Enhanced Measurement Report, All neighbors present (400, 700 and 850 MHz) |
51.010-1 | 1267 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1267 r1 Enhanced Measurement Report, All neighbors present (400, 700 and 850 MHz) |
51.010-1 | 1268 | to TS51.010-1-1268 Addition of an Optional and a Conditional step in the Expected Sequence in clause 41.3.1.1 - TBF Release / Uplink / Normal / MS initiated / Acknowledged mode |
51.010-1 | 1269 | to TS51.010-1-1269 Change of BSN in optional step A16 of the Expected Sequence in clause 43.1.1.6 - Acknowledged mode / Uplink TBF / Decoding of Received Block Bitmap |
51.010-1 | 1275 | 51.010-1-1275 42.1.3.1.2 Macro definition fails to allow for PACKET UPLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK |
51.010-1 | 1276 | 51.010-1-1276 52.1.3.1.2 Macro definition fails to allow for PACKET UPLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK |
51.010-1 | 1277 | 51.010-1-1277 42.3.1.2.3 Mandatory use of two-phase packet access in RLC unacknowledged mode. |
51.010-1 | 1278 | 51.010-1-1278 52.3.1.2.3 Mandatory use of two-phase packet access in RLC unacknowledged mode. |
51.010-1 | 1279 | 51.010-1-1279 Clause 13.6.3. Correction to spurious emission requirements for GPRS MS with allocated channel when transmitting |
51.010-1 | 1279 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1279 r1 Clause 13.6.3. Correction to spurious emission requirements for GPRS MS with allocated channel when transmitting |
51.010-1 | 1280 | 51.010-1-1280 Clause 13.17.4. Correction to spurious emission requirements for EGPRS MS with allocated channel when transmitting |
51.010-1 | 1280 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1280 r1 Clause 13.17.4. Correction to spurious emission requirements for EGPRS MS with allocated channel when transmitting |
51.010-1 | 1281 | 51.010-1 Section 34 - Corrections to SMS test case 34.2.9 Multiple SMS mobile originated |
51.010-1 | 1288 | 51.010-1-1288 Correction to testcase 43.2.1 |
51.010-1 | 1305 | 51.010-1-1305 Section 20.22.* Clarification of the tables for GPRS cell selection |
51.010-1 | 1305 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1305 r1 Section 20.22.* Clarification of the tables for GPRS cell selection |
51.010-1 | 1306 | 51.010-1-1306 Section 20.22.1 GPRS Cell selection and reselection - default paging on PCH |
51.010-1 | 1306 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1306 r1 Section 20.22.1 GPRS Cell selection and reselection - default paging on PCH |
51.010-1 | 1307 | 51.010-1 Section 40 Introduction of R99 to GPRS default conditions |
51.010-1 | 1307 rev 1 | Section 40 Introduction of R99 to GPRS default conditions |
51.010-1 | 1318 | 51.010-1-1318 Sec: 42.4 - Addition of allocation of resources for UL data transfer |
51.010-1 | 1319 | 51.010-1-1319 Sec 41.3 - Addition of allocation of CR 51.010-1-1317 resources for UL data transfer |
51.010-1 | 1320 | 51.010-1-1320 Sec 41.3.1.2 - MS will not re-initiate Packet Access in Step 20 |
51.010-1 | 1323 | 51.010-1-1323 Sec 42.3.1.1.4 - Packet Uplink Ack Nack shall not be sent on the activated PDCH in Step 30 |
51.010-1 | 1324 | 51.010-1-1324 Sec 42.3.3.1.2 - Correction to the PDP contexts activated in expected sequence |
51.010-1 | 1328 | 51.010-1-1328 Section 15.6 GPRS Timing advance and absolute delay |
51.010-1 | 1329 | 51.010-1-1329 Section 20.22.2 Clarification of Test Procedure and Paging Requirements |
51.010-1 | 1330 | 51.010-1-1330 Section 20.22.3 Clarification of Test Procedure and Paging Requirements |
51.010-1 | 1330 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1330 r1 Section 20.22.3 Clarification of Test Procedure and Paging Requirements |
51.010-1 | 1331 | 51.010-1-1331 Section 20.22.4 Clarification of Test Procedure and Paging Requirements |
51.010-1 | 1331 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1331 r1 Section 20.22.4 Clarification of Test Procedure and Paging Requirements |
51.010-1 | 1333 | 51.010-1-1333 Section 20.22.9 Clarification of Test Procedure and Paging Requirements |
51.010-1 | 1333 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1333 Section 20.22.9 Clarification of Test Procedure and Paging Requirements |
51.010-1 | 1334 | 51.010-1 Section 50 Adaptions due to introduction of R99 to section 40 |
51.010-1 | 1335 | 51.010-1-1335 Correction to Fixed Allocation Test Cases 42.2.2.10.1, 42.2.2.10.2 and 42.2.2.10.3 |
51.010-1 | 1336 rev 2 | 51.010-1-1336 r2 Addition of test case 42.4.2.3.3 in TS 51.010-1: Packet Measurement Order Reset |
51.010-1 | 1336 rev 3 | 51.010-1-1336 r3 Addition of test case 42.4.2.3.3 in TS 51.010-1: Packet Measurement Order Reset |
51.010-1 | 1337 rev 4 | Addition of test case in TS 51.010 S42: Packet Timeslot Reconfigure containing a new Coding Scheme command |
51.010-1 | 1337 rev 5 | Addition of test case in TS 51.010 S42: Uplink reallocation, Packet Uplink Assignment containing a new Coding Scheme command |
51.010-1 | 1339 | Correction of step 5 of Expected Sequence for clause 44.2.3.1.7 - Routing area updating / abnormal cases / change of cell during routing area updating procedure. |
51.010-1 | 1339 rev 1 | Correction of step 5 of Expected Sequence for clause 44.2.3.1.7 - Routing area updating / abnormal cases / change of cell during routing area updating procedure. |
51.010-1 | 1340 | 51.010-1-1340 Sec 42.5.5.3 - Change in timing |
51.010-1 | 1351 | Corrections of the Peak Throughput Class and Maximum bit rate values for clause 40.5 – Test PDP Context. |
51.010-1 | 1351 rev 1 | Corrections of the Peak Throughput Class and Maximum bit rate values for clause 40.5 – Test PDP Context. |
51.010-1 | 1352 | Correct of NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I value in step 2 of clause 41.2.7.2 - Single block packet downlink assignment / MS returns to packet idle mode. |
51.010-1 | 1352 rev 1 | Correct of NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I value in step 2 of clause 41.2.7.2 - Single block packet downlink assignment / MS returns to packet idle mode. |
51.010-1 | 1353 | Correction of Expected Sequence and Specific Message Content for clause 42.4.1.2 - Network Control measurement reporting / Idle mode / New cell reselection. |
51.010-1 | 1354 | Deletion of clause 42.4.2.1.5 - Cell change order procedure / Uplink transfer / Failure cases / REJECT from the new cell and T3176 expiry |
51.010-1 | 1356 | Correction of step 5 of Expected Sequence for clause 44.2.3.1.7 - Routing area updating / abnormal cases / change of cell during routing area updating procedure. |
51.010-1 | 1356 rev 1 | Correction of step 5 of Expected Sequence for clause 44.2.3.1.7 - Routing area updating / abnormal cases / change of cell during routing area updating procedure. |
51.010-1 | 1357 | R99 compliance update of clause 44.2.3.2.5 Test Procedure 2 - Combined routing area updating / rejected / roaming not allowed in this location area. |
51.010-1 | 1359 | Correction of Test Procedure and Expected Sequence for clause 42.1.2.1.10.2 - Packet Uplink Assignment / Abnormal cases / Expiry of timer T3164. |
51.010-1 | 1360 | 42.3.1.2.3 Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Abnormal / with cell reselection in unacknowledged mode |
51.010-1 | 1360 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1360 rev1 Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Abnormal / with cell reselection in unacknowledged mode |
51.010-1 | 1361 | TC 42.2.2.8.1 Fixed Allocation / Uplink Transfer / MS requests new resources/ Failure/Packet Access Reject |
51.010-1 | 1362 | 42.2.2.8.2 Fixed Allocation / Uplink Transfer / MS requests new resources/ Failure/Packet Access Reject with WAIT_INDICATION during allocation in progress |
51.010-1 | 1364 | 44.2.5.2.3 – Correction of P-TMSI |
51.010-1 | 1366 | 42.3.1.1.4 – Allow one Uplink Data Block coded with CS-1 after step 37 |
51.010-1 | 1366 rev 1 | 42.3.1.1.4 – Allow one Uplink Data Block coded with CS-1 after step 37 |
51.010-1 | 1366 rev 2 | 42.3.1.1.4 – Allow one Uplink Data Block coded with CS-1 after step 37 |
51.010-1 | 1369 | 40.2.1.1.1 – Missing BandIndicator in SI1 default |
51.010-1 | 1369 rev 1 | 40.2.1.1.1 – Missing BandIndicator in SI1 default |
51.010-1 | 1373 | 44.2.1.1.10 - Corrections to step numbering in Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 1374 | 42.3.1.1.9 Correction of Cell Allocation in the first set of Packet System Information Type 2 message |
51.010-1 | 1374 rev 1 | 42.3.1.1.9 Correction of Cell Allocation in the first set of Packet System Information Type 2 message |
51.010-1 | 1375 | 40.2.4.14.2, 40.2.4.14.3 – Illegal values of Gamma in default messages |
51.010-1 | 1377 | Correction to test PDP context number in initial condition and check in step 7 of expected sequence to 42.3.3.1.2 |
51.010-1 | 1377 rev 1 | Correction to check in step 7A of expected sequence to 42.3.3.1.2 |
51.010-1 | 1378 | Addition of steps to Expected Sequence of 42.3.3.2.2 to meet the conformance requirements. |
51.010-1 | 1389 | 42.1.2.1.10.2 Packet Uplink Assignment / Abnormal cases / Expiry of timer T3164 |
51.010-1 | 1390 | 42.1.2.1.9.2.1 Packet Uplink Assignment / Two phase access / Contention resolution / Expiry of timer T3168 |
51.010-1 | 1394 | 45.5.1 Change in Step 24: LLC SAPI value must be a reserved value |
51.010-1 | 1395 | Numbering mistake in 46.1.2.3.1 Collision of SABM |
51.010-1 | 1403 | Testcase 45.2.1.1 Attach initiated by context activation/QoS Offered by Network is the QoS Requested |
51.010-1 | 1404 | New testcase added: 45.2.1.3 QoS parameter out of range |
51.010-1 | 1405 | New testcase added: 45.2.4.3 Network initiated PDP context activation request for an already activated PDP context (on the MS side) |
51.010-1 | 1406 | New testcase added: 45.4.4 PDP context deactivation initiated by the network / Tear down indicator. |
51.010-1 | 1406 rev 1 | 51.010-1 New testcase added: 45.4.4 PDP context deactivation initiated by the network / Tear down indicator. |
51.010-1 | 1407 | New section added: 45.2.5 Secondary PDP context activation procedures |
51.010-1 | 1408 | New section added: 45.3.2 MS initiated PDP context modification |
51.010-1 | 1409 | New section added: 34.4.1 Short message service point to point over GPRS. |
51.010-1 | 1409 rev 1 | 51.010-1 New section added: 34.4 Short message service point to point over GPRS. |
51.010-1 | 1410 | 46.1.1. Default Conditions |
51.010-1 | 1411 | Sec: 42.4 - Addition of allocation of resource to send Packet Cell Change Failure |
51.010-1 | 1413 | Sec: 42.4.2.3.3 – Correction of requirement check |
51.010-1 | 1430 | Section 42.1.2.1.5 Incorrect step reference in step 10 |
51.010-1 | 1431 | Section 42.1.2.1.8.2.2 Inconsistency in expected sequence for two phase access |
51.010-1 | 1432 | Section 42.1.2.2.6 Incorrect initial conditions and PICS reference |
51.010-1 | 1433 | Section 42.3.1.1.6 Uplink TFI missing in specific message contents |
51.010-1 | 1445 | Testcase 42.1.2.2.5.1 Packet Downlink Assignment / Abnormal cases / Incorrect PDCH assignment |
51.010-1 | 1449 | GPRS Enhanced Measurement Report (EMR) Test Cases |
51.010-1 | 1449 rev 1 | GPRS Enhanced Measurement Report (EMR) Test Cases |
51.010-1 | 1449 rev 2 | GPRS Enhanced Measurement Report (EMR) Test Cases |
51.010-1 | 1449 rev 3 | GPRS Enhanced Measurement Report (EMR) Test Cases |
51.010-1 | 1449 rev 4 | GPRS Enhanced Measurement Report (EMR) Test Cases |
51.010-1 | 1453 | Section 41.1.3 Check in step 5 incorrect for k=2 |
51.010-1 | 1456 | Section 41.1.5.1.2 Step reference corrected |
51.010-1 | 1468 | Addition of PICS/PIXIT statement to clause 46.1.2.7.6 and 46.1.2.6.2 |
51.010-1 | 1469 | Correction to TC 43.1.1.5 |
51.010-1 | 1469 rev 1 | Correction to TC 43.1.1.5 |
51.010-1 | 1484 | Multiple PCCCH test cases |
51.010-1 | 1484 rev 1 | Multiple PCCCH test cases |
51.010-1 | 1484 rev 4 | 51.010-1-1484 rev 4 Section 42.1.2.1 Multiple PCCCH test cases |
51.010-1 | 1484 rev 5 | 51.010-1-1484 rev 5 Section 42.1.2.1 Multiple PCCCH test cases |
51.010-1 | 1486 | 42.3.2.1.2 Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer with Downlink TBF establishment / Normal / Multislot capabilities |
51.010-1 | 1491 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.12 C1 value in wrong column |
51.010-1 | 1492 | Correction of Test Procedure for TC 44.2.1.1.9 |
51.010-1 | 1494 | Corrections of Core Specification references for clause 41.1.5.1.2 - RR / Paging / on CCCH for GPRS service / normal paging with IMSI successful. |
51.010-1 | 1497 | 51.010-1-1497 Sec. 42.1.2.1.10.1 Packet Uplink Assignment / Abnormal cases / Incorrect PDCH assignment |
51.010-1 | 1499 | CR.51.010-1-1499 Sec. 46.1.2.2.4.3 Change of test procedure: 1 frame must be 3 frames |
51.010-1 | 1500 | CR.51.010-1-1500 Sec. 42.3.1.1.2 Change number of octets to perform Short Access |
51.010-1 | 1502 | 51.010-1-1502 44.2.3.1.7 Send P-TMSI in ATTACH ACCEPT at step 5 |
51.010-1 | 1503 | 51.010-1-1503 40.4.3.10 Macro Completion of uplink RLC data block transfer - allow uplink dummy control blocks |
51.010-1 | 1503 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1503 rev1 40.4.3.10 Macro Completion of uplink RLC data block transfer - allow uplink dummy control blocks |
51.010-1 | 1504 | 51.010-1-1504 44.2.3.1.4 Correct handling of power off bit in the detach request message (step 28) |
51.010-1 | 1506 | 51.010-1-1506 46.1.2.3.2 Branches for SABM and I+S/DM changed |
51.010-1 | 1507 | 51.010-1-1507 46.1.2.5.1/2/3 Removal of C/R constraints in FRMR during ABM |
51.010-1 | 1514 | 51.010-1-1514 42.3.1.1.9 Correction of PSI_COUNT_HR and REPEAT_PERIOD, addition of sending PSI1 on PACCH |
51.010-1 | 1515 | 51.010-1-1515 46.2.2.1.5 Change of negative acknowledgement of N-PDU in step 6 |
51.010-1 | 1515 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1515 rev1 46.2.2.1.5 Change of negative acknowledgement of N-PDU in step 6 |
51.010-1 | 1516 | 51.010-1-1516 Addition of default value for T3302 in R99 |
51.010-1 | 1517 | 51.010-1-1517 R99 adaption of section 44.2.3 |
51.010-1 | 1535 | 51.010-1-1535 TC 42.3.2.1.2 - Correction to Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 1537 | 51.010-1-1537 Section 13.16.2 Clarification for invalid GAMMA_TN values |
51.010-1 | 1539 | 51.010-1-1539 Section 41.3.1.2 - Incorrect references in expected sequence |
51.010-1 | 1540 | 51.010-1-1540 Section 42.3.1.1.2 - Incorrect message content in PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST step 6 |
51.010-1 | 1542 | 51.010-1-1542 Section 42.5.1.2 ? Incorrect Reference to Starting Time in Step 4 |
51.010-1 | 1543 | 51.010-1-1543 Section 43.1.1.6 ? Optional steps not considered correctly in expected sequence |
51.010-1 | 1554 | 51.010-1-1554 Section 43.3.1 - PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT message inappropriate for section 43. |
51.010-1 | 1557 | 51.010-1-1557 44.2.3.1.1a Routing area updating / accepted / old P-TMSI |
51.010-1 | 1559 | 51.010-1-1559 Section 40.2.3 Default PACKET_UPLINK_ASSIGNMENT and PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT messages |
51.010-1 | 1564 | 51.010-1-1564 correction to testcase 42.1.2.1.8.1.5: Packet Uplink Assignment / One phase access / Contention resolution / 3 or 4 access repetition attempts |
51.010-1 | 1568 | 51.010-1-1568 deletion of 42.2.4.1.1, 42.2.4.1.2, 42.2.4.4.1, 42.2.4.4.2 and 42.2.4.4.3 |
51.010-1 | 1570 | 51.010-1-1570 T3142 should be from 2 to 60 seconds in testcase 41.2.5.1:Packet access rejection / wait indication |
51.010-1 | 1571 | 51.010-1-1571 Addition of new testcases section 42.8 |
51.010-1 | 1572 | 51.010-1-1572 Correction to section 44.2.2.2.6 |
51.010-1 | 1573 | 51.010-1-1573 Correction to section 44.2.3.1.7 |
51.010-1 | 1574 | 51.010-1-1574 Correction to section 45.2.5.1.1and 45.2.5.1.2 |
51.010-1 | 1575 | 51.010-1-1575 Correction to section 45.2.5.2 and 45.2.5.3 |
51.010-1 | 1576 | 51.010-1-1576 Correction to section 45.2.4.3 |
51.010-1 | 1577 | 51.010-1-1577 Correction of related PICS/PIXIT statements in section 34.4 |
51.010-1 | 1578 | 51.010-1-1578 Usage of Open Ended TBF instead of Close Ended TBF in Sec 41.x testcases |
51.010-1 | 1579 | 51.010-1-1579 Sec: 42.4.2.3.3 - Correction of requirement check |
51.010-1 | 1581 | 51.010-1-1581 Updates in the time allowed for a MS to do reselection in 20.22.3 |
51.010-1 | 1582 | 51.010-1-1582 Updates to the number of Corrupted blocks sent in step (b) of 20.22.7 |
51.010-1 | 1584 | 51.010-1-1584 41.1.5.3 - Adding the delay after the changes in SI |
51.010-1 | 1585 | 51.010-1-1585 41.1.6 - Changes in the value Wait Indication given in Packet Access Reject. |
51.010-1 | 1583 | 51.010-1-1583 Removing the wait of 2 PSI1 repeat period in step 1; 30 sec in step 5,10 and 15; and addtion of a wait of time required for 64/SPLIT_PG_CYCLE multiframes in steps 5,10,15 of 41.1.1.4 |
51.010-1 | 1586 | 51.010-1-1586 Changing steps 6 and 7 of the testcase 41.3.3 |
51.010-1 | 1587 | 51.010-1-1587 Changes in step 8 and Step 15 of 41.3.4.2 |
51.010-1 | 1588 | 51.010-1-1588 41.3.5.2 - Correction to some steps |
51.010-1 | 1596 | 51.010-1-1596 Addition of new testcase 41.2.6.5 |
51.010-1 | 1597 | 51.010-1-1597 Addition of new testcases to the section 41.2.6 |
51.010-1 | 1600 | 51.010-1-1600 deletion of T3198 in testcase 41.3.1.1 TBF Release / Uplink / Normal / MS initiated / Acknowledged mode |
51.010-1 | 1602 | 51.010-1-1602 deletion of T3198 in testcase 43.1.1.5 Acknowledged mode / Uplink TBF / Invalid Negative Acknowledgment |
51.010-1 | 1602 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1602 rev1 deletion of T3198 in testcase 43.1.1.5 Acknowledged mode / Uplink TBF / Invalid Negative Acknowledgment |
51.010-1 | 1603 | 51.010-1-1603 Editorial correction to testcase 41.3.5.2 PDCH Release / With TIMESLOTS_AVAILABLE |
51.010-1 | 1604 | 51.010-1-TC 42.1.2.1.9.1 Removal of the close-ended TBF feature |
51.010-1 | 1604 rev 1 | 51.010-1 rev1 TC 42.1.2.1.9.1 Removal of the close-ended TBF feature |
51.010-1 | 1605 | 51.010-1-1605 Section 42.3.2.1.2 RRBP value not matching to expected sequence |
51.010-1 | 1605 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1605 rev 1 TC 42.3.2.1.2 - Correction to Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 1606 | 51.010-1-1606 Additional Packet Enhanced Measurement Report Test Cases Section 42.4.6 (Rel-5) |
51.010-1 | 1607 | 51.010-1-1607 Additional SMS over GPRS Test Cases Section 34.4 (Rel-5) |
51.010-1 | 1607 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1607 rev1 Additional SMS over GPRS Test Cases Section 34.4 (Rel-5) |
51.010-1 | 1610 | 51.010-1-1610 Correction to initial conditions in testcase 41.2.7.1 |
51.010-1 | 1611 | 51.010-1-1611 Sending of PSI13 on PACCH in order to prevent SI refresh for clause 41.2.3.7 - One phase packet access / Contention resolution / Timer T3166 |
51.010-1 | 1612 | 51.010-1-1612 Clarification of step 10 if the Expected Sequence for clause 41.2.3.8 - One phase packet access / Contention resolution / 4 access repetition attempts. |
51.010-1 | 1613 | 51.010-1-1613 Correction of logical error in step 6 for clause 41.2.4.2 - Single block packet access / Packet Measurement Report. |
51.010-1 | 1614 | 51.010-1-1614 Addition of optional step in Expected Sequence for clause 41.2.5.1 - Packet access rejection / wait indication. |
51.010-1 | 1615 | 51.010-1-1615 Timer reference correction to testcase 42.1.2.1.10.2 |
51.010-1 | 1616 | 51.010-1-1616 Correction to 42.1.2.1.13 |
51.010-1 | 1617 | 51.010-1-1617 Correction to 42.1.2.1.9.2.1 |
51.010-1 | 1617 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1617 rev1 Correction to 42.1.2.1.9.2.1 |
51.010-1 | 1618 | 51.010-1-1618 Correction to 42.1.2.1.9.2.2 |
51.010-1 | 1618 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1618 rev1 Correction to 42.1.2.1.9.2.2 |
51.010-1 | 1619 | 51.010-1-1619 Corrections to testcase 42.1.2.2.3 |
51.010-1 | 1620 | 51.010-1-1620 Alignment of 42.3.1.1.9 with the core specification |
51.010-1 | 1620 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1620 rev1 Alignment of 42.3.1.1.9 with the core specification |
51.010-1 | 1621 | 51.010-1-1621 42.3.1.2.3 Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Abnormal / with cell reselection in unacknowledged mode |
51.010-1 | 1622 | 51.010-1-1622 42.4.1.2 Network Control measurement reporting / Idle mode / New cell reselection |
51.010-1 | 1623 | 51.010-1-1623 42.4.2.1.1 Cell change order procedure / Uplink transfer / Normal case |
51.010-1 | 1624 | 51.010-1-1624 Deletion of clause 42.4.2.1.2 - Cell change order procedure / Uplink transfer / Failure cases / T3174 expiry |
51.010-1 | 1625 | 51.010-1-1625 Correction to clause 42.4.2.1.3 - Cell change order procedure / Uplink transfer / Failure cases / REJECT from the new cell |
51.010-1 | 1626 | 51.010-1-1626 Correction to clause 42.4.2.1.4 - Cell change order procedure / Uplink transfer / Failure cases / Contention resolution failure |
51.010-1 | 1627 | 51.010-1-1627 Correction to clause 42.4.2.2.1 - Cell change order procedure / Downlink transfer / Normal case |
51.010-1 | 1627 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1627 rev1 Correction to clause 42.4.2.2.1 - Cell change order procedure / Downlink transfer / Normal case |
51.010-1 | 1628 | 51.010-1-1628 Correction to clause 42.4.2.2.2 - Cell change order procedure / Downlink transfer / Failure cases / REJECT from the new cell |
51.010-1 | 1629 | 51.010-1-1629 Correction of clause 42.4.2.3.1 - Cell change order procedure / Simultaneous uplink and downlink transfer / Normal case |
51.010-1 | 1630 | 51.010-1-1630 Deletion of clause 42.4.2.3.2 - Cell change order procedure / Simultaneous uplink and downlink transfer / Failure case / T3174 expiry |
51.010-1 | 1631 | 51.010-1-1631 Correction to clause 42.4.4.2 - Network Controlled Cell Reselection/validity of reselection parameters/MS enters standby state |
51.010-1 | 1632 | 51.010-1-1632 Correction to new downlink TBF assignment in step 6 in testcase 42.5.5.2 |
51.010-1 | 1633 | 51.010-1-1633 Correction of invalid frequency parameters condition in 42.5.5.3 |
51.010-1 | 1634 | 51.010-1-1634 Clarification to testcase 42.7.1 to verify correct MS behaviour. |
51.010-1 | 1635 | 51.010-1-1635 Aligning testcase 42.7.2 with the conformance requirement |
51.010-1 | 1636 | 51.010-1-1636 Aligning testcase 42.7.3 with the conformance requirements |
51.010-1 | 1636 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1636 rev1 Aligning testcase 42.7.3 with the conformance requirements |
51.010-1 | 1637 | 51.010-1-1637 Aligning testcase 42.7.6 with the conformance requirements |
51.010-1 | 1638 | 51.010-1-1638 Correction of SpecificaMessage Content for clause 42.1.2.1.7 - Packet Uplink Assignment / Most recently received Packet Uplink Assignment. |
51.010-1 | 1652 | 51.010-1-1652 Section 44.2.2 GPRS detach, R99 test cases |
51.010-1 | 1652 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1652 rev1 Section 44.2.2 GPRS detach, R99 test cases |
51.010-1 | 1653 | 51.010-1-1653 Section 22 Downlink Power Control in GPRS |
51.010-1 | 1653 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1653 rev1 Section 22 Downlink Power Control in GPRS |
51.010-1 | 1653 rev 2 | 51.010-1-1653 rev2 Section 22 Downlink Power Control in GPRS |
51.010-1 | 1655 | 51.010-1-1655 TC 42.3.1.1.2 Removal of the close-ended TBF feature |
51.010-1 | 1656 | 51.010-1-1656 TC 42.3.1.1.5 Removal of the close-ended TBF feature |
51.010-1 | 1678 | 51.010-1-1678 42.3.1.1.2 - Change number of octets to perform Short Access |
51.010-1 | 1680 | 51.010-1-1680 41.3.1.1, 41.3.1.2, 41.3.5.2. - Changes in the applicabilty of some parts of testcase |
51.010-1 | 1681 | 51.010-1-1681 51.3.1.1, 51.3.1.2, 51.3.5.2. - Changes in the applicabilty of some parts of testcase |
51.010-1 | 1682 | 51.010-1-1682 20.22.13 - C32_QUAL specified and continuous paging swiched on on cell B and C |
51.010-1 | 1683 | 51.010-1-1683 42.3.1.1.9 - Changing of coding formats in PSI2 and in Packet Uplink Assignment messages. |
51.010-1 | 1687 | 51.010-1-1687 42.5.5.3 - Various Corrections to test sequence |
51.010-1 | 1688 | 51.010-1-1688 Use of correct PICS for SMS testcases (34.4.1 to 34.4.7) |
51.010-1 | 1689 | 51.010-1-1689 41.1.2 RR / Paging / on PCCCH for circuit-switched services/ paging successful |
51.010-1 | 1690 | 51.010-1-1690 42.1.2.1.10.2 Packet Uplink Assignment / Abnormal cases / Expiry of timer T3164 |
51.010-1 | 1690 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1690 rev 1 42.1.2.1.10.2 Packet Uplink Assignment / Abnormal cases / Expiry of timer T3164 |
51.010-1 | 1691 | 051.010-1-1691 42.3.1.2.2 Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Abnormal / with cell reselection in acknowledged mode |
51.010-1 | 1691 rev 1 | 051.010-1-1691 rev1 42.3.1.2.2 Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Abnormal / with cell reselection in acknowledged mode |
51.010-1 | 1692 | 51.010-1-1692 Section 42.3.2.1.2 - RRBP value not matching expected sequence |
51.010-1 | 1699 | 51.010-1-1699 46.2.2.4.3 - SABM corrected to XID command in step 4 |
51.010-1 | 1700 | 51.010-1-1700 R99 adaption of test case 44.2.2.2.5 |
51.010-1 | 1700 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1700 rev1 R99 adaption of test case 44.2.2.2.5 |
51.010-1 | 1700 rev 2 | 51.010-1-1700 rev2 R99 adaption of test case 44.2.2.2.5 |
51.010-1 | 1702 | 51.010-1-1702 Updates in the name of the testcase and the timing requirement for reselection of the testcase 20.22.5 |
51.010-1 | 1703 | 51.010-1-1703 Updates in the timing requirement for the reselection for 20.22.6 |
51.010-1 | 1703 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1703 rev1 Updates in the timing requirement for the reselection for 20.22.6 |
51.010-1 | 1704 | 51.010-1-1704 42.1.1.2 - In step 3, channel on which paging is transmitted is changed from PPCH to PAGCH. |
51.010-1 | 1705 | 51.010-1-1705 Removal of the testcase 42.1.2.1.3.3 |
51.010-1 | 1706 | 51.010-1-1706 42.3.3.4 - PDP context changed from the default 3 to PDP context 2. |
51.010-1 | 1707 | 51.010-1-1707 Changes in the sequence of 42.7.4 |
51.010-1 | 1707 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1707 rev1Changes in the sequence of 42.7.4 |
51.010-1 | 1708 | 51.010-1-1708 Changes in the sequence of 42.7.6 |
51.010-1 | 1708 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1708 rev1Changes in the sequence of 42.7.6 |
51.010-1 | 1709 | 51.010-1-1709 Addition of new procedures for 44.2.7 and changes for R99 |
51.010-1 | 1709 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1709 rev 1 Addition of new procedures for 44.2.7 and changes for R99 |
51.010-1 | 1715 | 51.010-1-1715 Changes in the MACRO used to bring MS into uplink transfer mode in testcases 42.4.1.1, 42.4.2.1.4, 42.4.2.1.6, 42.4.6.4 |
51.010-1 | 1716 | 51.010-1-1716 changes in the applicabilty of the testcases 42.3.1.1.8 and 42.7.4 |
51.010-1 | 1718 | 51.010-1-1718 Addition of new testcases to the section 44.2.1.1 |
51.010-1 | 1719 | 51.010-1-1719 Addition of new testcase 44.2.2.1.10 |
51.010-1 | 1720 | 51.010-1-1720 Addition of new testcase 44.2.5.2.4 |
51.010-1 | 1721 | 51.010-1-1721 Addition of new testcase 41.2.6.5 |
51.010-1 | 1722 | 51.010-1-1722 Addition of new testcases to the section 41.2.6 |
51.010-1 | 1723 | 51.010-1-1723 R99 changes for the testcases in the section 44.2.4, 44.2.5, 44.2.6 |
51.010-1 | 1724 | 51.010-1-1724 Addition Cell Notification in default contents of Attach Accept and Routing Area Update Accept for R99 |
51.010-1 | 1725 | 51.010-1-1725 Addition of note to the section 40.2.2.1.1, 40.2.2.1.12 for sending of PSI1, PSI13 on PACCH. |
51.010-1 | 1727 | 51.010-1-1727 Addition of note in macro 42.1.3.1.2, to allow reception of Control Ack in Access Bursts or in RLC/MAC Control block format. |
51.010-1 | 1729 | 51.010-1-1729 Correction to section 42.3.1.1.2 - Change number of octets to perform Short Access |
51.010-1 | 1730 | 51.010-1-1730 44.2.2.2.4 - Correct handling of Detach cause and Attach Request type |
51.010-1 | 1732 | 51.010-1-1732 Section 41.1.6: Time constraints regarding WAIT_INDICATION not explicitely mentioned in expected sequence |
51.010-1 | 1744 | 51.010-1-1744 Section 40.2.2.1.2 R99 settings for ECSC flag in Non GPRS Cell Options |
51.010-1 | 1749 | 51.010-1-1749 Section 42.4.2.3.1 Correction of expected sequence |
51.010-1 | 1750 | 51.010-1-1750 Section 42.4.2.3.3 Correction of expected sequence |
51.010-1 | 1750 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1750 rev1 Section 42.4.2.3.3 Correction of expected sequence |
51.010-1 | 1750 rev 2 | 51.010-1-1750 rev2 Section 42.4.2.3.3 Correction of expected sequence |
51.010-1 | 1758 | 51.010-1-1758 Section 41.1.5.1.2 Clean up of specific message contents |
51.010-1 | 1759 | 51.010-1-1759 Section 42.1.2.1.8.2.2 Correct Macro in step 4 {Uplink data transfer, dynamic allocation} |
51.010-1 | 1766 | 51.010-1-1766 Section 40.2.2.* Incorrect RFL contents in PSIs for cells B,C,D,E,F |
51.010-1 | 1773 | 51.010-1-1773 Clause 45.5.1 - Error Cases |
51.010-1 | 1775 | 51.010-1-1775 43.1.2.4 New branch added for frame acknowledgment |
51.010-1 | 1775 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1775 rev1 43.1.2.4 New branch added for frame acknowledgment |
51.010-1 | 1776 | 51.010-1-1776 42.4.1.2 Correction to timers values |
51.010-1 | 1776 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1776 rev1 42.4.1.2 Correction to timers values |
51.010-1 | 1776 rev 2 | 51.010-1-1776 rev2 42.4.1.2 Correction to timers values |
51.010-1 | 1776 rev 3 | 51.010-1-1776 rev3 42.4.1.2 Correction to timers values |
51.010-1 | 1777 | 51.010-1-1777 26.16.10 splitted in two test cases |
51.010-1 | 1778 | 51.010-1-1778 Correction to RLC Test Case 43.1.1.3 |
51.010-1 | 1779 | 51.010-1-1779 2G to 3G Cell Change Order 42.4.7 |
51.010-1 | 1780 | 51.010-1-1780 TC 42.1.2.1.10.1 Packet Uplink Assignment / Abnormal cases / Incorrect PDCH assignment |
51.010-1 | 1781 | 51.010-1-1781 TC 42.1.2.1.9.2.2 Packet Uplink Assignment / Two phase access / Contention resolution / TLLI mismatch |
51.010-1 | 1784 | 51.010-1-1784 TC 44.2.3.1.4 Routing area updating / rejected / location area not allowed |
51.010-1 | 1803 | 51.010-1-1803 Section 42: New test cases: NC2 in Packet transfer mode |
51.010-1 | 1803 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1803 rev1 Section 42: New test cases: NC2 in Packet transfer mode |
51.010-1 | 1803 rev 2 | 51.010-1-1803 rev2 Section 42: New test cases: NC2 in Packet transfer mode |
51.010-1 | 1803 rev 3 | 51.010-1-1803 rev2 Section 42: New test cases: NC2 in Packet transfer mode |
51.010-1 | 1805 | 51.010-1-1805 Section 43.1.2: New test case: I_level reporting |
51.010-1 | 1805 rev 1 | 51.010-1-1805 rev1 Section 43.1.2: New test case: I_level reporting |
51.010-1 | 1805 rev 2 | 51.010-1-1805 rev2 New test case: I_level reporting |
51.010-1 | 1805 rev 3 | 51.010-1-1805 rev3 New test case: I_level reporting |
51.010-1 | 1806 | 51.010-1-1806 Section 42.1.2.2.3 Packet Downlink Assignment/ Frequency hopping |
51.010-1 | 1807 | 51.010-1 Faulty RLC data block sending time in 42.5.4.1 (Rel-5) |
51.010-1 | 1808 | 51.010-1 Inconsistency in TC 42.1.2.1.3.1 (Rel-5) |
51.010-1 | 1813 rev -- | Changes to final steps of 46.2.2.1.1 |
51.010-1 | 1813 rev 1 | Changes to final steps of 46.2.2.1.1 |
51.010-1 | 1817 | 51.010-1 TC 44.2.3.3.2 Periodic routing area updating / accepted / T3312 default value |
51.010-1 | 1817 rev 1 | Periodic routing area updating / accepted / T3312 default value |
51.010-1 | 1818 | 51.010-1 TC 44.2.3.3.1 Periodic routing area updating / accepted |
51.010-1 | 1818 rev 1 | Periodic routing area updating / accepted |
51.010-1 | 1820 | Changing the default condition of the cell 1, from NC2 to NC0. |
51.010-1 | 1821 | Addition of a delay of 3 blocks after the sending of the PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK. |
51.010-1 | 1822 | Increasing the number of octets from 440 to 2000 for the data transfer triggered in step 0. |
51.010-1 | 1822 rev 1 | Increasing the number of octets from 440 to 2000 for the data transfer triggered in step 0. |
51.010-1 | 1823 | Changing the PICS used in the step A10. |
51.010-1 | 1824 | Correcting the contents of SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 13. |
51.010-1 | 1825 | Using SI13 rather than PSI13. |
51.010-1 | 1826 | Addition of a delay of 6 blocks in step 9. |
51.010-1 | 1827 | Changing the Channel on which the PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT is sent from PCCCH to PPCH. |
51.010-1 | 1828 | Updates in step 3. |
51.010-1 | 1829 | Allowing the reception of PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORTs in Cell C. |
51.010-1 | 1829 rev 1 | Allowing the reception of PACKET MEASUREMENT REPORTs in Cell C. |
51.010-1 | 1830 | Changing the default condition of the cell 1 and 2, from PBCCH present to PBCCH not present. |
51.010-1 | 1831 | Modification in step 25. |
51.010-1 | 1832 | Modifications in testcases 42.4.2.3.3, 42.4.2.3.5, 42.4.2.3.6 |
51.010-1 | 1833 | Modifications in the step 10 of the testcase 42.8.3. |
51.010-1 | 1834 | Modifications in the testcase 43.1.2.4 for the Mobiles stations negotiating for the window size less than 2. |
51.010-1 | 1835 | Changing the channel on which the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT for the downlink TBF is sent, from AGCH to PCH. |
51.010-1 | 1836 | Modification to the test purpose of the testcase 46.1.2.2.1.1. |
51.010-1 | 1837 | Editorial modification to the test procedure of the testcases 46.1.2.2.4.3, 46.1.2.7.7 |
51.010-1 | 1842 | Addition of new NC2 testcases to 42.4.1 |
51.010-1 | 1843 | Addition of new NC2 testcases to 42.4.4 |
51.010-1 | 1844 | Addition of new NC2 testcases to 20.22 |
51.010-1 | 1845 | Packet Uplink Assignment / Packet queuing notification / Stop sending Packet Channel Requests |
51.010-1 | 1850 | Cell change order procedure / Uplink transfer / Failure cases / Contention resolution failure |
51.010-1 | 1851 | Cell change order procedure / Simultaneous uplink and downlink transfer / Normal case |
51.010-1 | 1851 rev 1 | Cell change order procedure / Simultaneous uplink and downlink transfer / Normal case |
51.010-1 | 1852 | MT CS establishment whilst in NC2 with a uplink TBF established |
51.010-1 | 1852 rev 1 | MT CS establishment whilst in NC2 with a uplink TBF established |
51.010-1 | 1853 | Network Control PEMR Uplink Data Transfer |
51.010-1 | 1853 rev 1 | Network Control PEMR Uplink Data Transfer |
51.010-1 | 1854 | Mobile originated normal data transfer with LLC in unacknowledged mode |
51.010-1 | 1856 | Packet Uplink Assignment / Abnormal cases / Expiry of timer T3164. |
51.010-1 | 1858 | Use of correct PICS for SMS testcases and correction of some errors (34.4.1 to 34.4.7) |
51.010-1 | 1859 | Allow 2-phase access |
51.010-1 | 1859 rev 1 | MS may make two-phase access |
51.010-1 | 1862 | Set BS_CV_MAX to 1 in initial conditions. |
51.010-1 | 1864 | Extend maximum duration |
51.010-1 | 1866 | Correction of Ctrl_Ack Constraint. |
51.010-1 | 1867 | Test case 41.3.2.2 does not allow for the MS under test to send a PACKET UPLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK. |
51.010-1 | 1867 rev 1 | Test case 41.3.2.2 does not allow for the MS under test to send a PACKET UPLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK. |
51.010-1 | 1868 | T3330 is not being taken into account in a number of section 44 tests. |
51.010-1 | 1869 | The way that the T200 timer should be implemented is not clearly specified. |
51.010-1 | 1877 | Addition of new NC2 testcases to Section 42.4 |
51.010-1 | 1877 rev 1 | Addition of new NC2 testcases to Section 42.4 |
51.010-1 | 1878 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.5 Network controlled Cell re-selection in Idle Mode |
51.010-1 | 1878 rev 1 | Network controlled Cell re-selection in Idle Mode |
51.010-1 | 1884 | 51.010-1 Section 41.3.5.2 Incorrect step references in expected sequence |
51.010-1 | 1885 | 51.010-1 Section 42.1.2.1.6 CHANGE_MARK_1 settings incorrect in PUAS message. |
51.010-1 | 1886 | Mismatch between description in expected sequence and specific message contents |
51.010-1 | 1888 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.1.1 Invalid timer checks in expected sequence |
51.010-1 | 1889 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.1.2 Invalid timing requirement in step 2 |
51.010-1 | 1890 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.2.1.1 Incorrect reference in expected sequence |
51.010-1 | 1891 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.2.1.3 Test Case refers to non-existing Macro |
51.010-1 | 1892 | 51.010-1 Section 42.8.3 Incorrect step number references in Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 1893 | 51.010-1 Section 46.2.2.1.2 XID negotiation missing in expected Sequence. |
51.010-1 | 1894 | 51.010-1 Section 46.2.2.1.3 Optional LLC message missing. |
51.010-1 | 1894 rev 1 | Optional LLC message missing. |
51.010-1 | 1895 | 51.010-1 Section 51.3.5.2 Incorrect step references in expected sequence |
51.010-1 | 1901 | 51.010-1 Section 40.2.3 Timeslot restrictions in default PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT and PACKET DOWNLINK ASSIGNMENT messages |
51.010-1 | 1902 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.3.2.3 Default PACKET MEASUREMENT ORDER message for section 42.4. |
51.010-1 | 1904 | 51.010-1 Section 43.2.1 Corrections in Specific Message Contents |
51.010-1 | 1918 | Cell update need not be explicit in case of acknowledged mode RLC |
51.010-1 | 1918 rev 1 | Cell update need not be explicit in case of acknowledged mode RLC |
51.010-1 | 1919 | Correction to specific message contents of Packet Timeslot Reconfigure message (1st execution) |
51.010-1 | 1920 | Resources need to be allocated to the MS to perform Cell Update |
51.010-1 | 1920 rev 1 | Resources need to be allocated to the MS to perform Cell Update |
51.010-1 | 1922 | Correction to Inter-RAT (GPRS to UTRAN) Cell Change Order Test Cases |
51.010-1 | 1923 | Correction to GMM test case 44.2.3.2.2 |
51.010-1 | 1924 | Correction to GMM test case 44.2.3.3.3 |
51.010-1 | 1935 | Addition of GPRS RESUMPTION in Channel Release in the macros in section 40 - Default messages. |
51.010-1 | 1935 rev 1 | Addition of GPRS RESUMPTION in Channel Release in the macros in section 40 - Default messages. |
51.010-1 | 1937 | Clarification of the FBI bit in clause 42.1.2.2.6 - Packet Downlink Assignment Timing Advance / TA value field not provided |
51.010-1 | 1938 | Correction of amount of data to be triggered in clause 42.3.1.1.2 - Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Normal / Request new resources |
51.010-1 | 1939 | Correction of Expected Sequence for section 42.4.5.1 Network Assisted Cell Change / Expiry of T3206 |
51.010-1 | 1940 | Functional and editorial corrections for clause 42.4.5.4 - Network Assisted Cell Change / Packet Neighbour Cell Data and Packet Cell Change Order |
51.010-1 | 1941 | Functional and editorial corrections for clause 42.4.5.5 - Network Assisted Cell Change / Expiry of T3208 and T3210 |
51.010-1 | 1941 rev 1 | Functional and editorial corrections for clause 42.4.5.5 - Network Assisted Cell Change / Expiry of T3208 and T3210 |
51.010-1 | 1942 | Setting CTRL_ACK_TYPE=0 in the Initial Conditions for clause 42.5.1.2 - Downlink Transfer/ Normal Operation / Without TBF starting time |
51.010-1 | 1942 rev 1 | Setting CTRL_ACK_TYPE=0 in the Initial Conditions for clause 42.5.1.2 - Downlink Transfer/ Normal Operation / Without TBF starting time |
51.010-1 | 1945 | 51.010-1 Section 40.2.4.35 MNC not specified correctly for different bands |
51.010-1 | 1948 | Network Control PEMR – Downlink Data Transfer |
51.010-1 | 1948 rev 1 | Network Control PEMR Downlink Data Transfer |
51.010-1 | 1948 rev 2 | Network Control PEMR Downlink Data Transfer |
51.010-1 | 1949 | Packet Measurement order procedure / Downlink transfer / Normal case/ Routing Area Update/ NMO II |
51.010-1 | 1949 rev 1 | Packet Measurement order procedure / Downlink transfer / Normal case/ Routing Area Update/ NMO II |
51.010-1 | 1950 | Packet Measurement order procedure / Downlink transfer / Normal case/ Routing Area Update/ NMO I |
51.010-1 | 1950 rev 1 | Packet Measurement order procedure / Downlink transfer / Normal case/ Routing Area Update/ NMO I |
51.010-1 | 1952 | Cell reselection when the best cell does not support GPRS |
51.010-1 | 1954 | New test cases: NACC |
51.010-1 | 1954 rev 1 | New test cases: NACC |
51.010-1 | 1954 rev 2 | New test cases: NACC |
51.010-1 | 1955 | New test case: I_level reporting |
51.010-1 | 1955 rev 1 | New test case: I_level reporting |
51.010-1 | 1955 rev 2 | New test case: I_level reporting |
51.010-1 | 1955 rev 3 | New test case: I_level reporting |
51.010-1 | 1956 | Routing area updating / rejected / location area not allowed |
51.010-1 | 1960 | New NC2 testcases |
51.010-1 | 1961 | 51.010-1 42.4.2.3.1 Cell change order procedure / Simultaneous uplink and downlink transfer / Normal case |
51.010-1 | 1962 | 51.010-1 Functional corrections for clauses 42.4.2.3.3 and 42.4.2.3.6 |
51.010-1 | 1963 | 51.010-1 correction for clause 42.4.4.4 - Network Control measurement reporting / Idle mode / Reselection due to RA failure |
51.010-1 | 1964 | 51.010-1 Functional and editorial corrections for clause 42.4.5.9 - Network Assisted Cell Change / NC mode change / Packet Neighbour Cell Data |
51.010-1 | 1964 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Functional and editorial corrections for clause 42.4.5.9 - Network Assisted Cell Change / NC mode change / Packet Neighbour Cell Data |
51.010-1 | 1965 | 51.010-1 Functional corrections for clause 42.4.8.1.3 - NC2 and DRX / NC_NON_DRX_PERIOD / NC2 non-DRX mode period broadcast in PSI5 |
51.010-1 | 1966 | 51.010-1 Functional corrections for clauses 42.4.8.1.2, 42.4.8.1.4, 42.4.8.1.5 and 42.4.8.1.6 |
51.010-1 | 1967 | 51.010-1 Functional corrections for clauses 42.4.8.1.1 - NC2 and DRX / NC_NON_DRX_PERIOD / Respect of NC2 non-DRX mode period |
51.010-1 | 1968 | 45.5.1 – Error cases |
51.010-1 | 1968 rev 1 | Error cases in 45.5.1 |
51.010-1 | 1968 rev 2 | 45.5.1 Error cases |
51.010-1 | 1973 | 60.1 - Removal of inconsistencies in GSM to UTRAN handover tests. |
51.010-1 | 1973 rev 1 | 60.1 - Removal of inconsistencies in GSM to UTRAN handover tests. |
51.010-1 | 1977 | 41.2.3.11 – MS may make two-phase access |
51.010-1 | 1977 rev 1 | 41.2.3.11 MS may make two-phase access |
51.010-1 | 1977 rev 2 | 41.2.3.11 MS may make two-phase access |
51.010-1 | 1979 | 46.2.2.4.3 – Clarify nature of XID parameter and response to UA message |
51.010-1 | 1980 | 20.22.3 Extend time to allow MS to check levels of neighbour cells. |
51.010-1 | 1981 | 44.2.1.2.2.3.2 - Correction to Specific message contents of Test procedure 2. |
51.010-1 | 1982 | 44.2.3.3.4 - Including the same READY timer value of 32 seconds in RAU ACCEPT |
51.010-1 | 1982 rev 1 | 44.2.3.3.4 - Including the same READY timer value of 32 seconds in RAU ACCEPT |
51.010-1 | 1983 | 46.1.2.3.2, 46.1.2.2.1.5 - Handling of Mobile originated PDP context deactivation due to LLC/SNDCP failure. |
51.010-1 | 1985 | 46.1.2.7.3 - Modification to the test sequence to handle the link release |
51.010-1 | 1989 | 42.3.3.2.2 42.3.3.3 - Allocating USF in order to allow the Mobile to transmit Packet Resource Request. |
51.010-1 | 1989 rev 1 | Allocating USF in order to allow the Mobile to transmit Packet Resource Request. |
51.010-1 | 1991 | 42.3.3.2.1 - Allocating USF in order to allow the Mobile to transmit Packet Resource Request and Correction of some steps. |
51.010-1 | 1991 rev 1 | 42.3.3.2.1 - Allocating USF in order to allow the Mobile to transmit Packet Resource Request and Correction of some steps. |
51.010-1 | 1993 | 41.2.7.1 - Changing the Description in Step 3 |
51.010-1 | 1994 | 20.22.5 – Correction to the timing requirement for the reselection. |
51.010-1 | 1995 | 20.22.6 – Correction to number of entries in BA(GPRS). |
51.010-1 | 1996 | 20.22.30 – Changes in the timing requirement for the reselection. |
51.010-1 | 1999 | Correcting the wrongly given PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE in the 40.2.3.7 |
51.010-1 | 1999 rev 1 | Correcting the wrongly given PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE in the 40.2.3.7 |
51.010-1 | 2000 | 42.1.2.1.8.1.5 - Verification at step 7 is based on Release PICS |
51.010-1 | 2001 | 42.1.2.2.5.2 – RLC Data Block needs to be polled to ensure MS doesn’t respond. |
51.010-1 | 2002 | 42.4.2.2.2 – Timing requirement updates in step 9a and 9b. |
51.010-1 | 2003 | 42.1.2.1.10.2 – Allowing MS to send PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST after 0.9*T3164. |
51.010-1 | 2004 | Minor Changes in testcase 42.1.2.2.5.1 |
51.010-1 | 2005 | Removing the wrongly used L/H notation in PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE default contents given in 42.3.4. |
51.010-1 | 2006 | 42.4.2.1.3 – Updates in step 13. |
51.010-1 | 2007 | 42.4.2.1.4 – Updates in step 13. |
51.010-1 | 2008 | 42.4.4.1 – Changes in the timing requirement given in step 4. |
51.010-1 | 2009 | 42.4.6.4 – Changes in the reporting period used in the step 19 and deletion of steps 21-25. |
51.010-1 | 2010 | Increasing the READY TIMER value in 42.4.8.1.5 and 42.4.8.1.6. |
51.010-1 | 2010 rev 1 | Increasing the READY TIMER value in 42.4.8.1.5 and 42.4.8.1.6. |
51.010-1 | 2011 | 46.1.2.1.3-Modification to the test step 5. |
51.010-1 | 2017 | Addition of new NC2 testcases to 42.4.8.4 |
51.010-1 | 2017 rev 1 | Addition of new NC2 testcases to 42.4.8.4 |
51.010-1 | 2017 rev 2 | Addition of new NC2 testcases to 42.4.8.4 |
51.010-1 | 2018 | Correction to GMM test case 44.2.3.2.5.3.1 |
51.010-1 | 2019 | Correction to test case 46.1.2.2.1.5 |
51.010-1 | 2020 | Correction to test case 46.2.2.4.1 |
51.010-1 | 2029 | Correction to test case 20.22.3 |
51.010-1 | 2029 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.3 Priority of cells |
51.010-1 | 2033 | Correction to test case 20.22.19 |
51.010-1 | 2034 | Allowing for more than one PACKET UPLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK in step 9 for clause 41.3.6.2 - TBF Release / Extended Uplink / Recalculation of CV after CV = 0. |
51.010-1 | 2037 | Adding of new PICS statement for 7 SM test cases in clauses 45.x. |
51.010-1 | 2041 | 42.1.1.4 – Addition of a note for setting USF=FREE in accordance with the settings of the BS_PRACH_BLKS. |
51.010-1 | 2043 | 51.010-1 section 45.3.3.2 Incorrect TI flags |
51.010-1 | 2044 | 51.010-1 Section 51.3.* Consideration of HSCSD/GPRS/EGPRS splitted Multislot Classes |
51.010-1 | 2045 | 51.010-1 Section 52.* Consideration of HSCSD/GPRS/EGPRS splitted Multislot Classes |
51.010-1 | 2052 | 51.010-1 42.3.1.2.3 - Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Abnormal / with cell reselection in unacknowledged mode |
51.010-1 | 2053 | Correction to GMM test case 44.2.3.2.2. |
51.010-1 | 2056 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.2.3.4 and 42.4.2.3.5 Corrections to test procedure |
51.010-1 | 2057 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.8.* Corrections of SI2quater_COUNT value |
51.010-1 | 2059 | 51.010-1 Section 13.16.2 Reduction of maximum output power in a multislot configuration for R99 and later is not considered correctly |
51.010-1 | 2062 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.10 Cell Selection-Search for Suitable Cell/ cell priority |
51.010-1 | 2063 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.13 Cell Reselection based on C32 quality |
51.010-1 | 2064 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.15 Cell Reselection/ ready state/ no reselection |
51.010-1 | 2064 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.15 Cell Reselection/ ready state/ no reselection |
51.010-1 | 2065 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.16 Cell Reselection/ ready state/ Reselection and Cell update procedure |
51.010-1 | 2066 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.17 C2 reselection in another RA – no cell reselection |
51.010-1 | 2067 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.18 C2 reselection in another Routing Area – Routing Area Update |
51.010-1 | 2068 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.19 Borders between routing areas – reselection of a GPRS cell in a homogenous network |
51.010-1 | 2068 rev 1 | Correction to test case 20.22.19 |
51.010-1 | 2069 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.20 Cell Reselection based on C32 – Cell Reselection on CCCH – PBCCH not present |
51.010-1 | 2069 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.20 Cell Reselection based on C32 – Cell Reselection on CCCH – PBCCH not present |
51.010-1 | 2070 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.21 Removal of test case |
51.010-1 | 2071 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.22 Cell Reselection with cells in different Routing area - Cell Reselection on CCCH - PBCCH not present |
51.010-1 | 2072 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.23 Cell Reselection based on C32 – Cell Reselection on CCCH – PBCCH not present |
51.010-1 | 2073 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.24 Cell Reselection based on C32/ cell of same priority/ Cell Reselection on CCCH – PBCCH not present |
51.010-1 | 2074 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.25 Cell Reselection based on C32/C31<0/ Cell Reselection on CCCH – PBCCH not present |
51.010-1 | 2074 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.25 Cell Reselection based on C32/C31<0/ Cell Reselection on CCCH – PBCCH not present |
51.010-1 | 2075 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.26 Cell reselection based on C32 quality/ Cell Reselection on CCCH – PBCCH not present |
51.010-1 | 2076 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.28 Cell Reselection/ no suitable cell found/ cell selection |
51.010-1 | 2076 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.28 Cell Reselection/ no suitable cell found/ cell selection |
51.010-1 | 2082 | 51.010-1 Section 34.1 GPRS default conditions for 34.4 (SMS over GPRS) |
51.010-1 | 2083 | 51.010-1 Section 41.3.* Consideration of HSCSD/GPRS/EGPRS splitted Multislot Classes |
51.010-1 | 2084 | 51.010-1 Section 42.* Consideration of HSCSD/GPRS/EGPRS splitted Multislot Classes |
51.010-1 | 2085 | 51.010-1 Section 42.1.2.2.5.1 Consideration of HSCSD/GPRS/EGPRS splitted Multislot Classes and applicability corrected |
51.010-1 | 2086 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.2.3.3 Setting CTRL_ACK_TYPE = 0 in the Initial Conditions |
51.010-1 | 2087 | 51.010-1 Section 42.8.5 Incorrect step number reference in Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 2088 | 51.010-1 Section 44.2.3.3.3 Value of TMSI status IE has been re-added. |
51.010-1 | 2092 | New test case: Coding Scheme adaptation while MS in extended Uplink mode |
51.010-1 | 2092 rev 1 | New test case: Coding Scheme adaptation while the MS is in extended Uplink mode |
51.010-1 | 2092 rev 2 | New test case: Coding Scheme adaptation while the MS is in extended Uplink mode |
51.010-1 | 2094 | 51.010-1 Section 45 Applicability restrictions for three test cases |
51.010-1 | 2094 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 45 Applicability restrictions for three test cases |
51.010-1 | 2095 | 051.010-1 44.2.3.2.5- Correction to Expected sequence of Test procedure 1. |
51.010-1 | 2098 | Change of Pb power parameter |
51.010-1 | 2099 | Data retransmission included |
51.010-1 | 2099 rev 1 | Data retransmission included |
51.010-1 | 2100 | New NITZ Test cases |
51.010-1 | 2101 | Correction of testcases following NC2 work plan (DeletingTC) |
51.010-1 | 2102 | Correction of testcases following NC2 work plan (Including TC) |
51.010-1 | 2103 | Dynamic Allocation / Resource reallocation / Successful / Lower Coding Scheme Command |
51.010-1 | 2103 rev 1 | Dynamic Allocation / Resource reallocation / Successful / Lower Coding Scheme Command |
51.010-1 | 2104 | Optional steps added for clauses 41.3.6.2 and 41.3.6.3 |
51.010-1 | 2105 | Increase of amount to be triggered for testcases 41.3.2.1,41.3.2.2 and 41.3.2.3 |
51.010-1 | 2105 rev 1 | Increase of amount to be triggered for testcases 41.3.2.1,41.3.2.2 and 41.3.2.3 |
51.010-1 | 2106 | Correction to Expected sequence of Test procedure 1. |
51.010-1 | 2106 rev 1 | Correction to Expected sequence of Test procedure 1. |
51.010-1 | 2107 | Network Control measurement reporting / Uplink transfer / Continuation in Idle mode |
51.010-1 | 2107 rev 1 | Network Control measurement reporting / Uplink transfer / Continuation in Idle mode |
51.010-1 | 2108 | Network Control measurement reporting / Uplink transfer / Continuation in Idle mode |
51.010-1 | 2108 rev 1 | Network Control measurement reporting / Uplink transfer / Continuation in Idle mode |
51.010-1 | 2109 | Packet Measurement order procedure / Downlink transfer / Normal case/ Dedicated parameters |
51.010-1 | 2109 rev 1 | Packet Measurement order procedure / Downlink transfer / Normal case/ Dedicated parameters |
51.010-1 | 2110 | Network Control measurement reporting / Idle mode / Reselection due to RA failure |
51.010-1 | 2110 rev 1 | Network Control measurement reporting / Idle mode / Reselection due to RA failure |
51.010-1 | 2112 | Network Control PEMR Activation with SI Messages |
51.010-1 | 2114 | Correction to specific message contents of Packet Timeslot Reconfigure message (1st execution) |
51.010-1 | 2117 | Network Assisted Cell Change / Packet Neighbour Cell Data and Packet Cell Change Order |
51.010-1 | 2117 rev 1 | Network Assisted Cell Change / Packet Neighbour Cell Data and Packet Cell Change Order |
51.010-1 | 2118 | Network Assisted Cell Change / NC mode change / Packet Neighbour Cell Data |
51.010-1 | 2118 rev 1 | Network Assisted Cell Change / NC mode change / Packet Neighbour Cell Data |
51.010-1 | 2124 | Correction to test case 45.5.1 |
51.010-1 | 2125 | Correction to section 40.5 (Test PDP contexts) |
51.010-1 | 2126 | Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Abnormal / with cell reselection in acknowledged mode |
51.010-1 | 2126 rev 1 | Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Abnormal / with cell reselection in acknowledged mode |
51.010-1 | 2127 | Combined routing area updating / MS in CS operation at change of RA |
51.010-1 | 2141 | Correction to specific message contents of Packet Timeslot Reconfigure message (1st execution) (revisited) |
51.010-1 | 2143 | Correction to Initial Conditions of System Simulator |
51.010-1 | 2145 | Ready Timer shall be deactivated. |
51.010-1 | 2146 | Ready Timer shall be deactivated. |
51.010-1 | 2147 | Handling of Measurement Report at Step 4 |
51.010-1 | 2147 rev 1 | Handling of Measurement Report at Step 4 |
51.010-1 | 2148 | Setting Force to Standby in Routing Area Accept. |
51.010-1 | 2148 rev 1 | Setting Force to Standby in Routing Area Accept. |
51.010-1 | 2149 | The GERAN #17 GP-032364 is not reflected in 51.010-1. |
51.010-1 | 2150 | Setting Force to Standby in Routing Area Accept. |
51.010-1 | 2150 rev 1 | Setting Force to Standby in Routing Area Accept. |
51.010-1 | 2152 | Correction to test procedure, as per GERAN #17 GP-32365 |
51.010-1 | 2153 | Modification to the test sequence, PDP Context 5 Activation moved to Step 1. |
51.010-1 | 2153 rev 1 | Modification to the test sequence, PDP Context 5 Activation moved to Step 1. |
51.010-1 | 2154 | Modify the way the data has to be triggered in all SNDCP Test case where multiple NPDU are expected. |
51.010-1 | 2156 | Editorial Change to step numbering. |
51.010-1 | 2158 | Correction to Step number. |
51.010-1 | 2158 rev 1 | Correction to Step number 42.4.2.1.4 |
51.010-1 | 2166 | Correction to testcase to use the PICS for GPRS Multislot Class |
51.010-1 | 2167 | Correction to amount of data triggered |
51.010-1 | 2168 | Clarification to test case 22.3 on change of Power Level |
51.010-1 | 2168 rev 1 | Clarification to test case 22.3 on change of Power Level |
51.010-1 | 2169 | Correction to test case 44.2.3.1.2, deactivation of cell A |
51.010-1 | 2170 | Correction to test case 44.2.3.1.4, missing Cell Update |
51.010-1 | 2173 | Test could be passed without having decoded PMO message. |
51.010-1 | 2174 | Test could be passed without having decoded PMO message. |
51.010-1 | 2175 | Test could be passed without having decoded PMO message. |
51.010-1 | 2176 | Test could be passed without having decoded PMO message. |
51.010-1 | 2177 | Specification of R99/Rel-4 default conditions for GPRS cell selection / re-selection |
51.010-1 | 2178 | Check for no further CP_DATA_ACK missing in Expected sequence |
51.010-1 | 2179 | Incorrect naming of timer TC1M |
51.010-1 | 2180 | Conformance requirements and Initial conditions corrections |
51.010-1 | 2181 | Conformance requirement for CP Error Handling updated and test corrected |
51.010-1 | 2181 rev 1 | Conformance requirement for CP Error Handling updated and test corrected |
51.010-1 | 2182 | Consideration of Transfer non-DRX mode period |
51.010-1 | 2183 | Incorrect step references Section 41.2.3.11 |
51.010-1 | 2184 | Insufficient amount of data triggered |
51.010-1 | 2185 | Correction of requirement check |
51.010-1 | 2186 | Optional steps added and some further corrections |
51.010-1 | 2187 | Optional steps added and some further corrections |
51.010-1 | 2188 | Wait time in Expected sequence too short. Initial conditions improved |
51.010-1 | 2189 | Correction to test procedure regarding to persistence level settings |
51.010-1 | 2190 | Check that only one LLC PDU is transmitted |
51.010-1 | 2191 | Correction Initial conditions and Test Procedure |
51.010-1 | 2193 | Section 42.4.2.3.5 Corrections to the test procedure |
51.010-1 | 2193 rev 1 | Section 42.4.2.3.5 Corrections to the test procedure |
51.010-1 | 2194 | Section 42.4.2.3.6 Corrections to the test procedure |
51.010-1 | 2195 | Section 42.4.2.3.7 Corrections to the test procedure |
51.010-1 | 2195 rev 1 | Section 42.4.2.3.7 Corrections to the test procedure |
51.010-1 | 2196 | Section 42.4.4.3 Packet Downlink Dummy Control block with USF assignment missing in Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 2197 | Section 42.4.4.4 Corrections to the test procedure |
51.010-1 | 2198 | Section 42.4.5.3 Two Phase access to be considered |
51.010-1 | 2199 | Section 42.4.5.4 Corrections to Specific message contents |
51.010-1 | 2200 | Section 42.4.5.7 Corrections to Initial conditions, Expected Sequnece and Specific message contents |
51.010-1 | 2201 | Section 42.4.5.8 Corrections to Expected Sequnece and Specific message contents |
51.010-1 | 2202 | Section 42.4.5.9 Corrections to Specific message contents |
51.010-1 | 2203 | Section 42.4.8.1.1 PMO to be sent on PPCH |
51.010-1 | 2204 | Section 44.2.3.3.3 Value of TMSI status IE to be re-added. |
51.010-1 | 2212 | Section 52.1.1.6.1 Wait time in Expected sequence too short. Initial conditions improved |
51.010-1 | 2217 | Section 40 Specification of Rel 4 default conditions |
51.010-1 | 2219 | Section 42.5.5.3 Correction of PSI2 parameter settings |
51.010-1 | 2219 rev 1 | Section 42.5.5.3 Correction of PSI2 parameter settings |
51.010-1 | 2221 | Section 42.4.4.1 Correction of Test Purpose description |
51.010-1 | 2222 | Section 42.4.8.1.4 Correction of paging in NON_DRX_PERIOD |
51.010-1 | 2223 | NC2 and DRX / NC_NON_DRX_PERIOD / NC2 non-DRX mode period broadcast in SI2Quater |
51.010-1 | 2224 | Network Assisted Cell Change / Packet Neighbour Cell Data and Packet Cell Change Continue |
51.010-1 | 2226 | Network Assisted Cell Change / NC mode change |
51.010-1 | 2228 | TC 41.3.2.1 does not allow delay for the MS to be ready to transmit RLC block |
51.010-1 | 2233 | Correction of the Expected Sequence in clause 46.1.2.5.2 - Sending FRMR due to reception of an S frame with incorrect length. |
51.010-1 | 2253 | Transmitter output power in GPRS multislot configuration |
51.010-1 | 2255 | Corrections to SNDCP test case 46.2.2.4.2 |
51.010-1 | 2256 | Changes in the timing requirement for the testcase 20.22.22, 20.22.24, 20.22.25, 20.22.26 |
51.010-1 | 2257 | Changes in the testcase 20.22.23 |
51.010-1 | 2258 | Changes in the timing requirement, conformance requirement for the testcase 20.22.30.1 |
51.010-1 | 2259 | Changes in the timing and conformance requirement for the testcase 20.22.30.2 |
51.010-1 | 2260 | Changes in the timing requirement of the testcase 20.22.5 |
51.010-1 | 2260 rev 1 | Changes in the timing requirement of the testcase 20.22.5 |
51.010-1 | 2261 | Changes in the specific message content of SI13 in testcases 42.1.2.1.14 to 42.1.2.1.18 |
51.010-1 | 2262 | Correcting the specific message content for PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE, Addition of Default message content for PACKET POWER CONTROL/TIMING ADVANCE. |
51.010-1 | 2263 | Allowing MS to send optionally a PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST in step 12. |
51.010-1 | 2264 | Correcting the specific message content for PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE |
51.010-1 | 2265 | Changes in step 10 for addressing PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK with valid RRBP |
51.010-1 | 2266 | Changes in the test procedure. |
51.010-1 | 2267 | Corrections to inter-RAT Cell Change Order Test Cases |
51.010-1 | 2267 rev 1 | Corrections to inter-RAT Cell Change Order Test Cases |
51.010-1 | 2268 | Addition of new test cases for failure scenario of Inter-RAT cell change order procedure |
51.010-1 | 2269 | Changes in the name of the testcase and correction to the test sequence. |
51.010-1 | 2270 | Modification to the Test comment. |
51.010-1 | 2271 | Modification to the test step B6 (Conditional). |
51.010-1 | 2272 | Modification to the Test Procedure details. |
51.010-1 | 2273 | Modification to the Test sequence comment. |
51.010-1 | 2274 | Modification to the Test Procedure details. |
51.010-1 | 2279 | Editorial Change to step numbering and modifcation to the applicability of certain steps. |
51.010-1 | 2279 rev 1 | Editorial Change to step numbering and modifcation to the applicability of certain steps. |
51.010-1 | 2281 | Removal of checks from testcases 46.2.2.1.3, 46.2.2.1.4 and 46.2.2.1.5. |
51.010-1 | 2282 | GPRS Detach / Accepted/ IMSI Detach |
51.010-1 | 2283 | T3330 is not being taken into account in one section 44 tests. |
51.010-1 | 2284 | Corrections to Cell Reselection test cases |
51.010-1 | 2284 rev 1 | Corrections to Cell Reselection test cases |
51.010-1 | 2285 | Correction to test case 20.22.2 Cell reselection in Packet Idle mode |
51.010-1 | 2286 | 42.3.3.1.3 Change of number of RLC data blocks wanted |
51.010-1 | 2286 rev 1 | 42.3.3.1.3 Change of number of RLC data blocks wanted |
51.010-1 | 2287 | 44.2.9.1.2 : Correction of NITZ PLMN Names |
51.010-1 | 2288 rev 1 | 44.2.9.1.3 : New NITZ Test cases |
51.010-1 | 2291 | 51.010-1 Section 13.16.1 ALPHA set to 0 in initial conditions |
51.010-1 | 2292 | 51.010-1 Section 13.16.2 1 Incorrect step references and units |
51.010-1 | 2292 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 13.16.2 1 Incorrect step references and units |
51.010-1 | 2293 | 51.010-1 Section 13.16.3 ALPHA set to 0 in initial conditions |
51.010-1 | 2299 | 51.010-1 Section 41.3.6.4 TBF Release / Extended Uplink / Change of RLC mode / normal release and 41.3.6.5 TBF Release / Extended Uplink / Change of RLC mode / abnormal release |
51.010-1 | 2301 | 51.010-1 Section 42.1.1.4.1 Packet Channel Request / Access persistence control on PRACH / M+1 attempts |
51.010-1 | 2302 | 51.010-1 Section 44.2.1.1.10 & 44.2.2.2.6 - Inconsistencies in the test specification concerning the RAI values |
51.010-1 | 2302 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 44.2.1.1.10 & 44.2.2.2.6 - Inconsistencies in the test specification concerning the RAI values |
51.010-1 | 2303 | 51.010-1 Section 52.3.1.2.3 – GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET coded in dB, Step 19 should be conditional |
51.010-1 | 2299 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 41.3.6.9 TBF Release / Extended Uplink / Change of RLC mode / normal release and 41.3.6.10 TBF Release / Extended Uplink / Change of RLC mode / abnormal release |
51.010-1 | 2303 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 52.3.1.2.3 – GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET coded in dB, Step 19 should be conditional |
51.010-1 | 2306 | 51.010-1 Section 34.4.1 SMS mobile terminated |
51.010-1 | 2307 | 51.010-1 Section 34.4.2 SMS mobile originated |
51.010-1 | 2309 | 51.010-1 Section 34.4.4 Test of capabilities of simultaneously receiving a short message whilst sending a mobile originated short message |
51.010-1 | 2310 | 51.010-1 Section 34.4.8.1 CP Error Handling |
51.010-1 | 2311 | 51.010-1 Section 34.4.8.2 RP Error Handling |
51.010-1 | 2317 | 42.3.3.3 - Editorial Changes. |
51.010-1 | 2318 | 42.3.3.2.1 - Downlink Dummy control block to be sent to receive Resource request before step 9. |
51.010-1 | 2320 | Addition of new Extended Uplink Testcases. |
51.010-1 | 2322 | 42.4.2.2.1 Cell change order procedure / Downlink transfer / Normal case |
51.010-1 | 2322 rev 1 | 42.4.2.2.1 Cell change order procedure / Downlink transfer / Normal case |
51.010-1 | 2323 rev 1 | 42.4.2.2.3 Cell change order procedure / Downlink transfer / Failure cases / Frequency not implemented |
51.010-1 | 2324 | 42.4.2.3.1 Cell change order procedure / Simultaneous uplink and downlink transfer / Normal case |
51.010-1 | 2325 | 051.010-1 42.4.8.2.2 and 42.4.8.2.3 Increase of Ready timer needed |
51.010-1 | 2326 | 051.010-1 42.4.8.1.2 - NC2 and DRX / NC_NON_DRX_PERIOD / NC2 non-DRX mode period ordered in Packet Cell Change Order |
51.010-1 | 2327 | 051.010-1 44.2.8.1 - Change of cell between two LAs in idle mode |
51.010-1 | 2328 | 051.010-1 43.1.2.4 Acknowledged mode / Downlink TBF / Re-assembly / Length Indicator |
51.010-1 | 2329 | 051.010-1 Addition of new Extended Uplink Testcases 41.3.6.6, 41.3.6.7 and 41.3.6.8 Setcom |
51.010-1 | 2329 rev 1 | 051.010-1 Addition of new Extended Uplink Testcases 41.3.6.6, 41.3.6.7 and 41.3.6.8 Setcom |
51.010-1 | 2332 | 051.010-1 Negotiation of N201-U and N201-I to 140 to reduce the amount of data in test cases 46.1.2.6.1 and 46.1.2.6.2 |
51.010-1 | 2333 | 051.010-1 Removal of checks from testcases 46.2.2.1.3, 46.2.2.1.4 and 46.2.2.1.5. |
51.010-1 | 2336 | 42.3.1.1.8 Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Normal / Two uplink timeslots |
51.010-1 | 2339 | Correction of the Expected Sequence in clause 46.1.2.5.2 - Sending FRMR due to reception of an S frame with incorrect length. |
51.010-1 | 2343 | 051.010-1 Note added to section 42.4 |
51.010-1 | 2343 rev 1 | 051.010-1 Note added to section 42.4 |
51.010-1 | 2343 rev 2 | 051.010-1 Note added to section 42.4 |
51.010-1 | 2344 | 051.010-1 correction to sections 42.4.6.1 and 42.4.6.2- Network Control PEMR – Activation with PSI/SI Messages |
51.010-1 | 2344 rev 1 | 051.010-1 correction to sections 42.4.6.1 and 42.4.6.2- Network Control PEMR – Activation with PSI/SI Messages |
51.010-1 | 2345 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.8.2.4 Corrected Adressing in Packet Access Reject |
51.010-1 | 2346 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.8.2.3 – Missing Packet Downlink Dummy Control Block added |
51.010-1 | 2347 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.8.1.1 – test description corrected |
51.010-1 | 2348 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.4.3 NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_I measurment corrected |
51.010-1 | 2349 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.1.4 Additional step added to ensure that MS stops sending Measurement Reports |
51.010-1 | 2350 | 51.010-1 Section 46.1.2.7.5 - Inconsistencies in the test specification concerning IOV-UI handling |
51.010-1 | 2352 | 51.010-1 Section 52.1.2.1.9.3 PICS parameters for band interworking and 04.60 Section 12.30 requirements |
51.010-1 | 2353 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.7 Downlink signalling failure |
51.010-1 | 2354 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.23 Cell Reselection based on C32 – Cell Reselection on CCCH – PBCCH not supported |
51.010-1 | 2355 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.24 Cell Reselection based on C32/ cell of same priority/ Cell Reselection on CCCH – PBCCH not supported |
51.010-1 | 2356 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.25 Cell Reselection based on C32/ C31<0/ Cell Reselection on CCCH – PBCCH not supported |
51.010-1 | 2357 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.26 Cell Reselection based on C32 quality / Cell Reselection on CCCH – PBCCH not supported |
51.010-1 | 2357 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.26 Cell Reselection based on C32 quality / Cell Reselection on CCCH – PBCCH not supported |
51.010-1 | 2358 | 51.010-1 Section 47.1.3 Extension of expected sequence with test branches k=1 and k=2. |
51.010-1 | 2358 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 47.1.3 Extension of expected sequence with test branches k=1 and k=2. |
51.010-1 | 2359 | 51.010-1 Section 42.3.1.2.2 Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Abnormal / with cell reselection in acknowledged mode |
51.010-1 | 2360 | 51.010-1 Section 42.3.1.2.3 – GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET coded in dB, Step 19 should be conditional |
51.010-1 | 2360 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 42.3.1.2.3 – GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET coded in dB, Step 19 should be conditional |
51.010-1 | 2361 | 51.010-1 Section 52.3.3.2.2 Step 5 of expected sequence completed |
51.010-1 | 2362 | Sec 40 - Modification of Channel ARFCN for GSM900 and GSM850 bands. |
51.010-1 | 2364 | Corrections to R99 behaviour of test case 41.2.2.3 |
51.010-1 | 2365 | Corrections to inter RAT cell reselection test case 20.22.29 |
51.010-1 | 2369 | 51.010-1: Changes in the testcase 20.22.23 |
51.010-1 | 2370 | 51010-1: Changes in the testcase 20.22.28 |
51.010-1 | 2370 rev 1 | 51010-1: Changes in the testcase 20.22.28 |
51.010-1 | 2371 | 41.1.1.4, 41.1.5.3 : Changing the support of “SPGC_CCCH_SUP ”, as absent in the cell. |
51.010-1 | 2372 | 51.010-1: Making 41.1.5.4 default content for SI13 as per the core spefication defination. |
51.010-1 | 2372 rev 1 | 51.010-1: Making 41.1.5.4 default content for SI13 as per the core spefication defination. |
51.010-1 | 2373 | 51.010-1: Modification in the step 6 of 41.3.1.3 |
51.010-1 | 2374 | 51.010-1: Modifying the conformance requirement and test purpose as per the new version of 04.60 in the testcase 42.1.2.1.11 |
51.010-1 | 2375 | 51.010-1: Swaping the teststeps 1 and 2 in testcase 42.1.2.2.3 |
51.010-1 | 2376 | 51.010-1: Modification in the step 4a of 42.4.1.4 |
51.010-1 | 2377 | 51.010-1: Modification to the Part b of the Test Purpose in 42.4.8.2.1 |
51.010-1 | 2378 | 51.010-1: Modification to the READY TIMER value in the testcase 42.4.8.4.4 |
51.010-1 | 2379 | 51.010-1: Modification in the step 8 of 42.5.4.3 |
51.010-1 | 2380 | 51.010-1: Modification in the step 7 of 42.5.5.3 |
51.010-1 | 2381 | 51.010-1: Modification in the steps 4 and 5 of the test case 42.7.4 |
51.010-1 | 2387 | 42.3.1.2.2 - Specify acknowledged mode, correct data length, Packet Resource Request Messsage ACCESS TYPE clarified. |
51.010-1 | 2387 rev 1 | 42.3.1.2.2 - Specify acknowledged mode, correct data length, Packet Resource Request Messsage ACCESS TYPE clarified. |
51.010-1 | 2388 | 42.3.1.2.3 – Clarify ACCESS TYPE in Packet Resource Request Messsage. |
51.010-1 | 2389 | 42.3.3.2.1 – Allow MS to send optional PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST after step 11, define CONTROL_ACK_TYPE. |
51.010-1 | 2389 rev 1 | 42.3.3.2.1 – Allow MS to send optional PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST after step 11, define CONTROL_ACK_TYPE. |
51.010-1 | 2390 | 42.4.2.x.1 - Number of octets of data transfer should be increased to 500 |
51.010-1 | 2391 | 45.4.x – Correct spec quote in Conformance requirement. |
51.010-1 | 2392 | 46.1.2.3.2 – Add optional Step 4 to handle Deactivate PDP Request from the MS. |
51.010-1 | 2393 | 46.1.2.7.3 – Correct origin of PDP Context Activation macro. |
51.010-1 | 2400 | 51010-1: Modification to the timing requirements of the testcase 20.22.13. |
51.010-1 | 2401 | Changes in the timing requirement for the testcase 20.22.22, 20.22.24, 20.22.25, 20.22.26 |
51.010-1 | 2402 | Changes in the timing requirement, conformance requirement for the testcase 20.22.30.1 |
51.010-1 | 2402 rev 1 | Changes in the timing requirement, conformance requirement for the testcase 20.22.30.1 |
51.010-1 | 2403 | Changes in the timing and conformance requirement for the testcase 20.22.30.2 |
51.010-1 | 2403 rev 1 | Changes in the timing and conformance requirement for the testcase 20.22.30.2 |
51.010-1 | 2404 | Addition of new test cases for failure scenario of PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER procedure |
51.010-1 | 2404 rev 1 | Addition of new test cases for failure scenario of PACKET CELL CHANGE ORDER procedure |
51.010-1 | 2405 | 51.010-1 Section 46.1.2.7.4 Negotiation initiated by the SS (during ADM, for N201-U). |
51.010-1 | 2406 | 51.010-1 Section 42.3.2.1.2 Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer with Downlink TBF establishment / Normal / Multislot capabilities – RRBP adapt to Method of test |
51.010-1 | 2407 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.8.3.3 & 42.4.8.3.5 – Correction of expected sequence. |
51.010-1 | 2410 | 42.4.5.2, 42.4.5.4, 42.4.5.6, 42.4.5.9, Increase of reselection timer when PCCCH not present (NACC) |
51.010-1 | 2410 rev 1 | 42.4.5.2, 42.4.5.4, 42.4.5.6, 42.4.5.9, Increase of reselection timer when PCCCH not present (NACC) and other merged modifcations |
51.010-1 | 2411 | 42.4.5.5 Increase of reselection timer when PCCCH not present and use of T3208 |
51.010-1 | 2412 | 42.4.6.6 Change timer for repetition |
51.010-1 | 2412 rev 1 | 42.4.6.6 Change timer for repetition |
51.010-1 | 2413 | 42.4.8.2.3 Addition of potential PMR during transfer |
51.010-1 | 2414 | Correction to test case 20.22.19 |
51.010-1 | 2415 | 41.3.1.2 TBF Release / Uplink / Normal / MS initiated / Unacknowledged mode |
51.010-1 | 2417 | 51.010-1 Section 13.17.3 EGPRS Transmitter output power |
51.010-1 | 2417 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 13.17.3 EGPRS Transmitter output power |
51.010-1 | 2421 | 51.010-1 Section 40 GPRS default conditions – ARFCN overlapping |
51.010-1 | 2422 | 51.010-1 Section 40.4.3.20 MT Call in GPRS cell – Authentication and Ciphering added and voice connection is established without verification by the user. |
51.010-1 | 2423 | 51.010-1 Section 40 DTM default conditions - Contents of Layer 3 messages (DTM) – correction of message contents, headline and paragraph formating |
51.010-1 | 2423 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 40 DTM default conditions - Contents of Layer 3 messages (DTM) – correction of message contents, headline and paragraph formating |
51.010-1 | 2423 rev 2 | 51.010-1 Section 40 DTM default conditions - Contents of Layer 3 messages (DTM) – correction of message contents, headline and paragraph formating |
51.010-1 | 2424 | 51.010-1 Section 41.3.6.7 Extended Uplink TBF / Cell Change failure while in Extended Uplink/ No Packet Neighbouring Cell Data |
51.010-1 | 2425 | 51.010-1 Section 41.3.6.8 Extended Uplink TBF / Cell Change while in Extended Uplink/ With Packet Neighbouring Cell Data – PSI 14 content changed |
51.010-1 | 2426 | 51.010-1 Section 41.3.6.9 TBF Release / Extended Uplink / Change of RLC mode / normal release and 41.3.6.10 TBF Release / Extended Uplink / Change of RLC mode / abnormal release |
51.010-1 | 2426 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 41.3.6.9 TBF Release / Extended Uplink / Change of RLC mode / normal release and 41.3.6.10 TBF Release / Extended Uplink / Change of RLC mode / abnormal release |
51.010-1 | 2426 rev 2 | 51.010-1 Section 41.3.6.9 TBF Release / Extended Uplink / Change of RLC mode / normal release and 41.3.6.10 TBF Release / Extended Uplink / Change of RLC mode / abnormal release |
51.010-1 | 2427 | 51.010-1 Section 41.5.1.1.1.6 Uplink TBF establishment with no reallocation of CS resources / Abnormal cases / Handover Command - Extension of expected sequence with test branches k=1 and k=2 |
51.010-1 | 2428 | 51.010-1 Section 41.5.1.1.2.1 Uplink TBF establishment with reallocation of CS resources / Successful case - Extension of expected sequence with test branches k=1 and k=2 |
51.010-1 | 2429 | 51.010-1 Section 41.5.1.1.3 - Uplink TBF establishment required whilst DTM is not supported in cell – Expected Sequence missing |
51.010-1 | 2430 | 51.010-1 Section 41.5.2.3 MO CS establishment whilst in packet transfer mode with uplink and downlink TBFs established – PICS/PIXIT section corrected, Ciphering and Authentication added |
51.010-1 | 2430 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 41.5.2.3 MO CS establishment whilst in packet transfer mode with uplink and downlink TBFs established – PICS/PIXIT section corrected, Ciphering and Authentication added |
51.010-1 | 2432 | 51.010-1 Section 41.5.3.1.1 Uplink TBF establishment with a downlink TBF established and no PS downlink reallocation – manual operation improved |
51.010-1 | 2433 | 51.010-1 Section 42.1.2.1.14 to 42.1.2.1.18 Specific message contents |
51.010-1 | 2434 | 51.010-1 Section 42.3.2.1.2 Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer with Downlink TBF establishment / Normal / Multislot capabilities – RRBP adapt to Method of test |
51.010-1 | 2435 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.2.3.3 Clarification of test sequence |
51.010-1 | 2435 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.2.3.3 Clarification of test sequence |
51.010-1 | 2436 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.5.2 Network Assisted Cell Change / No Packet Neighbouring Cell Data and Packet Cell Change Continue |
51.010-1 | 2437 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.6.1 Conformance requirement added and further corrections |
51.010-1 | 2438 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.6.2 Conformance requirement added and further corrections |
51.010-1 | 2439 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.6.3 Conformance requirement added and further corrections |
51.010-1 | 2440 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.6.4 Timing requirements corrected |
51.010-1 | 2441 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.6.5 Corrections of initial conditions and test sequence |
51.010-1 | 2442 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.8.3.2 - erroneous application of MS release |
51.010-1 | 2443 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.8.4.1 - erroneous coding of Packet Measurement Order |
51.010-1 | 2444 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.8.4.2 - erroneous coding of Packet Measurement Order and Packet Cell Change Order |
51.010-1 | 2445 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.8.4.3 - erroneous coding of Packet Measurement Order |
51.010-1 | 2446 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.8.4.4 - erroneous coding of Packet Measurement Order |
51.010-1 | 2447 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.8.4.5 - erroneous coding of Packet Measurement Order and simplification using an already existing macro |
51.010-1 | 2448 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.8.4.6 - Procedure to enter and maintain TBF missing and others |
51.010-1 | 2448 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.8.4.6 - Procedure to enter and maintain TBF missing and others |
51.010-1 | 2449 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.8.4.7 - Unused PBCCH removed |
51.010-1 | 2450 | 51.010-1 Section 44.2.3.2.5 Combined routing area updating / rejected / roaming not allowed in this location area – LUP optional for R97 and later MS |
51.010-1 | 2453 | 51.010-1 Section 51.3.6.7 Extended Uplink TBF / Cell Change failure while in Extended Uplink/ No Packet Neighbouring Cell Data |
51.010-1 | 2455 | 51.010-1 Section 51.3.6.9 TBF Release / Extended Uplink / Change of RLC mode / normal release and 51.3.6.10 TBF Release / Extended Uplink / Change of RLC mode / abnormal release |
51.010-1 | 2455 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 51.3.6.9 TBF Release / Extended Uplink / Change of RLC mode / normal release and 51.3.6.10 TBF Release / Extended Uplink / Change of RLC mode / abnormal release |
51.010-1 | 2455 rev 2 | 51.010-1 Section 51.3.6.9 TBF Release / Extended Uplink / Change of RLC mode / normal release and 51.3.6.10 TBF Release / Extended Uplink / Change of RLC mode / abnormal release |
51.010-1 | 2460 | 42.3.1.1.4 Introduction of an additional Packet Uplink Dummy Control Block in the expected sequence. |
51.010-1 | 2462 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.5.3 Network Assisted Cell Change / Packet Neighbour Cell Data and Packet Cell Change Continue – PSI14 |
51.010-1 | 2465 | 51.010-1 – Single Slot DTM support missing in Related PICS/PIXIT Statement(s) in |
51.010-1 | 2466 | 51.010-1 Section 41.5.1.1.2.2 Uplink TBF establishment with reallocation of CS resources / Abnormal case / Assignment Failure - Extension of expected sequence with test branches k=1 and k=2. |
51.010-1 | 2468 | 51.010-1 Section 52.1.2.1.9.3 PICS parameters for band interworking and 04.60 Section 12.30 requirements |
51.010-1 | 2469 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.5.4 Corrections to the expected sequence |
51.010-1 | 2470 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.5.5 Corrections to the expected sequence |
51.010-1 | 2470 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.5.5 Corrections to the expected sequence |
51.010-1 | 2471 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.5.7 Corrections to the expected sequence |
51.010-1 | 2472 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.5.9 Corrections to the expected sequence |
51.010-1 | 2475 | Correction to test case 42.3.3.2.2 |
51.010-1 | 2477 | Various corrections to test procedure and sequence |
51.010-1 | 2477 rev 1 | Various corrections to test procedure and sequence |
51.010-1 | 2478 | Specific Message Content for step 5 corrected |
51.010-1 | 2478 rev 1 | Specific Message Content for step 5 corrected |
51.010-1 | 2479 | New step 10 for RR connection release and comments in step 15 added to test sequence. |
51.010-1 | 2479 rev 1 | New step 10 for RR connection release and comments in step 15 added to test sequence. |
51.010-1 | 2480 | Addition of a new test case for USFs decoding by a MS in GPRS TBF mode when the USFs are assigned with EGPRS RLC/MAC blocks coded with MCS-1 to MCS-4. |
51.010-1 | 2480 rev 1 | Addition of a new test case for USFs decoding by a MS in GPRS TBF mode when the USFs are assigned with EGPRS RLC/MAC blocks coded with MCS-1 to MCS-4. |
51.010-1 | 2481 | Removal of the TC as it is not testing the ‘Test Purpose’ |
51.010-1 | 2482 | Increase of sent data and other modifications |
51.010-1 | 2483 | Correction of test sequence. |
51.010-1 | 2484 | Cell change order procedure / Simultaneous uplink and downlink transfer / Normal case |
51.010-1 | 2484 rev 1 | 42.4.2.3.1 Cell change order procedure / Simultaneous uplink and downlink transfer / Normal case |
51.010-1 | 2485 | Correction of test sequence. |
51.010-1 | 2485 rev 1 | Section 46.1.2.3.2 Correction of test sequence. |
51.010-1 | 2486 | Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer with Downlink TBF establishment / Normal / Multislot capabilities |
51.010-1 | 2487 | Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Abnormal / with cell reselection in unacknowledged mode |
51.010-1 | 2487 rev 1 | Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Abnormal / with cell reselection in unacknowledged mode |
51.010-1 | 2488 | Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Abnormal / with cell reselection in acknowledged mode |
51.010-1 | 2488 rev 1 | Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Abnormal / with cell reselection in acknowledged mode |
51.010-1 | 2488 rev 2 | Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Abnormal / with cell reselection in acknowledged mode |
51.010-1 | 2489 | Dynamic Allocation / Resource reallocation / Reject |
51.010-1 | 2497 | Downlink Transfer/ Reestablishment/ Invalid Frequency Parameters IE |
51.010-1 | 2497 rev 1 | Downlink Transfer/ Reestablishment/ Invalid Frequency Parameters IE |
51.010-1 | 2498 | Note added to section 40 |
51.010-1 | 2498 rev 1 | 051.010-1 Note added to section 40 |
51.010-1 | 2499 | Defined PSI14 in case PBCCH is not present |
51.010-1 | 2502 rev 1 | Section 42.1.2.2.5.1 Packet Downlink Assignment / Abnormal cases / Incorrect PDCH assignment |
51.010-1 | 2502 rev 2 | Section 42.1.2.2.5.1 Packet Downlink Assignment / Abnormal cases / Incorrect PDCH assignment |
51.010-1 | 2503 | Misleading requirement in some test steps |
51.010-1 | 2504 | Network Control measurement reporting / Uplink transfer / Continuation in Idle mode. |
51.010-1 | 2505 | Packet Measurement order procedure / Downlink transfer / Normal case/ Routing Area Update/ NMO II |
51.010-1 | 2506 | Network Assisted Cell Change / Packet Neighbour Cell Data and Packet Cell Change Continue |
51.010-1 | 2506 rev 1 | Section 42.4.5.3 Network Assisted Cell Change / Packet Neighbour Cell Data and Packet Cell Change Continue |
51.010-1 | 2507 | Network Assisted Cell Change / Packet Neighbour Cell Data and Packet Cell Change Order |
51.010-1 | 2508 | Network Assisted Cell Change / NC mode change / Packet Neighbour Cell Data |
51.010-1 | 2509 | NC2 and DRX / NC_NON_DRX_PERIOD / NC2 non-DRX mode period ordered in Packet Cell Change Order |
51.010-1 | 2510 | NC2 and DRX / NC_NON_DRX_PERIOD / NC2 non-DRX mode period broadcast in PSI5 |
51.010-1 | 2511 | User Data vs Measurement Report Sending / Conflict situation / Expiry of T3192 and T3158 |
51.010-1 | 2512 | User Data vs Measurement Report Sending / Conflict situation / Expiry of T3182 and T3158 |
51.010-1 | 2514 | Transmitter output power in GPRS multislot configuration |
51.010-1 | 2515 | Cell Reselection based on C32/cell of same priority/ Cell Reselection on CCCH - PBCCH not supported |
51.010-1 | 2516 | Cell Reselection based on C32/C31<0/ Cell Reselection on CCCH - PBCCH not supported |
51.010-1 | 2517 | Cell change order procedure / Uplink transfer / Failure cases / Contention resolution failure |
51.010-1 | 2518 | Cell change order procedure / Uplink transfer / Failure cases / REJECT from the new cell |
51.010-1 | 2529 | Additional handling of PACKET UPLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK. |
51.010-1 | 2530 | Changes in Step 10 for verification of TFI without TLLI and handling of PACKET UPLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK at the end of data transfer |
51.010-1 | 2530 rev 1 | Changes in Step 10 for verification of TFI without TLLI and handling of PACKET UPLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK at the end of data transfer. |
51.010-1 | 2530 rev 2 | Changes in Step 10 for verification of TFI without TLLI and handling of PACKET UPLINK DUMMY CONTROL BLOCK at the end of data transfer. |
51.010-1 | 2531 | Resolution of race between timers T3180 (5 sec) and T3182 (5 sec). |
51.010-1 | 2532 | Packet uplink Assignment cannot be sent on PAGCH |
51.010-1 | 2533 | Manual intervention for ReAttach not always needed. |
51.010-1 | 2535 | Allow for data blocks already queued at Step 5. |
51.010-1 | 2538 | PICS for “Support of DTM” is missing |
51.010-1 | 2538 rev 1 | PICS for “Support of DTM” is missing |
51.010-1 | 2539 | PICS for Support of Singleslot DTM missing |
51.010-1 | 2539 rev 1 | 47.1.1 PICS for Support of Singleslot DTM” missing |
51.010-1 | 2540 | Ambiguity in cell configurations concerning use of PBCCH |
51.010-1 | 2541 | Modification to the timing requirements of the testcase 20.22.13. |
51.010-1 | 2542 | Removing 2 sec given for decoding PSI1 in the timing requirement of the testcase 20.22.3. |
51.010-1 | 2543 | Changes in the “conformace requirement” in the testcase 20.22.30.3. |
51.010-1 | 2544 | Changes in the test purpose and timing requirement of the testcase 20.22.31.1. |
51.010-1 | 2545 | Changes in the test purpose and timing requirement of the testcase 20.22.31.2. |
51.010-1 | 2546 | Correction to the step numbers to be used by the MS using branch A in 40.4.3.20. |
51.010-1 | 2547 | Changing the time period of the checking for a access on PRACH from 8 sec to 25 sec in testcase 41.1.6. |
51.010-1 | 2548 | Removing the macro used for the cell update in testcase 41.3.6.7. |
51.010-1 | 2549 | Changing the value of BS_PRACH_BLKS from 12 to 11 in testcase 42.1.2.1.3.1. |
51.010-1 | 2550 | Addition of the ciphering steps in the CS calls used in testcases 42.4.2.3.6. |
51.010-1 | 2550 rev 1 | 51010-1:Addition of the ciphering steps in the CS calls used in testcases 42.4.2.3.6. |
51.010-1 | 2551 | Addition of the ciphering steps in the CS calls used in testcases 42.4.2.3.7. |
51.010-1 | 2552 | Changes in the step 5 and 6 of the testcase 42.4.6.7 |
51.010-1 | 2553 | Changes in the testcase 42.7.5 |
51.010-1 | 2553 rev 1 | Changes in the testcase 42.7.5 |
51.010-1 | 2557 | Correction to test case 42.3.2.1.2 |
51.010-1 | 2558 | Correction to test case 42.4.8.2.3 |
51.010-1 | 2559 | Correction to test case 42.3.3.2.1 |
51.010-1 | 2559 rev 1 | Correction to test case 42.3.3.2.1 |
51.010-1 | 2560 | Correction to test case 42.3.3.3 |
51.010-1 | 2561 | Modification of test case 20.25.2 |
51.010-1 | 2573 | Uplink TBF establishment with reallocation of CS resources / Abnormal case / Multislot class violation / Incorrect Allocation - applicable DTM Multislot class extend |
51.010-1 | 2574 | Packet Measurement order procedure / Downlink transfer / Normal case/ Routing Area Update/ NMO I |
51.010-1 | 2574 rev 1 | Section 42.4.2.3.5. Packet Measurement order procedure / Downlink transfer / Normal case/ Routing Area Update/ NMO I |
51.010-1 | 2575 | Inter frequency reallocation of CS resources / DTM Assignment Command |
51.010-1 | 2578 | Correction of test procedure. |
51.010-1 | 2579 | MO CS establishment whilst in packet transfer mode and DTM is not supported in current cell |
51.010-1 | 2580 | Unsuitable Initial Conditions |
51.010-1 | 2581 | Testing of the SIM/ME interface - Correction of EFADN |
51.010-1 | 2582 | Changes in the PICS statement used in the testcase 42.1.2.1.3.2. |
51.010-1 | 2599 | User Data vs Measurement Report Sending / Conflict situation / Expiry of T3182 and T3158 |
51.010-1 | 2600 | Inter frequency reallocation of CS resources / DTM Assignment Command |
51.010-1 | 2601 | 42.3.3.2.2 Prevent unwanted retry of PACKET CHANNEL REQUEST |
51.010-1 | 2603 | 42.3.1.2.2, 42.3.1.2.3 – Change GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET to avoid unwanted reselection. |
51.010-1 | 2604 | 051.010-1 Note deleted from section 42.4 |
51.010-1 | 2607 | Clarification of the Initial Conditions and correction of the Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 2609 | Reducing the number of octets transferred in the testcase 42.4.1.4 |
51.010-1 | 2610 | 52.3.1.2.2, 52.3.1.2.3 – Change GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET to avoid unwanted reselection. |
51.010-1 | 2614 | Bad parameters after cell reselection |
51.010-1 | 2615 | Addition of time to allow BSIC decoding |
51.010-1 | 2616 | Addition of time to allow BSIC decoding |
51.010-1 | 2617 | Change to avoid unwanted cell reselection |
51.010-1 | 2618 | Change to avoid unwanted cell reselection |
51.010-1 | 2619 | Removal of the TC as it is not testing the ‘Test Purpose’ |
51.010-1 | 2620 | Use of CS call instead of Data transfer. |
51.010-1 | 2622 | Network Control measurement reporting /NC_FREQUENCY_LIST/NC_FREQUENCY_LIST in Packet measurementorder. |
51.010-1 | 2623 | DTM_SUPPORT bit set to 1 in the GPRS cell options IE for all DTM messages |
51.010-1 | 2623 rev 1 | DTM_SUPPORT bit set to 1 in the GPRS cell options IE for all DTM messages |
51.010-1 | 2623 rev 2 | DTM_SUPPORT bit set to 1 in the GPRS cell options IE for all DTM messages |
51.010-1 | 2623 rev 3 | DTM_SUPPORT bit set to 1 in the GPRS cell options IE for all DTM messages |
51.010-1 | 2624 | Packet Measurement order procedure / Downlink transfer / Normal case/ Routing Area Update/ NMO I |
51.010-1 | 2624 rev 1 | Packet Measurement order procedure / Downlink transfer / Normal case/ Routing Area Update/ NMO I |
51.010-1 | 2625 | Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Normal / Frequency parameters |
51.010-1 | 2625 rev 1 | Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Normal / Frequency parameters |
51.010-1 | 2626 | BCCH carrier of cell C modified in testcases 42.4.8.4.4 and 42.4.8.4.5 |
51.010-1 | 2626 rev 1 | BCCH carrier of cell C modified in testcases 42.4.8.4.4 and 42.4.8.4.5 |
51.010-1 | 2626 rev 2 | BCCH carrier of cell C modified in testcases 42.4.8.4.4 and 42.4.8.4.5 |
51.010-1 | 2627 | RR / Paging / on PCCCH for GPRS service/ paging reorganisation successful |
51.010-1 | 2628 | RR / Paging / on PCCCH for GPRS service/ paging reorganisation successful |
51.010-1 | 2630 | Remove unnecessary requirement for TCH/H |
51.010-1 | 2631 | Various corrections to test procedure, test sequence and specific message contents |
51.010-1 | 2632 | Correction of step numbering in test sequence |
51.010-1 | 2633 | Various corrections to test procedure, test sequence and specific message contents |
51.010-1 | 2634 | Correction to specific message content |
51.010-1 | 2635 | Correction to specific message content |
51.010-1 | 2636 | Correction to specific message content and expected sequence |
51.010-1 | 2638 | Provision for Two-Phase Access added in the expected sequence. |
51.010-1 | 2639 | Handling of MS requesting one phase access. |
51.010-1 | 2639 rev 1 | Handling of MS requesting one phase access. |
51.010-1 | 2640 | Remove unnecessary checking of number of received RLC blocks. |
51.010-1 | 2640 rev 1 | Remove unnecessary checking of number of received RLC blocks. |
51.010-1 | 2641 | Correction to step numbering. |
51.010-1 | 2642 | Correction to SMS radio priority level. |
51.010-1 | 2643 | Handling of MS requesting one phase access. |
51.010-1 | 2643 rev 1 | Handling of MS requesting one phase access. |
51.010-1 | 2644 | Allow for two phase access. |
51.010-1 | 2653 | Modification to the timing requirements of the testcase 20.22.13. |
51.010-1 | 2654 | Modification to the testcase 20.22.5. |
51.010-1 | 2655 | Changes in the testcase 41.2.2.3 |
51.010-1 | 2656 | Removing the macro used for the cell update in testcase 41.3.6.6. |
51.010-1 | 2656 rev 1 | Removing the macro used for the cell update in testcase 41.3.6.6. |
51.010-1 | 2657 | Correction to the testcase 41.3.6.9. |
51.010-1 | 2658 | Changes in the testcase 41.5.1.1.1.3 |
51.010-1 | 2658 rev 1 | Changes in the testcase 41.5.1.1.1.3 |
51.010-1 | 2659 | Changes in the PICS/PIXIT statement of the testcase 41.5.1.1.2.3.4. |
51.010-1 | 2660 | Changes in the testcase 41.5.2.1 |
51.010-1 | 2661 | Changes in the testcase 41.5.2.4 |
51.010-1 | 2662 | Corrections in the expected sequence 42.3.1.1.10. |
51.010-1 | 2663 | Removing the reference to the non-existing section in specific message contents in the testcase 42.3.3.3. |
51.010-1 | 2664 | Changes in the testcase 42.4.2.3.3 |
51.010-1 | 2664 rev 1 | Changes in the testcase 42.4.2.3.3 |
51.010-1 | 2669 | Changes in the initial conditions of the testcases in sec 60. |
51.010-1 | 2672 | Correction to test case 42.4.5.3 |
51.010-1 | 2672 rev 1 | Correction to test case 42.4.5.3 |
51.010-1 | 2673 | Section 14.7.1 Blocking and spurious response - speech channels |
51.010-1 | 2673 rev 1 | Section 14.7.1 Blocking and spurious response - speech channels |
51.010-1 | 2673 rev 2 | Blocking and spurious response - speech channels |
51.010-1 | 2674 | 51.0EGPRS Uplink Power Control - Use of ( and (CH parameters |
51.010-1 | 2675 | Change in the Network Mode of Operation |
51.010-1 | 2676 | Correcting the SAPI |
51.010-1 | 2677 | Removing redundant Step |
51.010-1 | 2678 | Change in the Network Mode of Operation |
51.010-1 | 2687 | Handover / successful / active call / finely synchronized |
51.010-1 | 2688 | Handover / layer 1 failure |
51.010-1 | 2694 | CKSN missing in initial conditions |
51.010-1 | 2701 | Section 26.16.10.2 Related Pics/Pixit modified |
51.010-1 | 2701 rev 1 | Section 26.16.10.2 Related Pics/Pixit modified |
51.010-1 | 2702 | Section 34.4.5 - Removal of test |
51.010-1 | 2703 | Section 40.2.x - Default message contents |
51.010-1 | 2704 | Section 42.4.2.3.6 and 42.4.2.3.7 removing half rate testing. |
51.010-1 | 2705 | Network Assisted Cell Change / Packet Neighbour Cell Data and Packet Cell Change Continue - Initial conditions clarification |
51.010-1 | 2705 rev 1 | Network Assisted Cell Change / Packet Neighbour Cell Data and Packet Cell Change Continue - Initial conditions clarification |
51.010-1 | 2706 | Packet Downlink Assignment / Abnormal cases / Incorrect PDCH assignment |
51.010-1 | 2706 rev 1 | Packet Downlink Assignment / Abnormal cases / Incorrect PDCH assignment |
51.010-1 | 2707 | Handover to same routeing area whilst in dedicated mode & MM Ready / Completed on the main DCCH - PDP context 2 removed |
51.010-1 | 2708 | Handover to same routeing area whilst in DTM with downlink TBF Established - removed misleading remark |
51.010-1 | 2709 | Handover to same routeing area whilst in DTM with both DL & UL TBFs / Successful case - Step B17 corrected |
51.010-1 | 2709 rev 1 | Handover to same routeing area whilst in DTM with both DL & UL TBFs / Successful case – Step B17 corrected |
51.010-1 | 2710 | Handover to different routeing area whilst in DM / Performed on main DCCH / RAU complete before CS release - Specific message corrected |
51.010-1 | 2711 | Handover to different routeing area whilst in DM / Performed on main DCCH / CS release before RAU complete - Specific message corrected |
51.010-1 | 2712 | Ignoring Packet Measurement Order and Packet Cell Change Order whilst in DTM - New Test proposal |
51.010-1 | 2712 rev 1 | Ignoring Packet Measurement Order and Packet Cell Change Order whilst in DTM – New Test proposal |
51.010-1 | 2713 | Change between NC2 transfer mode and DTM mode - New Test proposal |
51.010-1 | 2714 | Network originating CS release / PS re-establishment / Cell reselection to non DTM cell / MT CS call establishment - New Test proposal |
51.010-1 | 2715 | Multiple Handover whilst in DTM / Cell supporting EGPRS DTM to Cell support GPRS DTM and back - New Test proposal |
51.010-1 | 2716 | Negotiation initiated by the SS (during ADM, for IOV- UI) |
51.010-1 | 2716 rev 1 | Negotiation initiated by the SS (during ADM, for IOV- UI) |
51.010-1 | 2718 | New requirement added to applicabillity (PICS) in test cases 46.1.2.6.1 and 46.1.2.6.2 |
51.010-1 | 2719 | Cell Reselection based on C32 - Cell Reselction on CCCH - PBCCH not present |
51.010-1 | 2720 | Cell Reselection based on C32 - Cell Reselection on CCCH - PBCCH not supported |
51.010-1 | 2721 | Cell Reselection based on C32 quality / Cell Reselection on CCCH - PBCCH not supported |
51.010-1 | 2722 | Cell Reselection with cells in different Routing area - Cell Reselection on CCCH - PBCCH not present |
51.010-1 | 2729 | Attach Reject Procedure to be introduced as additional test steps to set T3302 to 1 minute. |
51.010-1 | 2729 rev 1 | Attach Reject Procedure to be introduced as additional test steps to set T3302 to 1 minute. |
51.010-1 | 2731 | 42.3.2.2.2 -Removal of obsolete test step |
51.010-1 | 2731 rev 1 | 42.3.2.2.2 -Removal of obsolete test step |
51.010-1 | 2732 | 52.3.2.2.2 -Removal of obsolete test step |
51.010-1 | 2732 rev 1 | 52.3.2.2.2 -Removal of obsolete test step |
51.010-1 | 2733 | Section 42.4.8.x.x - SI2quater specific message contents corrected |
51.010-1 | 2734 | 52.3.1.2.2 – Change to avoid unwanted cell reselection |
51.010-1 | 2735 | 52.3.1.2.3 - Change to avoid unwanted cell reselection |
51.010-1 | 2735 rev 1 | 52.3.1.2.3 - Change to avoid unwanted cell reselection |
51.010-1 | 2736 | Section 42.4.5.5 Network Assisted Cell Change / Expiry of T3208 and T3210 – 15% Timer Tolerance changed to 10% |
51.010-1 | 2737 | GPRS Cell Selection and Reselection |
51.010-1 | 2738 | Change to expected sequence. |
51.010-1 | 2738 rev 1 | Change to expected sequence. |
51.010-1 | 2746 | Addition of PICS to test case 46.1.2.2.2.4 |
51.010-1 | 2747 | Correction to test case 42.4.5.3 |
51.010-1 | 2748 | Correction to test case 46.2.2.1.4 |
51.010-1 | 2748 rev 1 | Correction to test case 46.2.2.1.4 |
51.010-1 | 2750 | 14.16 GPRS receiver tests - Number of RLC blocks depending on mumber of used slots under fading conditons. |
51.010-1 | 2751 | 14.16.2 GPRS co-channel rejection - correction of table reference |
51.010-1 | 2755 | 22.3 GPRS Uplink Power Control - Use of ( and (CH parameters |
51.010-1 | 2757 | 42.4.4.5 - New TC based on previuos 42.4.4.4 |
51.010-1 | 2758 | 20.22.14 - Deletion of test case |
51.010-1 | 2759 | 42.4.5.3 - Modification of Power reselection parameters |
51.010-1 | 2761 | New clause 42.9 added for Extended dynamic allocation test cases |
51.010-1 | 2761 rev 1 | New clause 42.9 added for Extended dynamic allocation test cases |
51.010-1 | 2761 rev 2 | New clause 42.9 added for Extended dynamic allocation test cases |
51.010-1 | 2764 | 41.3.6.9 - Revise testcase in accordance with revised Conformance Requirement |
51.010-1 | 2769 | 42.1.2.1.2 - Allow for two phase access. |
51.010-1 | 2774 | 42.3.3.1.1 - Handling of optional messages at step 6 and step 8. |
51.010-1 | 2775 | 42.4.1.2 - Update of T3158 is difficult to determine. |
51.010-1 | 2776 | 42.4.2.1.3 - Optional step to receive measurement report is required. |
51.010-1 | 2776 rev 1 | 42.4.2.1.3 - Optional step to receive measurement report is required. |
51.010-1 | 2777 | 42.4.2.1.4 - MS may transmit Packet Channel Request at step 8 and step 13 with the Cause Cell Update. |
51.010-1 | 2778 | 51.010-1-2778 52.3.1.2.2 - The amount of data triggered in step 1 is not sufficient |
51.010-1 | 2779 | 52.3.3.1.1 - Handling of optional messages at step 6 and step 8. |
51.010-1 | 2797 | 42.4.1.2 Network Control measurement reporting / Idle mode / New cell reselection |
51.010-1 | 2797 rev 1 | 42.4.1.2 Network Control measurement reporting / Idle mode / New cell reselection |
51.010-1 | 2797 rev 2 | 42.4.1.2 Network Control measurement reporting / Idle mode / New cell reselection |
51.010-1 | 2798 | 42.4.2.1.4 Cell change order procedure / Uplink transfer / Failure cases / Contention resolution failure |
51.010-1 | 2801 | 051.010-1 section 40 PACKET UL/DL ASSIGNMENT and PACKET TIMESLOT RECONFIGURE should not have frequency parameters present in case MS is in DTM mode. |
51.010-1 | 2803 | 51.010-1 GPRS_RESELECT_OFFSET of cell B changed in 42.3.1.2.2 and 42.3.1.2.3 changed |
51.010-1 | 2812 | 51.010-1 Section 41.3.6.10 TBF Release / Extended Uplink / Change of RLC mode / Abnormal release - Used Context corrected |
51.010-1 | 2812 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 41.3.6.10 TBF Release / Extended Uplink / Change of RLC mode / Abnormal release - Used Context corrected |
51.010-1 | 2813 | 51.010-1 Section 41.3.6.9 TBF Release / Extended Uplink / Change of RLC mode / Normal release - Used contexts corrected |
51.010-1 | 2814 | 51.010-1 Section 41.5.1.1.2.3.5 - Uplink TBF establishment with reallocation of CS resources / Abnormal case / Multislot class violation / Incorrect Allocation - Cause Value corrected |
51.010-1 | 2814 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 41.5.1.1.2.3.5 - Uplink TBF establishment with reallocation of CS resources / Abnormal case / Multislot class violation / Incorrect Allocation - Cause Value corrected |
51.010-1 | 2815 | 51.010-1 Section - 41.5.2.2 MT CS establishment whilst in packet transfer mode with a uplink TBF established - Authentication and Ciphering added |
51.010-1 | 2816 | 51.010-1 Section 41.5.2.3 - MO CS establishment whilst in packet transfer mode with uplink and downlink TBFs established - sequenced swapped |
51.010-1 | 2817 | 51.010-1 Section 42.1.2.2.3 - Packet Downlink Assignmnt / Frequency Parameters - CA length modified for PCN and PCS bands |
51.010-1 | 2818 | 51.010-1 Section 42.1.2.2.5.1 - Packet Downlink Assignment / Abnormal cases Incorrect PDCH assignment - Align with Mirror test |
51.010-1 | 2819 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.6.1 Clarification of Specific Message Contents |
51.010-1 | 2820 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.8.3.4 Correction of Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 2820 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.8.3.4 Correction of Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 2821 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.8.4.3 Correction of Initial Conditions and Specific message contents |
51.010-1 | 2822 | 51.010-1 Section 44.2.3.1.4 - Routing area updating / rejected / location area not allowed - Detach Accept added |
51.010-1 | 2824 | 51.010-1 Section 46.1.2.5.4 Frame reject condition during establishment of ABM - Removal of Superfluous information |
51.010-1 | 2825 | 51.010-1 Section 46.1.2.7.6 Negotiation initiated by the SS (during ABM, for Reset) - Reducing test time |
51.010-1 | 2826 | 51.010-1 Section 46.2.2.4.1 Response from MS on receiving XID request from the SS - adding new header compression algorithms |
51.010-1 | 2827 | 51.010-1 Section 47.4.1 - PDP Context Activation / Performed on main DCCH and TBFs - Change to TCH/F |
51.010-1 | 2828 | 44.2.9.1.3 : New NITZ Test cases |
51.010-1 | 2828 rev 1 | 51.010-1 section 51.3.6.10 - TBF Release / Extended Uplink / Change of RLC mode / Abnormal release - Used Context corrected |
51.010-1 | 2829 | 51.010-1 section 51.3.6.9 - TBF Release / Extended Uplink / Change of RLC mode / Normal release - Used contexts corrected |
51.010-1 | 2830 | 51.010-1 Section 52.1.2.1.8.1.6, 52.1.2.1.8.1.7, 52.1.2.1.8.1.8 Handling of MS requesting one phase access. |
51.010-1 | 2831 | 51.010-1 Addition of missing Supplementary Services message content to MO-LR A-GPS test cases, and correction of MO-LR transfer to 3rd Party |
51.010-1 | 2835 | 51010-1: Editorial Modifications in the section 20.22 defaults. |
51.010-1 | 2836 | 51010-1: Changes in the timing requirement of the testcases 20.22.4. |
51.010-1 | 2837 | 51010-1: Changes in the timing requirement of the testcases 20.22.5. |
51.010-1 | 2837 rev 1 | 51010-1: Changes in the timing requirement of the testcases 20.22.5. |
51.010-1 | 2838 | 51010-1: Changes in the timing requirement of the testcases 20.22.7. |
51.010-1 | 2838 rev 1 | 51010-1: Changes in the timing requirement of the testcases 20.22.7. |
51.010-1 | 2839 | 51010-1: Changes in the initial condition of the testcase 41.2.2.3 |
51.010-1 | 2840 | 51010-1: Changes in the ACCESS_TYPE used in the PACKET RESOURCE REQUEST, other corrections in the expeted sequence in the testcase 42.3.1.2.3 |
51.010-1 | 2845 | 51010-1: Changes in the testcases 44.2.3.2.7, 44.2.3.2.3.3.2, 44.2.1.2.2.3.2 |
51.010-1 | 2846 | 51010-1: Changes in the initial conditions of the testcases 20.25.4. |
51.010-1 | 2847 | 51010-1: Corrections to specific message content of step 1 in 42.4.8.3.6 |
51.010-1 | 2848 | 51010-1: Correction to step 7 of 42.4.2.3.7 |
51.010-1 | 2849 | 51010-1: Changes in the expeted test sequence in the testcase 42.3.1.2.2 |
51.010-1 | 2849 rev 1 | 51010-1: Changes in the expeted test sequence in the testcase 42.3.1.2.2 |
51.010-1 | 2851 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.14 - Cell Reselection in case Cell reselection occurred in the previous 15 s |
51.010-1 | 2853 | 42.4.8.1.x -Correction of Page Mode in Non-DRX test set. |
51.010-1 | 2853 rev 1 | 42.4.8.1.x -Correction of Page Mode in Non-DRX test set. |
51.010-1 | 2853 rev 2 | 42.4.8.1.x -Correction of Page Mode in Non-DRX test set. |
51.010-1 | 2854 | 51.010-1 Section 42.1.2.1.8.1.6 - Handling of MS requesting one phase access. |
51.010-1 | 2858 | 051.010-1 Section 42.4.5.9 Network Assisted Cell Change / NC mode change / Packet Neighbour Cell Data |
51.010-1 | 2859 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 53.1.1.13 - Acknowledged Mode/ Uplink TBF/ Calculation of BSN2 - aligning the test procedure |
51.010-1 | 2860 | 051.010-1 Section 42.4.8.3.6 Network Control measurement reporting / Dedicated connection / Assignment Reject/ |
51.010-1 | 2860 rev 1 | 051.010-1 Section 42.4.8.3.6 Network Control measurement reporting / Dedicated connection / Assignment Reject/ |
51.010-1 | 2872 | Editorial correction to test case 42.4.4.1 |
51.010-1 | 2873 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 21.4.1 - Modifications to test procedure |
51.010-1 | 2876 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 41.2.3.4 to 41.2.3.11 - Clarification of MS Applicability To Test Cases That Require MS To Initiate A CHANNEL REQUEST With Establishment Cause Set To “One Phase Access” For Data T |
51.010-1 | 2877 | 51.010-1 Section 42.1.2.1.8.1.1 to 42.1.2.1.8.1.1.6 - Forcing “One Phase Access” Assignment In Response To “Two Phase Access” Request |
51.010-1 | 2878 | 51.010-1 Section 42.1.2.1.8.2.1 to 42.1.2.1.8.2.2 - Forcing “One Phase Access” Assignment In Response To “Two Phase Access” Request |
51.010-1 | 2879 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 46.2.2.1.3 to 46.2.2.1.5, 46.2.2.4.1.2 Need To Handle N-PDUs Too Short To Be Segmented |
51.010-1 | 2882 rev 1 | New sub-clause 42.9.2.1.2: Extended Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Normal / USF_GRANULARITY = 4 blocks |
51.010-1 | 2884 rev 1 | New sub-clause 42.9.2.1.3: Extended Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Normal / Allocation via polling mechanism |
51.010-1 | 2886 | Section 42.3.4, remove of useless default messages |
51.010-1 | 2899 | 051.010-1 2899: section 40 Cell Identity should be added |
51.010-1 | 2900 | 051.010-1 2900: section 40, Alpha parameter changed to 0.5 |
51.010-1 | 2901 | 051.010-1 2901: 42.4.8.4.1 Network Control measurement reporting / NC_FREQUENCY_LIST / NC_FREQUENCY_LIST in Packet measurement order. |
51.010-1 | 2902 | 051.010-1 2902: 44.2.2.26 GPRS detach / rejected / GPRS services not allowed in this PLMN |
51.010-1 | 2903 rev 1 | 051.010-1 2903: Correction to testcases 41.3.6.8,41.3.6.9 and 41.3.6.10 |
51.010-1 | 2906 | 20.22.9 - READY timer deactivated to avoid entering Standby |
51.010-1 | 2907 | 41.2.3.9 - Clarify optional steps |
51.010-1 | 2909 | 41.3.6.9 - Correction to values in PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK |
51.010-1 | 2910 | 51.3.6.9 - Correction to values in EGPRS PACKET UPLINK ACK/NACK |
51.010-1 | 2911 | 41.3.6.10 - Changed conformance requirements and improved method of test. |
51.010-1 | 2912 | 51.3.6.10 - Changed conformance requirements and improved method of test. |
51.010-1 | 2913 | 51.010 -1 Section 42.1.2.2.3 - ARFCN list modified for 850 and 900 bands |
51.010-1 | 2915 | 42.4.5.3 - Correcting specific message contents at Step 30. |
51.010-1 | 2916 | 44.2.1.2.8 - Attach Type modified to allow alternative value |
51.010-1 | 2923 | 42.4.2.3.5 - Routing Area Update Accept changed to avoid Cell Update |
51.010-1 | 2924 | 42.4.8.3.5 - Reduce Cell A power to avoid cell update after the call |
51.010-1 | 2929 | 51.010-1 22.4 GPRS Uplink Power Control - Independence of TS Power Control |
51.010-1 | 2936 | New TC 42.9.2.1.4: Extended Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Normal / PACCH operation in downlink |
51.010-1 | 2937 | New TC 42.9.2.1.5: Extended Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Normal / Polling for PDAN |
51.010-1 | 2942 | 51010-1: Changes in the specific message content of 42.4.2.3.4. |
51.010-1 | 2943 | 51010-1: Changes in the READY-TIMER used in the testcase 42.4.2.3.5. |
51.010-1 | 2944 | 51010-1: Changes in the applicability of the combined attach testcases in section 44.2.1.2. |
51.010-1 | 2945 | 51010-1: Changes in the testcase 44.2.10. |
51.010-1 | 2946 | 51010-1: Changes in the applicability of the combined routing area update testcases in section 44.2.3.2. |
51.010-1 | 2947 | 51010-1: Changes in the testcase 44.2.8.1.2 and 44.2.8.1.3 |
51.010-1 | 2948 | 51010-1: Changes in the testcase 46.1.2.2.2.3. |
51.010-1 | 2949 | 51010-1: Changes in the testcase 46.2.2.1.2. |
51.010-1 | 2950 rev 1 | 51010-1: Changes in the testcase 46.2.2.1.5. |
51.010-1 | 2951 | 42.4.8.4.5 - Clarifications in initial conditions |
51.010-1 | 2962 | 51010-1: Changes in the applicability of the some of the detach testcase in section 44.2.2. |
51.010-1 | 2963 | 51.010-1 section 42.4.2.1.3 - Conformance Requirement updated and Two Phase Access Procedure added |
51.010-1 | 2964 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.2.1.4 Update of Conformance Requirement |
51.010-1 | 2970 | 51.010-1 Section 40.2.4.28 - DTM Assignment Command - Message Type corrected |
51.010-1 | 2971 | 51.010-1 Section 40.2.4.33 - Handover Command - ATC corrected |
51.010-1 | 2972 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 40.4.3.21 Uplink data - new macro added |
51.010-1 | 2973 rev 2 | 51.010-1 Section 42.3.1.1.9 - Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Normal / Frequency Parameters |
51.010-1 | 2974 | 51.010-1 Section 42.3.3.2.1 - Dynamic Allocation / Resource reallocation / Abnormal / T3168 expiry |
51.010-1 | 2975 | 51.010-1 Section 42.1.2.2.5.1 - Packet Downlink Assignment / Abnormal cases / Incorrect PDCH assignment |
51.010-1 | 2976 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 50.4.3.11- Uplink data - new macro |
51.010-1 | 2977 | 51.010-1 Section 52.3.3.2.1- Dynamic Allocation / Resource reallocation / Abnormal / T3168 expiry |
51.010-1 | 2978 | Section 52.6.1, 52.6.2, 52.6.3, and 52.6.4 |
51.010-1 | 2979 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.5 - Network controlled Cell re-selection in Idle Mode |
51.010-1 | 2984 | Section 41.5.1.1.2.3.4 - Uplink TBF establishment with reallocation of CS resources / Abnormal case / Multislot class violation / Singleslot allocation – Cause Value corrected |
51.010-1 | 2985 | 51.010-1-2828 section 41.5.1.1.3 - Uplink TBF establishment required whilst DTM is not supported in cell - Comment in Step 3 corrected |
51.010-1 | 2986 | 51.010-1 section - 41.5.2.1 MT CS establishment whilst in packet transfer mode with a downlink TBF established - Step 2 Macro replaced |
51.010-1 | 2987 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section - 41.5.2.2, 41.5.2.3, 41.5.2.4, 41.5.3.2.1, 47.3.1.3.2 - new macro used / Test Time reduction |
51.010-1 | 2988 | 51.010-1 Section - 41.5.2.4 MO CS establishment whilst in packet transfer mode and DTM is not supported in current cell - step 18 removed |
51.010-1 | 2989 | 51.010-1 Section 41.5.3.2.2- Downlink TBF establishment with a uplink TBF established and PS uplink reallocation - new macro used |
51.010-1 | 2990 | 51.010-1 Section 47.1.3 - Intra frequency reallocation of CS resources / DTM Assignment Command - test time reduced |
51.010-1 | 2991 | 51.010-1 Section 47.1.4 - Inter frequency reallocation of CS resources / DTM Assignment Command - new macro used / reduction of test time |
51.010-1 | 2992 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section - 47.3.2.2 Handover to different routeing area whilst in DM / Performed on main DCCH / CS release before RAU complete - initial Conditions |
51.010-1 | 2993 | 51.010-1 Section - 47.4.1 PDP Context Activation / Performed on main DCCH and TBFs |
51.010-1 | 2994 | 51.010-1 Section 51.5.3.2.1 - Downlink TBF establishment with a uplink TBF established and no PS uplink reallocation - new macro used |
51.010-1 | 2995 | 51.010-1 Section 57.1.3 - Test Time Reduction |
51.010-1 | 2996 | 51.010-1 Section 57.1.4 - Inter frequency reallocation of CS resources / DTM Assignment Command - Test Time Reduction/ new macro used |
51.010-1 | 2998 | Correction to test case 42.3.3.1.2 |
51.010-1 | 3007 | 52.6.x : Test adjustment too different core specification releases (Rel-6) |
51.010-1 | 3027 | Correction to TC 42.3.3.1.1 |
51.010-1 | 3029 | 42.4.8.3.6: PMR during T3122 |
51.010-1 | 3032 | 42.3.1.2.2 - Clarification on the Access Type of Packet Resource Request in step 15. |
51.010-1 | 3033 | 52.3.1.2.2 - Clarification on the Access Type of Packet Resource Request in step 15. |
51.010-1 | 3034 | 42.4.1.5 - GPRS_HCS_THR is changed for Carrier 2 |
51.010-1 | 3035 rev 1 | 42.4.8.3.2, 42.4.8.3.5 - Handling of Packet Measurement Report before starting with the test sequence. |
51.010-1 | 3036 rev 2 | 42.4.8.4.5 - Clarification on the Access Type of Packet Resource Request in step 9. |
51.010-1 | 3042 | Corrections to 42.4.8.4.4 - Extend Measurement Reporting Time to Allow BSIC Decoding |
51.010-1 | 3043 | Corrections to 42.4.8.4.5 - Extend Measurement Reporting Time to Allow BSIC Decoding |
51.010-1 | 3045 | 41.3.6.8 Extended Uplink TBF / Cell Change while in Extended Uplink/ With Packet Neighbouring Cell Data |
51.010-1 | 3047 rev 1 | 42.4.5.3 Network Assisted Cell Change / Packet Neighbour Cell Data and Packet Cell Change Continue |
51.010-1 | 3048 rev 1 | 42.4.5.4 Network Assisted Cell Change / Packet Neighbour Cell Data and Packet Cell Change Order |
51.010-1 | 3049 rev 1 | 42.4.5.5 Network Assisted Cell Change / Expiry of T3208 and T3210 |
51.010-1 | 3050 rev 1 | 42.4.5.7 Network Assisted Cell Change / CCN not supported towards target cell |
51.010-1 | 3051 rev 1 | 42.4.5.9 Network Assisted Cell Change / NC mode change / Packet Neighbour Cell Data |
51.010-1 | 3052 | 41.3.6.9 TBF Release / Extended Uplink / Change of RLC mode / Normal release |
51.010-1 | 3054 | 41.3.6.10 TBF Release / Extended Uplink / Change of RLC mode / Abnormal release |
51.010-1 | 3057 | 42.3.1.2.2 Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Abnormal / with cell reselection in acknowledged mode |
51.010-1 | 3058 | 42.4.2.1.3 Cell change order procedure / Uplink transfer / Failure cases / REJECT from the new cell |
51.010-1 | 3060 rev 1 | New sub-clause 42.9.2.1.3: Extended Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Normal / Allocation via polling mechanism |
51.010-1 | 3064 | 13.16.2 Change to use restricted interslot dynamic range for multislot uplink configurations |
51.010-1 | 3067 rev 2 | 51.010-1 Inconsistency in sections 44.2.9.1.1, 44.2.9.1.3 |
51.010-1 | 3068 | 51.010-1 Chapter 46.1.2.2.2.4 SACK frame |
51.010-1 | 3071 rev 1 | 51.010-1-3071 Section 41.3.6.8 - Extended Uplink TBF / Cell change while in Extended Uplink / With Packet Neighbouring Cell Data |
51.010-1 | 3073 | 51.010-1-3073 Section 41.3.6.9 - Retransmitting the oldest RLC block while receiving an PUAN with USF assigned the MS and CV=0 is reached. |
51.010-1 | 3074 | 51.010-1-3074 Section 41.5.1.1.2.3.4 - Expanded applicability |
51.010-1 | 3078 | 51.010-1-3078 Section 42.3.1.1.9 - Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Normal / Frequency Parameters |
51.010-1 | 3079 | 51.010-1-3079 Section 42.3.1.1.10 - Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Normal / USF assigned with MCS-1 to MCS-4 |
51.010-1 | 3080 rev 1 | 51.010-1-3080 Section 42.4.1.4 - Network Control measurement reporting / Uplink Transfer / Continuation in Idle mode |
51.010-1 | 3081 | 51.010-1-3081 Section 42.4.2.1.4 Avoid expiry of T3158 while T3174 is running |
51.010-1 | 3082 rev 1 | 51.010-1-3082 Section 42.4.2.3.7 - MT CS establishment whilst in NC2 with a uplink TBF established |
51.010-1 | 3084 | 51.010-1-3084 Section 42.9.2.1.1 - Incorrect references to step number in the test sequenceÆs comment |
51.010-1 | 3085 | 51.010-1-3085 Section 46.1.2.7.6 Improvement of requirement check of N200 and T201 after XID reset |
51.010-1 | 3089 | 51.010-1-3089 Section 51.2.5.3 - Packet access rejection / Interpretation of Extended RA i / Correct value of Extended RA i |
51.010-1 | 3090 | 51.010-1-3090 Section 51.2.5.4 - Packet access rejection / Interpretation of Extended RA i / Extended RA i not included |
51.010-1 | 3091 | 51.010-1 Section 51.3.6.3 - Remove unnecessary restriction of applicability |
51.010-1 | 3093 | 51.010-1-3093 Section 51.3.6.9 - Retransmitting the oldest RLC block while receiving a PUAN with USF assigned the MS and CV=0 is reached. |
51.010-1 | 3094 | 51.010-1-3094 Section 52.1.2.1.8.1.8 - Packet Uplink Assignment / One phase access / Contention resolution / TLLI in Packet Resource Request message retransmission |
51.010-1 | 3096 | 51.010-1-3096 Section 52.9.2.1.1 - Incorrect references to step number in the test sequenceÆs comment |
51.010-1 | 3099 | 51.010-1-3099 Section 80 - TTY Services - Move to section 90 |
51.010-1 | 3100 rev 2 | 51.010-1-3100 Section 80 - Generic Access default conditions, message contents and macros |
51.010-1 | 3106 | 51010-1: Changes in testcases in the section 42.9.2. |
51.010-1 | 3107 | 51010-1: Changes in the testcases in the section 44.2.1.2, for Class A MS. |
51.010-1 | 3108 rev 1 | 51010-1: Changes in the initial conditions of the testcase 44.2.10. |
51.010-1 | 3109 | 51010-1: Changes in testcases in the section 44.2.2, for Class A MS. |
51.010-1 | 3110 | 51010-1: Changes in testcases in the section 44.2.3.2, for Class A MS. |
51.010-1 | 3112 rev 1 | 51010-1: Addition of new testcases in the area of ôConfigration Change during uplink data transfer in extended dynamic allcationö. |
51.010-1 | 3115 rev 1 | 051.010-1 Section 42.9.2.1.2 Extended Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Normal / USF_GRANULARITY = 4 blocks |
51.010-1 | 3116 rev 1 | 051.010-1 Section 42.9.2.1.4 Extended Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / Normal / PACCH operation in downlink |
51.010-1 | 3119 | 51.010-1 47.4.1 PDP Context Activation / Performed on main DCCH and TBFs |
51.010-1 | 3121 | 051.010-1 Section 41.3.6.9 TBF Release / Extended Uplink / Change of RLC mode / Normal release |
51.010-1 | 3124 rev 1 | Sections 42.4.5.4 and 42.4.5.9 Need To Allow Multiple Packet SI Status Messages |
51.010-1 | 3131 | 42.4.8.3.3: Error in initial conditions |
51.010-1 | 3133 | 051.010-1 Section 42.3.3.3 - Peak Throughput Class for MS supporting SMS over GPRS |
51.010-1 | 3135 | Clarifications in section 40 and 50 |
51.010-1 | 3136 | 20.22.5 - Increase the value of NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T |
51.010-1 | 3137 | 051.010-1 42.9.2.2.3 Extended Dynamic Allocation / Uplink Transfer / configuration change / Reduction in number of uplink slots using PACKET UPLINK ASSIGNMENT. |
51.010-1 | 3139 | 051.010-1 Section 41.3.1.2 TBF Release / Uplink / Normal / MS initiated / Unacknowledged mode |
51.010-1 | 3139 rev 1 | 051.010-1 Section 41.3.1.2 TBF Release / Uplink / Normal / MS initiated / Unacknowledged mode |
51.010-1 | 3141 | 051.010-1 45.2.4.3 Network initiated PDP context activation request for an already activated PDP context (on the MS side) |
51.010-1 | 3141 rev 1 | 051.010-1 45.2.4.3 Network initiated PDP context activation request for an already activated PDP context (on the MS side) |
51.010-1 | 3144 | 14.16 - GPRS receiver tests – Minimum number of “blocks “ for USF tests |
51.010-1 | 3145 | 14.18 - EGPRS receiver tests – Minimum number of “blocks “ for USF tests |
51.010-1 | 3147 rev 1 | Changes for Extended Dynamic Allocation / Shifted USF test cases 42.9.3.1.1-3 |
51.010-1 | 3148 rev 1 | 42.9.2.1.1.1, 42.9.2.1.2.1 Changes to Conformance Statement. |
51.010-1 | 3149 | 46.2.2.4.1 - corrected for header compression |
51.010-1 | 3150 | 42.4.4.1 - Increase the value of NC_REPORTING_PERIOD_T |
51.010-1 | 3150 rev 1 | 42.4.4.1 – Clarification of Packet Measurement Report handling during initial conditions |
51.010-1 | 3152 | Editorial correction to TC42.3.3.2.1 |
51.010-1 | 3152 rev 1 | Correction to TC42.3.3.2.1 |
51.010-1 | 3172 | Section 41, update of some Conformance Requirements not in line with Core Specifications |
51.010-1 | 3173 | Clarifications in 20.22.9 |
51.010-1 | 3175 | 51.010-1-3175 cl. 13.16.3 - Change of measurement window to eliminate test system variations |
51.010-1 | 3177 | 51010-1:Changes in the expected sequence of the testcase 41.3.3 |
51.010-1 | 3177 rev 1 | 51010-1:Changes in the expected sequence of the testcase 41.3.3 |
51.010-1 | 3178 | 51010-1:Changes in the expected sequence of the testcase 42.1.2.1.10.1 |
51.010-1 | 3179 | 51010-1:Changes in the expected sequence of the testcase 42.1.2.1.8.1.4. |
51.010-1 | 3180 | 51010-1:Removal of PSI13 scheduling from the initial conditions of the testcase 42.3.1.1.9 |
51.010-1 | 3181 | 51010-1:Changes in the expected sequence of the testcase 44.2.1.1.5.3. |
51.010-1 | 3181 rev 1 | 51010-1:Changes in the expected sequence of the testcase 44.2.1.1.5.3. |
51.010-1 | 3182 | 51010-1:Allowing the sending of PDP DEACTIVATE REQUEST while waiting for any extra SABMs in the testcase 46.1.2.2.1.5. |
51.010-1 | 3183 | 51010-1:Changes in the expected sequence of the testcase 46.1.2.2.3.1. |
51.010-1 | 3183 rev 1 | 51010-1:Changes in the expected sequence of the testcase 46.1.2.2.3.1. |
51.010-1 | 3183 rev 2 | Changes in the expected sequence of the testcase 46.1.2.2.3.1 |
51.010-1 | 3187 | 14.16.1 - Inconsistency in GMSK Power Levels |
51.010-1 | 3188 | 20.22.9 – MS may access Carrier 2 after Test procedure |
51.010-1 | 3189 | 40.5 – Addition of R5 QOS Parameters to Test PDP Contexts. |
51.010-1 | 3190 | 50.5 – Addition of R5 QOS Parameters to Test PDP Contexts. |
51.010-1 | 3191 | 41.3.6.8 – All Packet System Information for Cell B is exchanged to Packet Downlink Dummy Control Block on PBCCH. The data trigger at Step1 is reduced to 1200 octets |
51.010-1 | 3191 rev 1 | 41.3.6.8 – All Packet System Information for Cell B is replaced by Packet Downlink Dummy Control Block on PBCCH. The data trigger at Step1 is reduced to 1200 octets |
51.010-1 | 3193 | 42.4.1.4 - Step 8 is updated to allow for the DRX period for the first measurement report sent by the MS on moving to Idle mode ( for Rel4 and earlier). |
51.010-1 | 3194 | 42.4.5.4 & 42.4.5.9 - Ready timer is deactivated |
51.010-1 | 3194 rev 1 | 42.4.5.4 & 42.4.5.9 - Ready timer is deactivated |
51.010-1 | 3195 | 42.4.5.8 – Test sequence modified to handle Packet Measurement Reports appropriately after MS enters NC2 mode. |
51.010-1 | 3196 | 42.4.8.4.1 and 42.4.8.4.3 – BS_PA_MFRMS parameter value is changed. |
51.010-1 | 3203 | 41.2.2.2 – Handling of timer T3146 |
51.010-1 | 3205 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.30.1 Clarification of timing for requirement checks |
51.010-1 | 3206 | 51.010-1 Section 20.22.30.2 - Clarification of timing for requirement checks |
51.010-1 | 3207 | 51.010-1 Section 40.4.3.9 Conditional parameter check in Two Phase Access macro. |
51.010-1 | 3208 | 51.010-1 Section 41.3.6.6 Clarification on the Access Type of Packet Resource Request in step 16. |
51.010-1 | 3209 | 51.010-1 Section 51.3.6.6 Clarification on the Access Type of Packet Resource Request in step 16. |
51.010-1 | 3210 | 41.3.6.8 removed PSI3/PSI3bis information from IC and ack. data. |
51.010-1 | 3211 | 51.3.6.8 removed PSI3/PSI3bis information from IC and ack. data |
51.010-1 | 3212 | 51.010-1 Section 41.3.6.9 missing steps to prevent retransmission of old LLC PDU and to handle inactive period |
51.010-1 | 3212 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 41.3.6.9 missing steps to prevent retransmission of old LLC PDU and to handle inactive period |
51.010-1 | 3213 | 51.010-1 Section 51.3.6.9 missing steps to prevent retransmission of old LLC PDU and to handle inactive period |
51.010-1 | 3213 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 51.3.6.9 missing steps to prevent retransmission of old LLC PDU and to handle inactive period |
51.010-1 | 3214 | 51.010-1 Section – 41.5.1.1.2.1 Ambiguous note in step 4 removed |
51.010-1 | 3214 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section – 41.5.1.1.2.1 Ambiguous note in step 4 removed |
51.010-1 | 3215 | 51.010-1 Section – 51.5.1.1.2.1 Ambiguous note in step 4 removed |
51.010-1 | 3216 | 51.010-1 Section – 41.5.1.2.1.1 Clarification of step 1 (ambiguous Note) |
51.010-1 | 3217 | 51.010-1 Section – 51.5.1.2.1.1 Clarification of step 1 (ambiguous Note) |
51.010-1 | 3218 | 51.010-1 section 42.4.5.3 Step B18 and B35: Incorrect comment deleted |
51.010-1 | 3218 rev 1 | 51.010-1 section 42.4.5.3 Step B18 and B35: Incorrect comment deleted |
51.010-1 | 3219 | 51.010-1 section 42.4.5.5 Step 22: Incorrect comment deleted. |
51.010-1 | 3219 rev 1 | 51.010-1 section 42.4.5.5 Step 22: Incorrect comment deleted. |
51.010-1 | 3220 | 51.010-1 section 42.4.5.7 Step 13: Incorrect comment deleted. |
51.010-1 | 3220 rev 1 | 51.010-1 section 42.4.5.7 Step 13: Incorrect comment deleted. |
51.010-1 | 3221 | 51.010-1 section 42.4.8.5.1 Superfluous step removed from expected sequence |
51.010-1 | 3232 | 51.010-1; TC 21.3.X: Change of interferer signal |
51.010-1 | 3232 rev 1 | 51.010-1; TC 21.3.X: Change of interferer signal |
51.010-1 | 3233 | 51.010-1; TC 21.4.X: Change of interferer signal |
51.010-1 | 3233 rev 1 | 51.010-1; TC 21.4.X: Change of interferer signal |
51.010-1 | 3234 | 51.010-1 Section – 51.5.3.1.1 Mismatch between Conformance Requirements and test procedure |
51.010-1 | 3235 | 51.010-1 Section 52.1.2.1.9.3 Specific message content (GSM 1800 / GSM 1900) |
51.010-1 | 3235 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 52.1.2.1.9.3 Specific message content (GSM 1800 / GSM 1900) |
51.010-1 | 3237 | 51.010-1 Section 50.4.3.6 Conditional parameter check in Two Phase Access macro. |
51.010-1 | 3238 | 51.010-1 Section 50.2.4 DTM Assignment Command missing in EGPRS default messages section. |
51.010-1 | 3239 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.8.4.5 Correction of Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 3239 rev 1 | 51.010-1 Section 42.4.8.4.5 Correction of Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 3240 | 51.010-1 Section 42.9.2.2.4 Correction of Test Procedure and Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 3241 | 51.010-1 Section 42.9.2.2.5 Correction of Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 3242 | 51.010-1 Section 40.4.3.22 New macro Bring MS in the active state (U10) |
51.010-1 | 3243 | 22.3 corrections to the test procedure |
51.010-1 | 3248 | 51.010-1 section 47.3.1.3.1 Branch A and B redundant |
51.010-1 | 3248 rev 1 | 51.010-1 section 47.3.1.3.1 Branch A and B redundant |
51.010-1 | 3249 | 51.010-1 section 44.2.10 Incorrect note in Contents of Attach Request message. |
51.010-1 | 3249 rev 1 | 51.010-1 section 44.2.10 Incorrect note in Contents of Attach Request message. |
51.010-1 | 3252 | 51.010-1 42.9.2.1.1 Incorrect step reference in comments of step 21 |
51.010-1 | 3255 | 13.16.1 removal of vibration condition |
51.010-1 | 3261 | Section 42.4.5.3 Needs To Allow Multiple Packet PSI Status Messages |
51.010-1 | 3262 | Section 44.2.2.1.7 Invalid Test Requirement Set After The Detach Procedure (IMSI) |
51.010-1 | 3264 | 51.010-1 section 42.4.5.4 Step 18 and 33: Comment deleted. |
51.010-1 | 3264 rev 1 | 51.010-1 section 42.4.5.4 Step 18 and 33: Comment deleted. |
51.010-1 | 3265 | 51.010-1 section 42.4.5.9 Step 22 and 37: Comment deleted. |
51.010-1 | 3265 rev 1 | 51.010-1 section 42.4.5.9 Step 22 and 37: Comment deleted. |
51.010-1 | 3268 | 20.22.23 Removal of the TC |
51.010-1 | 3270 | cl. 13.16.1: Re-adding vibration condition |
51.010-1 | 3298 | 15.6 correcting typographical errors |
51.010-1 | 3300 | 42.3.1.2.2, 42.4.x, 47.3.1.3.1 - Empty LLC PDU may be accompanied by RLC data. |
51.010-1 | 3300 rev 1 | 42.3.1.2.2, 42.4.x, 47.3.1.3.1 - Empty LLC PDU may be accompanied by RLC data. |
51.010-1 | 3302 | 45.2.2 - Test Case cannot support more than 7 NW initiated PDP contexts |
51.010-1 | 3303 | 45.4.1, 45.4.2 - Test Cases not applicable for MS in non-Auto Attach mode |
51.010-1 | 3303 rev 1 | 45.4.1, 45.4.2 - Test Cases not applicable for MS in non-Auto Attach mode |
51.010-1 | 3309 | 34.4.6 - Step 6 is optional |
51.010-1 | 3310 | 47.1.2 - DTM INFORMATION sent after handover provedure. |
51.010-1 | 3311 | 47.4.1 - XID procedure added to the Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 3311 rev 1 | 47.4.1 XID procedure added to the Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 3311 rev 2 | 47.4.1 XID procedure added to the Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 3314 | 26.7.6.1.1 - Correction of PICS statement and alignment with other NITZ test cases |
51.010-1 | 3314 rev 1 | 26.7.6.1.1 Correction of PICS statement and alignment with other NITZ test cases |
51.010-1 | 3315 | 41.3.3 - Correction of requirement check in step 7 |
51.010-1 | 3316 | 51.3.3 - Correction of requirement check in step 7 |
51.010-1 | 3317 | 46.1.2.2.2.4 - Correction of N(R) value in step 7 |
51.010-1 | 3318 | 46.1.2.2.3.1 - Reference to ACK and SACK frames removed from step B5 |
51.010-1 | 3320 | 41.3.6.9-10, 42.3.3.1.1-3, 42.3.3.2.1-2, 42.3.3.3 - Branch B for SMS and 1 PDP Context removed. |
51.010-1 | 3322 | 42.3.3.3, reducing test steps outside test purpose |
51.010-1 | 3323 | 51.3.6.9-10, 52.3.3.1.1-3, 52.3.3.2.1-2, 52.3.3.3 - Branch B for SMS and 1 PDP Context removed. |
51.010-1 | 3325 | 20.22.9 Test procedure splitted and reworked |
51.010-1 | 3325 rev 1 | 20.22.9 Test procedure split and reworked |
51.010-1 | 3329 | TC 41.1.1 - Removing the mention of the NMOIII. |
51.010-1 | 3330 | TC 41.3.1.1 - Addition of delay after step 13. |
51.010-1 | 3331 | TC 41.3.3 - Changing the number of blocks allowed after the PACKET TBF RELEASE from 6 to 5. |
51.010-1 | 3332 | TC 42.3.1.2.2 - Removing the mention of ‘packet timeslot reconfigure’ from the note given in the step 18. |
51.010-1 | 3333 | TC 42.4.1.1 - Changing the NC mode of used in the testcase from NC1 to NC2. |
51.010-1 | 3334 | TC 42.4.1.3 - Changes in the expected sequence and in the NC mode of used in the testcase. |
51.010-1 | 3335 | TC 42.4.2.3.1 - Removing the mention of ‘packet timeslot reconfig’ from the note after the step 16. |
51.010-1 | 3336 | TC 46.2.2.1.2 - Clarification to the packet size used. |
51.010-1 | 3336 rev 1 | TC 46.2.2.1.2 Clarification to the packet size used. |
51.010-1 | 3346 | 22.3 change to verdict calculation and correction |
51.010-1 | 3351 | Section 46.2.2.1.4 - Correction to the unacknowledged data amount |
51.010-1 | 3351 rev 1 | Section 46.2.2.1.4 Correction to the unacknowledged data amount |
51.010-1 | 3352 | 051.010-1 42.4.5.5 Network Assisted Cell Change / Expiry of T3208 and T3210 |
51.010-1 | 3353 | 051.010-1 editorial change to testcases 42.4.5.3,42.4.5.4,42.4.5.5,42.4.5.7 and 42.4.5.9. |
51.010-1 | 3354 | 051.010-1 Timezone and DST checking should be PICS related in NITZ testcases 44.2.9.1.1 and 44.2.9.1.3. |
51.010-1 | 3354 rev 1 | 051.010-1 Timezone and DST checking should be PICS related in NITZ testcases 44.2.9.1.1 and 44.2.9.1.3. |
51.010-1 | 3355 | 051.010-1 section 40: added GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH parameter in System Information Type 6. |
51.010-1 | 3355 rev 1 | 051.010-1 section 40: added GPRS_MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH parameter in System Information Type 6. |
51.010-1 | 3359 | 20.22.5.Network controlled Cell re-selection in Idle Mode |
51.010-1 | 3368 | 47.1.2 Missing DTM INFORMATION message following Handover |
51.010-1 | 3369 | 47.3.2.2 Clash with Combined RA Update Procedure following CS Release |
51.010-1 | 3370 | 47.3.3.1.2 Clash with Combined RA Update Procedure following CS Release |
51.010-1 | 3371 | 47.4.1 No Provision for MS to perform XID Negotiation |
51.010-1 | 3372 | 14.16.1: Correction of procedure due to missing conformance requirements |
51.010-1 | 3377 | 41.3.1.2 - Correction of Expected Sequence concerning T3182 expiry check |
51.010-1 | 3380 | 42.3.1.1.9 : Issue with Open Ended TBF |
51.010-1 | 3382 | 51.3.1.2 - Correction of Expected Sequence concerning T3182 expiry check |
51.010-1 | 3382 rev 1 | 51.3.1.2 Correction of Expected Sequence concerning T3182 expiry check |
51.010-1 | 3389 | 41.3.6.10, added 6 blocks delay before USF assigned to MS |
51.010-1 | 3391 | 20.22.4, insufficient time given to complete running average on complete BA |
51.010-1 | 3401 | Section 41.2.3.2 – Second Immediate Assignment message removal in step 7 |
51.010-1 | 3404 | 42.4.8.4.4 & 42.4.8.4.5 – Correction of Specific Message Contents |
51.010-1 | 3405 | 46.2.2.1.4 – Correction of Expected Sequence |
51.010-1 | 3406 | 47.1.4 BAND_INDICATOR for GSM 850 |
51.010-1 | 3407 | 57.1.4 BAND_INDICATOR for GSM 850 |
51.010-1 | 3408 | 47.3.1.3.1 Correction to Comments Regarding Empty LLC PDUs |
51.010-1 | 3409 | 52.9.1 Access Technologies Request not required |
51.010-1 | 3411 rev 1 | 53.1.1.10 & 53.1.1.11 Optional Packet Uplink Dummy Control blocks possible |
51.010-1 | 3414 | Section 40 Introduction of GSM 710 and GSM T-810 defaults |
51.010-1 | 3415 | Section 50 Introduction of GSM 710 and GSM T-810 defaults |
51.010-1 | 3420 rev 1 | 41.3.6.1 Update of Final verification |
51.010-1 | 3423 | 40 GPRS default conditions, message contents and macros |
51.010-1 | 3430 | 20.22.30.1 - Correction to test procedure |
51.010-1 | 3436 rev 1 | 42.3.x - Resolve ambiguity in values defined for TLLI_BLOCK_CHANNEL_CODING |
51.010-1 | 3438 rev 1 | 42.1.2.1.8.x, 42.1.2.1.9.x, 42.7.x – Use of uplink transfer macro |
51.010-1 | 3440 rev 1 | 42.4.6.5 - Ready Timer shall be deactivated. |
51.010-1 | 3441 | 47.1.2 – MS does not perform Cell Update. |
51.010-1 | 3442 | 41.2.2.2 - Handling of timer T3146 |
51.010-1 | 3445 | 41.3.6.9 - Handling of processing delay of new LLC PDU |
51.010-1 | 3448 rev 1 | 45.4.1, 45.4.2: MS may initiate Detach procedure after PDP context is deactivated. |
51.010-1 | 3462 | 22.3 – correction to test procedure |
51.010-1 | 3468 | Correction of applied frequency ranges TC 13.16.3 |
51.010-1 | 3483 | TC 41.3.1.1– Modification in step expected test sequence. |
51.010-1 | 3485 | TC 42.1.2.1.13– Modification in the timeslots used for PBCCH and PCCCH. |
51.010-1 | 3486 | TC 42.4.2.1.1 – Modification in step 9, to allow two phase access. |
51.010-1 | 3493 | 13.16.3 - Restriction of ARFCN channels used for GSM 900 Band |
51.010-1 | 3494 | 13.16.3 - Change of measurement window |
51.010-1 | 3500 | 42.1.2.1.8.x, 42.1.2.1.9.x, 42.7.x – Clarification in USF allocation |
51.010-1 | 3500 rev 1 | 42.1.2.1.8.x, 42.1.2.1.9.x, 42.7.x – Clarification in USF allocation |
51.010-1 | 3502 | 42.3.3.1.1 – Correction in test step 13 to handle the possible Packet Resource Request from MS. |
51.010-1 | 3504 | 42.4.5.x – Data Transfer Reduced |
51.010-1 | 3505 | 42.4.6.5 - Ready Timer shall be deactivated. |
51.010-1 | 3506 | 45.4.2 - Detach accept needs to be sent from SS. |
51.010-1 | 3527 | 40 – Addition of Variable Bit Map |
51.010-1 | 3530 | 42.3.3.3 – Switch off MS to avoid erroneous reestablishment of TBF |
51.010-1 | 3532 | 22.4 GPRS - Independence of TS Power Control, reduced interslot dynamic range |
51.010-1 | 3537 | 42.4.5.3: Empty LLC PDU may be received for Cell Update. |
51.010-1 | 3558 | 41.5.1.1.1.6 - Support for transmission of ACCESS BURSTs on the SACCH added. |
51.010-1 | 3558 rev 1 | 41.5.1.1.1.6 - Support for transmission of ACCESS BURSTs on the SACCH added. |
51.010-1 | 3559 | 47.3.1, 47.3.2, 47.3.3 and 47.4 - Support for transmission of ACCESS BURSTs on the SACCH added. |
51.010-1 | 3559 rev 1 | 47.3.1, 47.3.2, 47.3.3 and 47.4 - Support for transmission of ACCESS BURSTs on the SACCH added. |
51.010-1 | 3711 | 44.2.1.2.2: Corrected PICS statement: Automatic MM IMSI attach procedure at switch-on/power-on. |
51.010-1 | 4018 | 51.010-1-4018 RR Packet Uplink Assignment should be included in DTM ASSIGNMENT COMMAND in testcase 41.5.4.2 |
51.010-1 | 4019 | 51.010-1-4019 MO call Establishment expected sequence is wrong in testcase 41.5.4.8 |
51.010-2 | 0001 | Update to applicability table in 51.010-2 due to TDoc G4-010225 |
51.010-2 | 0005 | Update of the Applicability Table with test cases for GPRS Cell Selection/Reselection 20.22 |
51.010-2 | 0008 | Correction of title for clause 44.2.3.3.4 |
51.010-2 | 0009 | Correction of conditional statement C226 |
51.010-2 | 0022 | Changes to applicability of test case 44.2.1.2.3 |
51.010-2 | 0023 | 45.2.1.2.1 – This Test Case Should Only Be Applicable To Mobiles That Support Configuration of Their QoS. |
51.010-2 | 0044 | PICS update for 42.1.2.1.13 Several PCCCHs supported by the cell |
51.010-2 | 0051 | 51.010-2 Annex B: Correction of applicability table for section 46 |
51.010-2 | 0052 | Removal of applicability of GPRS Fixed Allocation tests (42.2.x) for R99 and Rel-4 -. |
51.010-2 | 0057 | Removal of testcase 20.22.27 of 51.010-1 |
51.010-2 | 0069 | 51.010-2 PICS additions to section A.4.8 to better characterise non auto GPRS attach behaviour. |
51.010-2 | 0069 rev 1 | 51.010-2 PICS additions to section A.4.8 to better characterise non auto GPRS attach behaviour. |
51.010-2 | 0069 rev 2 | 51.010-2 PICS additions to section A.4.8 to better characterise non auto GPRS attach behaviour. |
51.010-2 | 0076 | 51.010-2-076 Removal of TC 41.4.3.2 RR commands while on DCCH / Handover` |
51.010-2 | 0078 rev 1 | 51.010-2-078 r1 Removal of TBF establishment via DCCH in Annex B, Table B.1 |
51.010-2 | 0088 | Change of Applicability for test case 44.2.1.1.8 - GPRS attach/abnormal cases/power off |
51.010-2 | 0092 | 51.010-2-092 Addition of Extended Uplink TBF Mode test cases to matrix |
51.010-2 | 0093 | Applicability Table for GMM Test Cases |
51.010-2 | 0095 | 51.010-2-095 Error in Conditional Expression C53 in Table B.1 |
51.010-2 | 0095 rev 1 | 51.010-2-095 r1 Error in Conditional Expression C53 in Table B.1 |
51.010-2 | 0110 | Deletion of test cases 42.4.2.1.5 and 52.4.2.1.5 from Table B.1. |
51.010-2 | 0111 | Modification of applicability table in 51.010-2 due to introduction of new test cases in 51.010-1 |
51.010-2 | 0111 rev 1 | Modification of applicability table in 51.010-2 due to introduction of new test cases in 51.010-1 |
51.010-2 | 0111 rev 2 | Modification of applicability table in 51.010-2 due to introduction of new test cases in 51.010-1 |
51.010-2 | 0112 | Multiple PCCCH test cases |
51.010-2 | 0113 | Addition of test case in TS 51.010 S42: Packet Timeslot Reconfigure containing a new Coding Scheme command. |
51.010-2 | 0113 rev 2 | Addition of test case in TS 51.010 S42: Packet Uplink Assignment containing a new Coding Scheme command. |
51.010-2 | 0117 | 51.010-2 Incorrect applicabilty for 6 test cases of secion 42.3.1.1.* |
51.010-2 | 0118 | Update PICS for GPRS EMR Test case |
51.010-2 | 0118 rev 1 | Update PICS for GPRS EMR Test case |
51.010-2 | 0118 rev 2 | Update PICS for GPRS EMR Test case |
51.010-2 | 0121 | 51.010-2-121 Removal of the close-ended TBF feature in annex B, table B1 |
51.010-2 | 0122 | 51.010-2-122 B1 Add new TC - 44.2.3.1.1a - Routing area updating / accepted / old P-TMSI |
51.010-2 | 0123 | 51.010-2-123 Modification of applicability table in 51.010-2 due to introduction of new test cases in 51.010-1 and change of some testcases titles |
51.010-2 | 0124 | 51.010-2-124 Update of Applicability Table for PEMR Test Cases (Rel-5) |
51.010-2 | 0125 | 51.010-2-125 Update of Applicability Table for SMS over GPRS (Rel-5) |
51.010-2 | 0125 rev 1 | 51.010-2-125 rev1 Update of Applicability Table for SMS over GPRS (Rel-5) |
51.010-2 | 0126 | 51.010-2-126 Deletion of clauses 42.4.2.1.2 and 42.4.2.3.2 from Table B.1. |
51.010-2 | 0129 | 51.010-2 129 Update PICS for 22.12 |
51.010-2 | 0130 | 51.010-2 Multiple PCCCH test cases 42.1.2.1.14, 42.1.2.1.15, 42.1.2.1.16, 42.1.2.1.17 and 42.1.2.1.18 |
51.010-2 | 0135 | 51.010-2-135 Modification in the applicability of the following testcases: 42.3.1.1.8, 42.7.4, 52.3.1.1.8. Changing the name of the testcase 20.22.5. |
51.010-2 | 0135 rev 1 | 51.010-2-135 rev1 Modification in the applicability of the following testcases: 42.3.1.1.8, 42.7.4, 52.3.1.1.8. Changing the name of the testcase 20.22.5. |
51.010-2 | 0136 | 51.010-2-136 Editorial changes to Packet Enhanced Measurement Reporting |
51.010-2 | 0137 | 51.010-2-137 Applicability for 2G to 3G Cell Change Order Test Cases |
51.010-2 | 0139 | 51.010-2-139 Modification to Applicability Table due to Use of correct PICS for SMS testcases (34.4.1 to 34.4.7) |
51.010-2 | 0140 | 51.010-2-140 Section 42: New test cases: NC2 in Packet transfer mode |
51.010-2 | 0145 | Addition of new NC2 cases |
51.010-2 | 0146 | Modification to Applicability Table due to introduction of new testcases in 3GPP TS 51.010-1 |
51.010-2 | 0146 rev 1 | Modification to Applicability Table due to introduction of new testcases in 3GPP TS 51.010-1 |
51.010-2 | 0147 | 51.010-2 Test cases from section 53 missing |
51.010-2 | 0150 | 51.010-2 Correction of test numbers in section 21.3 |
51.010-2 | 0151 | New test cases: NACC |
51.010-2 | 0152 | New test case: I_level reporting |
51.010-2 | 0152 rev 1 | New test case: I_level reporting |
51.010-2 | 0155 | New NC2 testcases |
51.010-2 | 0156 | 51.010-2 New NC2 testcases added in section 42.4.8.4 |
51.010-2 | 0160 | Correction of applicability for clauses 20.22.30.x. |
51.010-2 | 0161 | Change of applicability of 7 SM test cases in clauses 45.x. |
51.010-2 | 0162 | 51.010-2 Removal of test cases 20.22.21 and 44.2.8.2 |
51.010-2 | 0164 | New test case: I_level reporting, Coding Scheme adaptation and Modulation and Coding Scheme adaptation |
51.010-2 | 0164 rev 1 | New test case: I_level reporting, Coding Scheme adaptation and Modulation and Coding Scheme adaptation |
51.010-2 | 0164 rev 2 | New test case: I_level reporting, Coding Scheme adaptation and Modulation and Coding Scheme adaptation |
51.010-2 | 0164 rev 3 | New test case: I_level reporting New test case: Coding Scheme adaptation while the MS is in extended Uplink mode New test case: Modulation and Coding Scheme adaptation while the MS is in extended Upli |
51.010-2 | 0165 | 51.010-2 Section 45 applicability restrictions for three test cases |
51.010-2 | 0165 rev 1 | 51.010-2 Section 45 applicability restrictions for three test cases |
51.010-2 | 0166 | New PICS/PIXIT, conditions and Test cases for NITZ/GPRS. |
51.010-2 | 0166 rev 1 | New PICS/PIXIT, conditions and Test cases for NITZ/GPRS. |
51.010-2 | 0166 rev 2 | New PICS/PIXIT, conditions and Test cases for NITZ/GPRS. |
51.010-2 | 0171 | Modification of Applicability Table for testcase 53.1.2.19 |
51.010-2 | 0173 | Correction of applicability table for TCs 20.22.8, 20.22.9, 42.1.2.1.8.2.2, 42.1.2.1.9.3 |
51.010-2 | 0174 | PICS parameters for concatenated SMS required |
51.010-2 | 0176 | Update of applicability of test case 46.2.2.4.2 |
51.010-2 | 0177 | Changing the name of the testcase 42.7.2 in the applicability table. |
51.010-2 | 0178 | Addition of new Inter-RAT Cell Change Order / Failure cases |
51.010-2 | 0180 | Correction of various Multislot Selection Expressions in Annex B, Table B.1 |
51.010-2 | 0180 rev 1 | Correction of various Multislot Selection Expressions in Annex B, Table B.1 |
51.010-2 | 0181 | Part 2 : Addition of New NITZ TC 44.2.9.1.3 |
51.010-2 | 0183 | 51.010-2: Addition of new Extended UL TBF |
51.010-2 | 0184 | 051.010-2-184 Modification to Applicability Table due to addition of new Extended Uplink testcases in 51.010-1 |
51.010-2 | 0187 | 51.010-2 PICS parameters for band interworking |
51.010-2 | 0191 | 51.010-2 PICS parameters for band interworking |
51.010-2 | 0192 | 51.010-2: Addition of new Inter-RAT Cell Change Order / Failure cases |
51.010-2 | 0195 | 51.010-2 Correction to applicability table for TC 53.1.2.19. |
51.010-2 | 0196 | 51.010-2: Removal of 20.22.28 |
51.010-2 | 0198 | Removal of the TC 42.4.4.4 - Part 2 |
51.010-2 | 0199 | Cell Reselection based on C32/cell of same priority/ Cell Reselection on CCCH - PBCCH not supported |
51.010-2 | 0199 rev 1 | Deletion of TC 20.22.25, TC 20.22.24 |
51.010-2 | 0201 | Addition of new PICS parameter |
51.010-2 | 0201 rev 1 | A.4.8 - Addition of new PICS parameter |
51.010-2 | 0205 | Correction to Table B.1: Applicability of tests |
51.010-2 | 0206 | Applicability of the individual test - 41.5.1.1.2.3.5 - Correction of Condition C308 |
51.010-2 | 0208 | Addition of a new test case for USFs decoding by a MS in GPRS TBF mode when the USFs are assigned with EGPRS RLC/MAC blocks coded with MCS-1 to MCS-4. |
51.010-2 | 0208 rev 1 | Addition of a new test case for USFs decoding by a MS in GPRS TBF mode when the USFs are assigned with EGPRS RLC/MAC blocks coded with MCS-1 to MCS-4. |
51.010-2 | 0208 rev 2 | Addition of a new test case for USFs decoding by a MS in GPRS TBF mode when the USFs are assigned with EGPRS RLC/MAC blocks coded with MCS-1 to MCS-4. |
51.010-2 | 0211 | Corrections in the testcase applicability table. |
51.010-2 | 0213 | Annex B - Removal of testcase 34.4.5 |
51.010-2 | 0214 | Section Annex B - Addition of test case 42.4.8.5.1 |
51.010-2 | 0215 | Section Annex B - Addition of test case 42.4.8.5.2 |
51.010-2 | 0216 | Section Annex B - Addition of test case 47.2.4 |
51.010-2 | 0217 | Section Annex B - Addition of test case 57.3.5.2 |
51.010-2 | 0218 | ection A.4.8 addition of PICSs to specify support of header compression algorithm types |
51.010-2 | 0218 rev 1 | Section A.4.8 addition of PICSs to specify support of header compression algorithm types |
51.010-2 | 0221 | Correction to applicability condition C235 |
51.010-2 | 0223 | Addition of PICS for GPRS |
51.010-2 | 0224 | Cell Reselection based on C32 - Cell Reselction on CCCH - PBCCH not present |
51.010-2 | 0226 | Removal of the TC 42.4.4.4 - Part 2 |
51.010-2 | 0229 | Annex B, Table B.1: Applicability for 46.1.2.7.2 corrected |
51.010-2 | 0232 | Addition of PICS value for test case 46.1.2.2.2.4 |
51.010-2 | 0235 | 20.22.14 - Cell Reselection in case Cell reselection occurred in the previous 15 s |
51.010-2 | 0236 | 42.4.4.5 - New TC for Rel-6 |
51.010-2 | 0239 | Additions in table A1 A2 and B1 for Extended dynamic allocation |
51.010-2 | 0239 rev 1 | Additions in table A1 A2 and B1 for Extended dynamic allocation |
51.010-2 | 0239 rev 2 | Additions in table A1 A2 and B1 for Extended dynamic allocation |
51.010-2 | 0239 rev 3 | Additions in table A1 A2 and B1 for Extended dynamic allocation |
51.010-2 | 0241 | 51.010 -2 Corrections to the Test case Applicability Table. |
51.010-2 | 0241 rev 1 | 51.010 -2 Corrections to the Test case Applicability Table. |
51.010-2 | 0247 | 051.010-2 Applicability table Annex B changed for 41.5.1.1.2.3.4 and 42.6.1. |
51.010-2 | 0247 rev 1 | 051.010-2 Applicability table Annex B changed for 41.5.1.1.2.3.4 and 42.6.1. |
51.010-2 | 0251 | 51.010-2 Table B.1: Applicability of tests The Mnemonic A.25/26 (TSPC_Addinfo_CCprotocol_oneBC) is wrongly named in twelve clauses of Table B.1 |
51.010-2 | 0252 | 51010-2: Changes in the condition of the testcase 47.1.4 |
51.010-2 | 0252 rev 1 | 51010-2: Changes in the condition of the testcase 47.1.4 |
51.010-2 | 0261 | 51.010-2 Section Annex A.4.3 - Clarification of GPRS MS Capability To Initiate An “One Phase Access” Request For Data Transfer. |
51.010-2 | 0263 | 51.010-2 Section A.4.9.1 SIM Application Toolkit Mechanism Applicability Tables Conflict |
51.010-2 | 0264 rev 1 | Additions in table B1 for Extended dynamic allocation |
51.010-2 | 0269 | Annex B, Table B.1: Conditions C337/C338 corrected for test cases 41.3.6.9, 41.3.6.10, 51.3.6.9 and 51.3.6.10 |
51.010-2 | 0273 rev 1 | Update of PICS to include the new TCs for EDA 42.9.2.1.4, 42.9.2.1.5, 52.9.2.1.4, 52.9.2.1.5 |
51.010-2 | 0275 | 51010-2: Changes in the applicability of the combined procedure testcases. |
51.010-2 | 0276 | 51010-2: Correction in the testcase applicability table. |
51.010-2 | 0280 | 51.010-2 - Annex B - Modification of C327 |
51.010-2 | 0289 rev 1 | Additions in table B1 for Extended dynamic allocation |
51.010-2 | 0293 rev 1 | 51.010-2 Addition of PICS/PIXIT item ôR97/98 MS Use of DSTö |
51.010-2 | 0294 | 51.010-2-294 Annex B - Applicability table entries for section 80 TTY tests moved to section 90 |
51.010-2 | 0295 | 51.010-2-295 Annex B - 41.5.1.1.2.3.4 - Expanded applicability |
51.010-2 | 0296 rev 1 | 51010-2: Addition of new testcases for Extended Dynamic Allocation. |
51.010-2 | 0297 | PICS/PIXIT added for reduced interslot dynamic range in multislot configurations |
51.010-2 | 0306 | 51.010-2 Section 83.1.8.1 and 83.1.8.2 Removal of both Test Cases |
51.010-2 | 0312 | 51.010-2 PICS for Multiple TBF Release 6 feature missing |
51.010-2 | 0314 | Section 42.3.3.1.3 Should Only Apply From Rel-6 And Onwards |
51.010-2 | 0316 | Removal of 20.22.23 |
51.010-2 | 0319 | 45.4.1, 45.4.2 - Correction to applicability |
51.010-2 | 0327 | 051.010-2 added two PICS TSPC_UI_DISPLAY_TIMEZONE and TSPC_UI_DISPLAY_DST |
51.010-2 | 0342 rev 1 | 26.6.7.2 Applicability corrected |
51.010-2 | 0348 | Table B.1: Inconsistent applicabilities between 51.010-1 and 51.010-2 for some GPRS testcases |
51.010-2 | 0349 rev 1 | Update of some GPRS tests applicability |
51.010-2 | 0368 | Table B.1: Removal of PICS “Support of one PDP Context Activation” from applicabilities |
51.021 | 0010 | Correction of requirements for PDTCH/CS-4 C/Ic |
51.021 | 0011 | Correction of requirements for PDTCH/CS-4 C/Ic |
page generated from database: 2024-11-12 10:16:04